Army Regulation 600-8-22

25 June 2015

Effective date: 25 July 2015

UNCLASSIFIED

Personnel—General

Military Awards



SUMMARY of CHANGE

AR 600-8-22
Military Awards

This administrative revision, dated 6 August 2015—

* Supersedes Army Directives 2011-07, 2012-05, and 2013-23 (throughout).

*

This major revision, dated 25 June 2015—

* Updates guidance on reconsideration and appeal of previous award recommendations (para 1-16).

* Updates and clarifies guidance for flagged Soldiers and Purple Heart entitlement (para 1-17).

* Clarifies guidance on duplication of awards (para 1-19).

* Adds Impact Awards guidance (1-21).

* Clarifies guidance for awards recognition upon retirement and adds information for Soldiers serving under the Retiree Recall Program (para 1-23 b ).

* Adds guidance on notification and right to appeal upon revocation of awards (para 1-31).

* Adds new Medal of Honor guidance (para 1-33).

* Adds table of approval authorities for U.S. decorations for foreign military personnel (table 1-3).

* Updates replacement procedures for issuing U.S. Army medals (para 1-47).

* Adds new criteria for award of the Purple Heart under the provisions of Public Law 113-291 and Department of Defense Implementing Guidance (para 2-8).

* Adds Operation NEW DAWN as an authorized operation for award of the Iraq Campaign Medal (para 2-17).

* Clarifies criteria and type of service for award of the Humanitarian Service Medal (para 2-22).

* Adds delegation of peacetime and wartime awards approval authority to deputy commanding generals (paras 3-5 and 3-6).

* Removes lieutenant generals restriction for award of the Legion of Merit (table 3-2).

* Add new policy for Stability Operations (para 3-7).

* Updates criteria for award of the Bronze Star Medal to members of friendly foreign nations (para 3-15).

* Clarifies provision for award of the Air Medal to operators of unmanned aerial vehicles and downgrading of the Air Medal (para 3-17).

* Adds information on requisitioning the Combat Streamers (paras 7-21, 7-22, 7-23, 7-25, and 7-26).

* Updates and clarifies guidance for award and processing of the Combat Action Badge and Combat Infantry Badge (paras 8-4 c , 8-6 b , 8-6 g , and 8-8 j ).

* Adds additional guidance on maintaining DA Form 1306 (Statement of Jump and Loading Manifest) and DA Form 1307 (Individual Jump Record) (para 8-11 c ).

* Adds guidance for retroactive award of the Flight Surgeon Badge and award of the Space Badge and updates guidance for award of the Aviation Badge (paras 8-18 d , 8-28, 8-29, 8-30, and 8-31).

* Suspends award of the Gold Recruiter Badge with one, two, or three sapphires (para 8-43 b (1)).

* Authorizes award of the U.S. Army Master Recruiter Badge (para 8-43c(2)).

* Adds guidance on award of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization Meritorious Service Medal and revises guidance on award of foreign badges and decorations (paras 9-12, 9-26, and 9-27).

* Adds new appendix outlining the process for requesting initial consideration/reconsideration of an award through a Member of Congress under Title 10, United States Code, Section 1130 (app F).



Chapter 1
Introduction

Section I
Overview

1-1. Purpose

This regulation prescribes Department of the Army (DA) policy, criteria, and administrative instructions concerning individual and unit military awards. AR 672-20 provides implementing instructions for incentive awards, honorary awards and devices, awards from non-Federal organizations, and medals for public service. The goal of the total Army Awards Program is to foster mission accomplishment by recognizing excellence of both military and civilian members of the force and motivating them to high levels of performance and service.

1-2. References

See appendix A .

1-3. Explanation of abbreviations and terms

See the glossary .

Section II
Responsibilities

1-4. Assistant Secretary of the Army (Manpower and Reserve Affairs)

The ASA (M&RA) will —

a. As designated by the Secretary of the Army (SECARMY), establish, implement, and oversee Army policy regarding military and civilian awards.

b. Unless prohibited or restricted by law or Department of Defense (DOD) policy, and as designated by the SECARMY, act on requests to delegate awards approval authority to other Army officials.

1-5. Deputy Chief of Staff, G-1

The DCS, G-1 will —

a. Serve as the Headquarters, Department of the Army (HQDA) policy proponent of the Army Awards, Decorations, and Honors Program.

b. Under the oversight of the ASA (M&RA), develop policy, procedures, and standards for matters concerning decorations, awards, and honors and may make exceptions to this regulation and further delegate authority to make exceptions.

c. Exercise DA responsibility on matters concerning military awards, as delegated by the ASA (M&RA).

d. Serve as the senior uniformed Army official on matters concerning military awards.

1-6. Commanding General, U.S. Army Human Resources Command

The CG, HRC will —

a. Conduct and supervise all military awards functions prescribed in this regulation.

b. Act on behalf of the DCS, G-1 when so delegated and directed.

1-7. Chief, Awards and Decorations Branch, U.S. Army Human Resources Command

The Chief, Awards and Decorations Branch (ADB), HRC will —

a. Serve as DCS, G-1 office of primary responsibility for policy regarding the Army Awards, Decorations, and Honors Program.

b. As necessary, provide interpretations and answer questions regarding established policy, procedures, and standards for matters concerning decorations, awards, and honors, and may submit formal requests to proponency (DCS, G-1) to make exceptions to this regulation.

c. Administer staffing actions for consideration of the SECARMY, or his designee, on wartime and peacetime Army awards delegations and policy.

d. Ensure that military awards boards are properly conducted and executed in accordance with the SECARMY's Board Charter as it pertains to the Army Decorations Board, Senior Army Decorations Board, and the Army Unit Decorations Board.

e. Serve as the Army's central processing center for military awards, with delegated decision authority for awarding the Purple Heart (PH), Army Good Conduct Medal (AGCM), Army Commendation Medal (ARCOM), Army Achievement Medal (AAM), and combat and specialty badges.

f. Execute the Cold War Recognition System.

g. Serve as the orders issuing authority for awards processed at HQDA level.

1-8. Commandant, Adjutant General School

The Commandant, Adjutant General School is responsible for branch implementation, functional training, and program of instruction development associated with procedures indentified in this regulation.

1-9. Commanders of Army commands, Army service component commands, direct reporting units, and Principal Officials of Headquarters, Department of the Army agencies

Commanders of ACOMs, ASCCs, DRUs, and principal officials of HQDA agencies will —

a. Initially and periodically brief all personnel on the prohibitions and requirements of chapter 9 , pertaining to foreign awards.

b. Designate a representative to provide advice and assistance on any question relating to the application and implementation of foreign awards as noted in chapter 9 .

c. Announce accomplishments and competitions for which trophies and similar devices are to be presented, per paragraph 11-2 .

d. As appropriate, approve trophies and similar devices to be awarded within their command or agency.

e. Further delegate to installation and/or activity commanders, as appropriate, the authority to approve trophies and similar devices to be awarded within their command or agency.

Section III
Principles and Standards

1-10. Principles of support

The Military Human Resources Support System will provide the Army with the capability to —

a. Enable award authorities to recognize Soldiers for valor, meritorious service, and achievement; and to document and record that recognition for historical purposes.

b. Recognize Servicemembers of other military departments, foreign allies, and U.S. civil servants for their meritorious contributions to the Army's success in mission accomplishment.

c. Recognize veterans and the primary next of kin of Soldiers.

d. Support the Army's personnel life-cycle function of sustainment.

1-11. Standards of service

a. Awards and decorations are —

(1) A wartime and peacetime military personnel function.

(2) Defined in the table of organization and equipment (TOE) for the tactical force.

(3) Deployed with the tactical force.

(4) The functional responsibility of the Human Resources Support Center (and its tactical counterpart).

b. Recommended decorations will be expeditiously processed, and recorded in military orders and certificates within 60 days of the final approving authority's decision.

c. Typed recommendations will be the norm during peacetime. Handwritten printed recommendations are acceptable during wartime conditions.

d. A final record of each recommendation and the resulting decision will be maintained for historical purposes. Records will be transferred to a records holding area in accordance with AR 25-400-2 .

e. Recipients of awards should receive, at presentation, award emblems and the elements (medal, certificate, and orders) before leaving an assignment or transition from active duty.

f. Award authorities may use Award and Decoration Boards to advise them on appropriate levels of recognition. Use of these boards is optional. If boards are used, the board recommendations must be submitted to the approval authority for final decision.

Section IV
Policy, Precedence, and Information

1-12. Objective and implementation

a. The objective of the DA Military Awards Program is to provide tangible recognition for acts of valor, exceptional service or achievement, special skills or qualifications, and acts of heroism not involving actual combat.

b. Implementation of the provisions of this regulation is a command responsibility. Administrative procedures will ensure the prompt recognition of deserving Soldiers.

1-13. Categories of individual awards

Individual awards are grouped into the following categories:

a. Decorations.

b. AGCM.

c. Campaign and service medals.

d. Service ribbons, badges, and tabs.

e. Certificates and letters.

1-14. Time limitation

Except for award recommendations submitted in accordance with the provisions of Section 1130, Title 10, United States Code (10 USC 1130), which are outlined below and in paragraph 1-15 and appendix F , each recommendation for an award of a military decoration must be entered administratively into military channels within 2 years of the act, achievement, or service to be honored. An award recommendation will be considered to have been submitted into military channels when it has been signed by the initiating officer and endorsed by a higher official in the chain of command. However, pursuant to 10 USC 1130, a Member of Congress can request consideration of a proposal for the award or presentation of decoration (or the upgrading of a decoration), either for an individual or unit, that is not otherwise authorized to be presented or awarded due to limitations established by law or policy. Based upon such review, the SECARMY will make a determination as to the merit of approving the award or presentation of the decoration and other determinations necessary to comply with congressional reporting requirements under 10 USC 1130.

a. To be fully effective, an award must be timely. Undue delay in submitting a recommendation may preclude its consideration. It is highly desirable that a recommendation be placed in military channels and acted upon as quickly as possible. If circumstances preclude submission of a completely documented recommendation, it is best to submit it as soon as possible and note additional data will be submitted later. However, to ensure prompt recognition, interim awards should be considered and are encouraged as indicated in paragraph 1-20 .

b. No military decoration, except for the PH and as outlined in paragraph 1-14 e , will be awarded more than 2 years after the act or period of service to be honored. The PH differs from all other decorations in that an individual is not recommended for the decoration; rather, he or she is entitled to it upon meeting specific criteria. Exceptions to the time limit include decorations approved under 10 USC 1130 and the provisions in paragraphs 1-14 d and e .

c. These time limitations do not apply to retroactive and conversion awards made in confirmation of recognition of previously issued orders, letters, or certificates, or in exchange of decorations hereinafter authorized. Time limits do not apply to records corrected by the SECARMY acting through the Army Board of Correction of Military Records (ABCMR) pursuant to 10 USC 1552.

d. In cases where it can be conclusively proven that formal submission of a recommendation for award was not made within the time limitations indicated in paragraph 1-14 c , because either the person recommending or the person being recommended was in a prisoner of war (POW), missing in action, or in a medically incapacitated status; award of the Silver Star (SS) or lesser decorations may be approved without regard to elapsed time since the act, achievement, or service occurred that is to be honored.

e. Medal of Honor (MOH), Distinguished Service Cross (DSC) and the Distinguished Service Medal recommendations must be entered formally into official channels within 3 years of the act warranting the recommendation and awarded within 5 years, except as provided in 10 USC 3744.

f. Eligibility for campaign, expeditionary, and service medals is not governed by time limit requirements because eligibility for these awards is a matter of service record verification.

g. Eligibility for combat badges (Combat Infantryman Badge (CIB), Combat Medical Badge (CMB), and the Combat Action Badge (CAB)) are not governed by time limit requirements, although these decorations must still meet eligibility requirements outlined in paragraphs 8-6 through 8-8 .

h. Preparing an award recommendation years after an action has occurred can be a challenge. However, the requestor is solely responsible for assembling a complete award recommendation package, which is submitted through a Member of Congress to the Commander, HRC. It is incumbent upon the requestor to conduct any historic research necessary to ensure the award recommendation is complete prior to submission. In the event an incomplete award recommendation is submitted, the HRC, ADB will contact the requesting Member of Congress and provide specific guidance regarding the additional information required in order for the case to be considered (refer to app F for clarification on the 10 USC 1130 process).

i. Recommendations for award of U.S. Army decorations will be forwarded through command channels to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408, for final action no less than 60 days before the desired presentation date.

1-15. Lost recommendations

If the SECARMY, or his designee, determines that a statement setting forth the distinguished act, achievement, or service, and a recommendation for official recognition was made and supported by sufficient evidence within 2 years after the distinguished service, and that no award was made because the statement was lost, or through inadvertence the recommendation was not acted upon; he or she may, within 2 years after the date of the determination (when the recommendation was discovered as lost), award any appropriate military decoration, numeral, or oak leaf cluster in lieu thereof, to the person concerned (10 USC 3744). In each case, the recommender for an award must provide the following to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408:

a. Conclusive evidence of the formal submission of the recommendation into military channels.

b. Conclusive evidence of the loss of the recommendation or the failure to act on the recommendation through inadvertence.

c. A copy of the original recommendation, or its substantive equivalent, at a minimum, should be accompanied by statements, certificates, or affidavits corroborating the events, actions, or achievements. The recommender must provide the Commander, HRC with adequate information for Secretarial evaluation of the deed or service to determine if an award is to be made. The person signing a reconstructed award recommendation must be identified clearly in terms of his or her official relationship to the intended recipient at the time of the act or during the period of service to be recognized.

1-16. Reconsideration or appeal of previous award recommendations

a. A request for reconsideration or the appeal of a disapproved or downgraded award, or a request for an upgrade of a previously approved recommendation must be placed in official channels within 1 year from the date of the awarding authority's decision. A one-time reconsideration by the award approval authority will be conclusive. However, pursuant to 10 USC 1130, a Member of Congress may request a review of a proposal for the award or presentation of a decoration (or the upgrading of a decoration) that is not authorized to be presented or awarded due to time limitations established by law or policy for timely submission of a recommendation (refer to app F on the 10 USC 1130 process).

b. Recommendations are submitted for reconsideration or appeal only if new, substantive, and material information is furnished and the time limits specified in paragraph 1-14 do not prevent such action. Requests for reconsideration or appeal must be forwarded through the same official channels as the original recommendation. The additional justification for reconsideration or appeal must be in letter format, not to exceed two single-spaced typewritten pages. A copy of the original recommendation, with all endorsements, and the citation must be attached. If the original recommendation is not available, a reconstructed recommendation should be submitted.

c. If the reconsideration or appeal is approved and when a lesser decoration has already been approved, action is taken by the awarding authority or HRC (AHRC-PDP-A) to revoke the lesser awarded decoration.

d. Once HRC or the award approval authority has made a decision on the award reconsideration or appeal, other options for reconsideration or appeal include the ABCMR and the Inspector General. A DD Form 149 (Application for Correction of Military Record) is required for review by the ABCMR.

e. Awards that are approved and presented for meritorious service will not be considered for an upgrade to a valorous award.

1-17. Character of service

a. Personal decorations. A medal will not be awarded or presented to any individual whose entire service subsequent to the time of the distinguished act, achievement, or service has not been honorable. The determination of "honorable" will be based on such honest and faithful service according to the standards of conduct, courage, and duty required by law and customs of the service of a Servicemember of the grade to whom the standard is applied. Commanders will ensure that —

(1) Individuals on whom favorable personnel actions have been suspended are neither recommended for, nor receive an award, decoration, or a badge during the period of the suspension.

(2) Other-than-honorable service subsequent to submission of the recommendation for an award is promptly reported to the awards approving authority with a recommendation for appropriate action.

b. Exceptions. As an exception to paragraph 1-17 a (1) , Soldiers who are flagged for overweight or Army Physical Fitness Test failure may be recommended for and presented an award based on valor and heroism. Additionally, Soldiers who are flagged for overweight or Army Physical Fitness Test failure may be posthumously recommended for and presented an award, decoration, or a badge when assigned to a unit engaged in combat against hostile forces and the Soldier dies as a result of injuries sustained during combat.

c. Waiver for overweight and Army Physical Fitness Test failure flags. A waiver of the overweight or Army Physical Fitness Test flag must be processed for length of service retirement awards to the first general officer in the Soldier's chain of command with award approval or disapproval authority. All waivers will be processed as separate and distinct actions from the award recommendation, and should be submitted and adjudicated prior to submission of the award recommendation. The approved waiver will accompany the award recommendation once submitted.

d. Purple Hearts. The PH is an entitlement and differs from all other awards and does not require an exception or waiver for presentation.

e. Badges. A badge will not be awarded to any person who, subsequent to qualification, has been dismissed, dishonorably discharged, or convicted of desertion by court-martial.

1-18. Period of award

a. For meritorious service awards, the cited period is limited to the period of service during which the individual served under the recommending command, except in the case of retirement awards (see para 1-23 ). Meritorious service is characterized by distinguished service and performance above that normally expected, over a sustained period.

b. For meritorious achievement awards, the length of time is not a primary consideration; however, the act or achievement should have a clearly discernible beginning and ending date. In addition, the speed of accomplishment of a time sensitive task could be an important factor in determining the value of the achievement or act.

c. For valor and heroism awards, the cited period is governed by the same standards stated in paragraph 1-18 b , the only difference is the manner and circumstances involved during the act.

1-19. Duplication of awards

a. Only one decoration will be awarded to an individual or unit for the same act, achievement, or period of meritorious service.

b. The award of a decoration for wartime service does not preclude a service award at the termination of a permanent change of station (PCS) or expiration term of service (ETS) assignment. These recommendations will not refer to wartime service, which have been previously recognized by award of a decoration during the award period.

c. Continuation of the same or similar type service already recognized by an award for meritorious service or achievement will not be the basis for a second award. If appropriate, an award may be made to include the extended period of service by superseding the earlier award, or the award previously made may be amended to incorporate the extended period of service.

d. Awards authorities may not recommend a duplicate award for the same act or service from another service component. That is, if a Soldier is assigned to a Joint command, he or she will not receive a joint award and a service award for the same period; moreover, a Soldier who retires from a joint command may only be recommended for a Service or Defense award, but not both. No Soldier serving in a joint command will be recommended for a Defense award for service and a retirement award from his or her service department.

e. Individual or unit awards and decorations received from a foreign nation or government are not considered a duplication of awards. Sister Service awards are included in paragraph 1-19 a .

1-20. Interim awards and awards of a lesser decoration

a. To ensure that a deserving act, achievement, or service receives prompt recognition, the appropriate authority may promptly award a suitable lesser military decoration pending final action on a recommendation for a higher award, except for retiring U.S. Army general officers. When a higher award is approved, the approving authority will revoke the interim award using a separate permanent order (PO) in accordance with AR 600-8-105 . The decoration will be returned by the recipient, unless the higher award is approved posthumously, in which case the primary next of kin will be permitted to retain both awards.

b. The authority taking final action may award the decoration recommended, award a lesser decoration (or consider the interim award as adequate recognition), or, in the absence of an interim award, disapprove award of any decoration.

c. The ARCOM may be awarded by the appropriate commander as an interim award in those cases involving heroism and for which a recommendation for the award of the Distinguished Flying Cross (DFC) or the Soldier's Medal (SM) has been submitted.

1-21. Impact awards

Impact awards are rare and intended to recognize a single specific act or accomplishment, separate and distinct from regularly assigned duties, such as a special project. Impact awards are not intended to provide a means to authorize additional awards when the conditions for a completed period of service PCS or ETS have not been fulfilled. The achievement covers a short period of time with a definitive beginning and ending date. A recommendation for an impact award should be submitted only when the act is of such magnitude that it cannot be recognized in any other manner, and to delay such recognition until completion of the individual's period of service would diminish the significance of the accomplishment. Impact award approval authority is identical to the awards approval authority outlined in tables 3-2 and 3-4 .

1-22. Succeeding awards

For each succeeding act or period of meritorious service or achievement that justifies the award of a decoration, an oak leaf cluster or numeral device will be awarded. The exception is when decorations are presented to foreigners and posthumous awards presented to primary next of kin.

1-23. Recognition upon retirement

a. Period of service. Each individual approaching retirement may be considered for an appropriate decoration based on his or her grade, years of service, degree of responsibility, and manner of performance.

b. Service recognition awards. The following awards may be awarded upon retirement:

(1) Meritorious service awards will be awarded, upon retirement (to include medical retirements), which may include periods of service longer than that served in the recommending command. An extended period will only be considered in those cases where the length or nature of the individual's terminal assignment would not qualify him or her for an appropriate award. It is neither necessary nor desirable to consider an extended period of service when the length and character of service of retirees in their terminal assignments would qualify them for an appropriate award. This is not to imply that an extended period of service should be considered for every individual who retires, such periods will be limited to the last 10 years of service. When writing the citation, it is not necessary to indicate the time period again; it is only pertinent to mention the total number of years of service, for example, over 22 years or 30 years of service.

(2) Only one retirement award may be awarded to any retiring Soldier. Soldiers serving under the Retiree Recall Program are not authorized a second retirement award or an upgrade of a previously approved retirement award. Service awards for Retiree Recall Servicemembers are at the discretion of the commander.

c. Submissions. Award recommendations submitted for meritorious service based upon retirement will be submitted so that they may be processed and completed prior to the requested presentation date. In determining the presentation date, the recommender must consider the Soldier's requested retirement date, number of days of any transition leave, and authorized travel and/or transition processing time. Recommendations for awards submitted to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408, for final action should arrive no less than 90 days before the desired presentation date.

1-24. Posthumous awards

a. Award recommendations. When considering an award recommendation, the characterization of the Servicemember's death will not be used as the sole purpose for determining approval or disapproval of an award.

b. Preparation of award elements. Orders for awards to individuals who are deceased at the time the award is approved will indicate that the award is being made posthumously. The engraved medal and certificate will not include the word posthumous. In cases where a Soldier is posthumously promoted to a higher grade, both the certificate and orders should reflect the grade to which promoted.

c. Presentation of awards to primary next of kin. Presentation will be made to primary next of kin per procedures in paragraph 1-33 . When presentation to the primary next of kin cannot be made by the appropriate commander, a report listing the reasons the presentation could not be made with the award orders, certificate, and citation will be forwarded immediately to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408, where appropriate action will be taken to accomplish the presentation. Under no circumstances will commanders forward award elements (medal, certificate, and citation) directly to the primary next of kin.

d. Eligible classes of primary next of kin. Primary next of kin are in descending order of precedence, surviving spouse; eldest surviving child (natural or adoptive); father or mother, unless legal exclusive (sole) custody was granted to a person by reason of a court decree or statutory provision; blood or adoptive relative who was granted legal custody of the person by a court decree or statutory provision; eldest surviving brother or sister; eldest surviving grandparent; and eldest surviving grandchild. When it is determined by the Commander, HRC, ADB or the National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002, that medals will be issued posthumously to the primary next of kin, the same order of precedence will be used.

e. Replacement and duplicate issue of medals. Replacement medals will only be issued to the primary next of kin to whom the original medals were issued when medals are lost, destroyed, or become unfit for use without fault or neglect by the primary next of kin. Proof of relationship will be submitted along with the request. Duplicate issue will not be made to a primary next of kin when the records indicate previous issue was made to the living Servicemember or previous primary next of kin. Replacement Medals of Honor, DSCs, and Distinguished Service Medals (DSMs) will be replaced without charge. All other medals will be replaced at cost.

f. Special provisions during periods of armed hostilities. During periods when Servicemembers of the U.S. Army are engaged in combat against hostile forces, complete sets of decorations will be issued to the primary next of kin of personnel who die in the hostile fire zone or who die as the result of wounds received in the hostile fire zone. During such periods, a duplicate set of decorations may be issued, upon the request of the secondary next of kin of deceased personnel, after the original set has been presented to the primary next of kin.

g. Repatriated remains of fallen Soldiers. The primary next of kin for Soldiers who are repatriated from previous conflicts will be determined by the Chief, Casualty and Mortuary Affairs Operations Center, or a designated representative, in accordance with AR 638-8 (see line of succession to establish next of kin) and the laws of the deceased's State of domicile.

h. Posthumous presentation of a numeral or oak leaf cluster. When an appurtenance is presented posthumously, it will be attached to the appropriate medal, and the complete decoration consisting of the medal and appurtenances will be presented to the primary next of kin, rather than the appurtenance alone.

i. Posthumous award of badges. When an individual who has qualified for a badge dies before the award is made, the badge may be presented to the primary next of kin.

1-25. Conversion of awards

Awards of certain decorations as authorized in this regulation or later authorized will be made on the basis of existing letters, certificates, citations, and/or orders only on letter application by the individual concerned to National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002. Soldiers who retired or were discharged after 1 October 2002 and the primary next of kin of Soldiers who died after 1 October 2002 should send their requests to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. Only those awards authorized in paragraphs 2-8 , 3-11 , 3-15 , and 3-18 are categorized as conversion awards. If possible, the application for the conversion of an award should include the original or a copy of the documentation, which he or she wishes to have considered. The applicant will provide all possible details as to time, place, and deed or service to assist in locating any copy or documentation, which may have been recorded.

1-26. Recognition of Reserve Component members upon death, discharge, or transfer to the Retired Reserve

a. Policy. Appropriate recognition may be extended to members of the Army National Guard of the United States (ARNGUS) and the U.S. Army Reserve (USAR) not on active duty who have distinguished themselves in the defense of the United States over a period of many years, often at personal expense, inconvenience, and hardship, and those who by their acts or achievements have made major contributions to the Reserve Components (RCs). Members voluntarily electing discharge or transfer to the Retired Reserve prior to mandatory removal from an active Reserve status may also be considered.

b. Categories for recognition.

(1) Members who are discharged or transferred to the Retired Reserve may be accorded appropriate recognition by —

(a) Farewell letters from CGs of the USAR General Officer Commands (GOCOMs) or the Army National Guard (ARNG) State Adjutants General, as appropriate.

(b) Letters of appreciation and commendation.

(c) Other awards as authorized in this regulation.

(2) Members who die while in an active Reserve status may be accorded recognition through their primary next of kin per paragraphs 1-26 b (1)(b) and (c).

(3) All ARNG and USAR personnel, who, upon completion of a tour of an individual mobilization augumentee (IMA) or troop program unit (TPU) assignment, enter Standby or Retired Reserve status pending eligibility for official retirement, should be considered for award at the time of change of status as retirement recognition. Personnel who enter standby status pending reassignment into another position may be considered for a service award. However, if the individual retires without having served another tour or in any official capacity, an additional award for retirement will not be made. The service award will be amended to show award was for retirement recognition. At that time, if the command feels the award should have been higher because of retirement vice service, it can be submitted for reconsideration.

(4) All ARNG and USAR personnel who, upon call-up or during active duty for training (ADT), will be recognized by their regular Army or active duty commander with whom they are assigned, attached, or under operational control. The award presentation will be conducted prior to the ARNG or USAR personnel termination of call-up or ADT.

c. Criteria. The criteria in this regulation will be used to determine the type of recognition to be accorded. For this purpose, the member's records will be reviewed by the CG, U.S. Army Reserve Command (USARC), GOCOM, or the ARNG State Adjutant General, as appropriate.

d. Farewell letters.

(1) After a USAR unit member has been informed of his or her pending mandatory discharge or eligibility for transfer to the Retired Reserve, a personal farewell letter will be prepared and signed by the appropriate CG of the respective command. The Commander, HRC will prepare farewell letters to Reserve Soldiers (except general officers) under his or her jurisdiction. Letters for all general officers will be prepared by HQDA.

(2) Letters will be limited in scope with a general statement concerning the member's release from an active Reserve status, and an expression of appreciation for past service. Mimeographed form letters may not be used, nor will there be included any forms related to administrative processing of the individual.

e. Ceremonies. Ceremonies will be conducted as appropriate and according to TC 3-21.5 and this regulation. Additionally, the following will apply:

(1) When a general officer is to be honored, the civilian aide to the SECARMY residing in the locality of the ceremony will be invited to attend as the personal representative of the Secretary. The senior Active Army officer present will serve as the official representative of the Army. As such, the representative will be the host both to the civilian aide and to the general officer.

(2) Through existing liaison with State military authorities, official recognition and appreciation of HQDA may be given to ARNGUS personnel upon removal from an active Reserve status, discharge, or death. State authorities concerned will conduct the ceremonies.

(3) USAR nonunit members.

(a) When a USAR nonunit member requests a ceremony (non-retirement), the Commander, HRC forwards the related documents and appropriate awards, if any, to the numbered readiness command commander of the locality in which the member resides. The commander arranges for appropriate ceremony and presentation of awards.

(b) When a USAR nonunit member requests a retirement ceremony at either active duty or USARC, the Commander, HRC forwards the retirement documents and appropriate award, if any, to the commander of the numbered regional readiness command or Active Army command of the locality in which the member resides. The commander arranges for appropriate ceremony and presentation of awards.

(c) Criteria for retirement ceremonies at Active Army commands will require the following:

(1) Soldier has 20-year qualifying letter for nonregular retirement pay at age 60. This includes those individuals issued a Reserve identification card imprinted "RET RES" who are considered "gray area" retirees.

(2) Official orders transferring Soldier to the Retired Reserve.

(3) In those cases where a USAR nonunit member does not desire a ceremony, the Commander, HRC forwards the retirement documents and appropriate awards, if any, to the Soldier.

(4) Posthumous recognition may be given to members who die while in an active Reserve status by presentation of an appropriate award to the primary next of kin or Family member; CGs, USARC, GOCOM, and HRC arrange ceremonies with the primary next of kin or Family member of deceased USAR personnel. If the deceased is a general officer, procedures in paragraph 1-26 e (1) will apply, with primary next of kin and Family members in attendance, if appropriate.

1-27. Announcement of awards

a. Decorations and the Army Good Conduct Medal.

(1) Awards made by the President, the Secretary of Defense, and the SECARMY will be announced in a Department of the Army General Orders (DAGOs).

(2) Awards of decorations and the AGCM will be announced in POs by the appropriate awards approval authority.

b. Service medals and service ribbons. Service medals and service ribbons are administratively awarded to individuals who meet the qualifying criteria. Orders are not required (refer to para 5-1 ).

c. Badges. Permanent awards of badges, except Basic Marksmanship Qualification Badges, identification badges and the Physical Fitness Badge, will be announced in POs by commanders authorized to make the award.

1-28. Format, content, and distribution of orders

a. Format, content, and distribution of orders will conform to AR 600-8-105 . Instructions for format, content, and distribution of orders for DA Form 638 (Recommendation for Award) are in table 3-5 .

b. In addition to the distribution specified in AR 600-8-105, one copy of all orders awarding the Flight Surgeon Badge will be forwarded to Headquarters, Department of the Army, Office of the Surgeon General (DASG-HCZ), 5109 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3258.

1-29. Announcement of revocation of awards

Awards announced in POs and DAGOs, when revoked, will be published using the same type order.

1-30. Amendment of orders

a. Commanders are authorized to correct minor errors (incorrect spelling of names, initials, social security numbers, erroneously numbered oak leaf clusters, and so forth) appearing on awards orders published by other commanders by issuing an amendment to the orders. Amendment of orders will be prepared according to AR 600-8-105. Copies of such orders should be distributed as specified in that regulation.

b. When an error cannot be corrected by an amendment to the orders, it will be returned to the command which issued the erroneous order or, in the event that the command no longer exists, to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408, for corrective action.

c. Requests for amendment that are forwarded to HQDA must be accompanied by all of the following documents:

(1) Copies of general or POs and citations announcing all previous awards of the same decoration.

(2) Copies of general or POs and citations announcing all individual U.S. military decorations for dates of action or service, which overlap in time with the award to be corrected.

(3) Statement of concurrence or nonconcurrence (with comments) of the individual concerned when requesting revocation of general or POs announcing an award. Such statement is also required when requesting amendment of general or POs announcing an award when such an amendment reduces the number of awards to the individual (for example, amend "Second Oak Leaf Cluster" to read "First Oak Leaf Cluster").

d. Award orders issued and/or announced on the DA Form 638 will be amended or revoked using a separate PO in accordance with AR 600-8-105 .

1-31. Revocation of personal decorations and suspension of authority to wear

a. Once an award has been presented, it may be revoked by the awarding authority if facts subsequently determined would have prevented original approval of the award had they been known at the time of presentation. An order revoked based on the reconsideration, appeal, or upgrade of previously approved award, will refer to paragraph 1-16 as the authority for revocation. Presentation of a decoration is the physical act of pinning or clipping the medal on a Soldier's chest or handing the Soldier the medal, certificate, or orders. Failure to be reassigned or separated as originally scheduled does not constitute grounds for revocation of an award, which has been presented. The decision to revoke an award may not be delegated by the awarding authority. In making the decision, the awarding authority may consider a statement of concurrence or nonconcurrence (with comments) from the individual concerned within 10 working days upon receipt of the notification of revocation. When the original awarding authority has departed the command, the revocation request will be referred to the Commander, HRC (AHRC-PDP-A) for appropriate action.

b. When the Bronze Star Medal (BSM) has been awarded to an individual based upon award of the CIB during World War II, revocation of the CIB will result in revocation of the BSM.

c. Upon revocation, the affected individual will be informed that he or she may appeal the revocation action through command channels to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408 for final review

d. Appeals of revocation of the Special Forces (SF) Tab for active and RC Soldiers will be submitted to Commander, U.S. Army Special Operations Command (USASOC), 2929 Desert Storm Drive, Fort Bragg, NC 28310-9112, for final review. Veterans, retirees, or primary next of kin should submit requests to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

e. The authority to wear an award may be suspended by the award approval authority or higher authority. An award will be suspended when an investigation has been initiated by proper authority to determine the validity of the award. The authority directing the suspension will notify, in writing, the individual concerned and the Commander, HRC (AHRC-PDP-A) by the most expeditious means possible when suspension is initiated, and when it is terminated, and the reason(s) for termination. Refer to AR 670-1 for wear prohibitions.

1-32. Revocation of badges, Ranger Tab, Special Forces Tab, and Sapper Tab

a. Commanders authorized to award combat and special skill badges are authorized to revoke such awards. An award, once revoked, will not be reinstated except by Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408 when fully justified, unless otherwise noted below. When the original awarding authority has departed the command, the revocation request will be referred to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408, for appropriate action.

b. Revocation of badges will be announced in POs, except that revocations which are automatically affected, as prescribed in this regulation, need not be announced in orders (see paras 1-32 c (1) through c (9)).

c. Award of badges may be revoked under any of the following conditions:

(1) Combat or special skill badge. An award of any combat or special skill badge will be automatically revoked on dismissal, dishonorable discharge, or conviction by courts-martial for desertion in wartime (wartime is defined in the glossary).

(2) Parachutist Badge. Requests for revocation of the Parachutist Badge will be forwarded to Commandant, U.S. Army Infantry School (ATSH-IP), 1 Karker Street, Fort Benning, GA 31905-4500. A badge may be revoked based on the recommendation of the field commander (COL/O-6 or above) when the awardee —

(a) Is punished under the Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ) for refusal to participate in a parachute jump.

(b) Initiates action which results in termination of airborne status while assigned to an airborne unit in a paid parachutist position before he or she completes 36 cumulative months of paid parachutist position airborne duty.

(c) Withdrawal of any career management field (CMF) 18, military occupational specialty (MOS) 180A, or area of concentration (AOC) 18A before completing 36 cumulative months of airborne duty.

(3) Parachute Rigger Badge. The Parachute Rigger Badge may be revoked when the awardee —

(a) Has his or her Parachutist Badge revoked.

(b) Refuses an order to make a parachute jump with a parachute he or she packed.

(c) Initiates action, which results in withdrawal of MOS 92R, 921A, or AOC 92D before completing 36 months in a parachute position.

(4) Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge and Jumpmaster Badge. The Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge and Jumpmaster Badge may be revoked by the approval authority under the conditions listed below. Once revoked, the badges will not be reinstated except by the Commander, USASOC when fully justified.

(a) Automatically, upon dismissal, dishonorable discharge, or conviction by court-martial for desertion in time of war.

(b) Awardee is punished under UCMJ for refusal to participate in a military free-fall jump.

(c) Awardee initiates action which results in the termination of military free fall parachutist, basic or military free fall parachutist, jumpmaster status.

(5) Aviator Badges. Any Aviator Badge may be revoked when HQDA has approved the findings of a Flight Evaluation Board that the awardee was guilty of —

(a) Cowardice, refusal to fly, fear of flying, or fear of combat.

(b) An act constituting a flagrant violation of flying regulations.

(6) Aviation Badges. Any Aviation Badge may be revoked by a commander who has authority to make the award upon his or her determination that the awardee was guilty of —

(a) Cowardice, refusal to fly, fear of flying, or fear of combat.

(b) Negligence in the performance of assigned aeronautical duties.

(7) Explosive Ordnance Disposal Badges. Any Explosive Ordnance Disposal Badge may be revoked- —

(a) When the awardee is convicted by court-martial for refusal to participate in explosive ordnance disposal (EOD) operations.

(b) By a commander having authority to award the badge upon his or her determination that the awardee was guilty of gross negligence in the performance of assigned EOD duties or a flagrant violation of EOD safety procedures or regulation.

(c) When the awardee initiates, in his or her initial tour of EOD duty, action that results in termination of his or her EOD status prior to the completion of 18 consecutive months of EOD duty.

(8) Air Assault Badge. Any Air Assault Badge may be revoked by the awarding authority (see para 8-26 ) based upon the determination that an assigned or attached individual has failed to maintain prescribed standards of personal fitness and readiness to accomplish air assault missions. Requests for revocation of an Air Assault Badge awarded to individuals no longer assigned or attached to the awarding authority's command will be forwarded through command channels to Commandant, U.S. Army Infantry School (ATSH-IP), 1 Karker Street, Fort Benning, GA 31905-4500. These cases will be limited to those where it has been determined that an awardee was guilty of cowardice, refusal to fly in a tactical exercise, or gross negligence in the performance of air assault duties.

(9) Special Forces Tab. The SF Tab may be revoked by the awarding authority (Commander, U.S. Army John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and School (USAJFKSWCS, see para 8-49 ) if the recipient —

(a) Has his Parachutist Badge revoked.

(b) Initiates action which results in termination or withdrawal of the SF specialty or branch code prior to completing 36 months of SF duty. Requests for advanced schooling that may lead to another specialty or branch code being awarded instead of SF will not be used as a basis for revocation of the tab.

(c) Has become permanently medically disqualified from performing SF duty and was found to have become disqualified not in the line of duty.

(d) Has been convicted at a trial by courts-martial or has committed offenses, which demonstrate severe professional misconduct, incompetence, or willful dereliction in the performance of SF duties.

(e) Has committed any misconduct, which is the subject of an administrative elimination action under the provisions of AR 635-200 or AR 600-8-24 .

(f) Has committed any act or engaged in any conduct inconsistent with the integrity, professionalism, and conduct of a SF Soldier, as determined by the Commander, USAJFKSWCS.

(g) Appeal requests for revocation of the SF Tab for active and RC Soldiers will be submitted to the Commander, USASOC, Fort Bragg, NC, for final review. Soldiers must submit requests through their chain of command, the USAJFSWCS, to the Commander, USASOC for final decision.

(10) Driver and Mechanic Badges. Driver and Mechanic Badges award will be revoked only by a commander authorized to award the badges and/or bars and only for any of the following reasons:

(a) In the event of a moving traffic violation in which life or property was endangered, or an accident which involved either property damage or personal injury wherein the awardee (motor vehicle driver or operator of special mechanical equipment) was at fault.

(b) In the event of damage to the vehicle for which the awardee (motor vehicle driver or operator of special mechanical equipment) is responsible due to lack of preventive maintenance.

(c) In the event of an unsatisfactory rating of the awardee (motor mechanic) as a driver.

(d) In the event of damage to vehicle or shop equipment as a result of careless or inefficient performance of duty by the awardee (motor mechanic).

(e) In the event of unsatisfactory shop performance by the awardee (motor mechanic).

(11) Marksmanship Badges. An award for previous marksmanship weapons qualification is revoked automatically whenever an individual, upon completion of firing a record course for which the previous award was made, has not attained the same qualification. In the event a badge is authorized for firing a limited or sub-caliber course, it is automatically revoked if a record service course is subsequently fired. If the bar, which is revoked automatically, is the only one authorized to be worn on the respective basic qualification badge, the award of the badge likewise is revoked automatically. An award once revoked will not be reinstated.

(12) U.S. Competitive Marksmanship Awards. Awards awarded under the U.S. Civilian Marksmanship Program (CMP) and the President's Hundred Tab made through error or as a result of fraud may be revoked only by the Commander, HRC.

(13) Ranger Tab. The Ranger Tab may be revoked by the Commandant, U.S. Army Infantry School based on the recommendation of the field commander (COL/O-6 or above) of the individual in question if, in the opinion of that commander, the individual has exhibited a pattern of behavior, lack of expertise, or duty performance that is inconsistent with expectations of the Army, that is, that Ranger-qualified Soldiers continuously demonstrate enhanced degrees of confidence, commitment, competency, and discipline. Requests for revocation will be forwarded to Commandant, U.S. Army Infantry School (ATSH-IP), 1 Karker Street, Fort Benning, GA 31905-4500. Award of the Ranger Tab may be revoked under any of the following conditions:

(a) Dismissal, dishonorable discharge, or conviction by courts-martial for desertion in time of war.

(b) Refusal to accept assignment to a Ranger coded position.

(c) Failure to maintain prescribed standards of personal fitness and readiness to accomplish missions commensurate with position and rank.

(d) Upon relief or release for cause.

(14) Sapper Tab. See paragraph 8-50 c .

(15) Guard, Tomb of the Unknown Soldier Identification Badge. See paragraph 8-41 f .

1-33. Presentation of decorations

a. The MOH is usually presented to living awardees by the President of the United States at the White House. Posthumous presentation to the primary next of kin normally is made in Washington, DC by the President or personal representative. The MOH flag is also presented to the recipient or primary next of kin in a separate ceremony (see para 6-24 ).

b. All U.S. Army decorations will be presented with an appropriate air of formality and with fitting ceremony. TC 3-21.5 prescribes the ceremony for presentation of decorations at a formal review. Other first-time approved awards, which require presentation, are —

(1) All individual U.S. Army decorations, including the PH, individual DOD decorations, and decorations awarded by other U.S. Services to Army personnel.

(2) Presentation of the AGCM to military personnel may be made at troop formations. Ceremonies will not be conducted to present the AGCM to former military personnel or primary next of kin.

(3) All approved U.S. Army unit awards, unit awards from other U.S. Services, and DOD unit awards. Only one ceremony will be conducted, no additional ceremony is required to be conducted for members of the unit who were not present when the ceremony was held.

(4) The Army Lapel Button will be formally presented at troop formations or other suitable ceremonies. The U.S. Army Retired Lapel Button will be presented at an appropriate ceremony prior to recipient's departure for retirement. These buttons may be presented to a separating Soldier at the same time as the AGCM and any other approved decoration.

c. Whenever practical, badges will be presented to military personnel in a formal ceremony as provided in TC 3-21.5, however, a formal presentation is not required. Presentations should be made as promptly as practical following announcement of awards, and when possible, in the presence of the troops with whom the recipients were serving at the time of the qualification.

d. The following awards and decorations do not require a ceremony:

(1) Conversion or retroactive entitlement awards (for example, BSM award for CIB/CMB during World War II and the PH); however, a formal ceremony may be conducted if requested by the awardee or at the discretion of the local commander and only if it is practical to make the presentation.

(2) Campaign medals and service ribbons usually are not presented with a formal ceremony; neither are DOD and other Services' ribbons and medals, such as the POW Medal and Humanitarian Service Medal (HSM) (presentation may be made at the discretion of the local commander).

(3) Reissue of awards, decorations, and badges or reproduction of award certificates processed by NPRC. However, a ceremony may be conducted if requested by the primary next of kin through his or her local representative.

(4) Foreign decorations will not be presented by Servicemembers of the U.S. Army to designated recipients whether awardees or primary next of kin.

e. When deemed appropriate, commanders are encouraged to recognize both military and civilian members of their organization in mutual awards ceremonies, as outlined in paragraph 1-33 b . These ceremonies should be conducted in an atmosphere of formality and dignity.

f. In the act of presentation, a decoration may be pinned on the clothing of the awardee whether in uniform or civilian clothing or on the primary next of kin in the case of a presentation following the recipient's death; however, this will not be construed as authority to wear the decoration for any person other than the individual honored. As an alternative to pinning the decoration, especially on primary next of kin, it may be handed to the recipient in an opened decoration container.

g. The award recipient or primary next of kin has the right to decline formal presentation of the individual awards listed in paragraph 1-33 b (1) .

h. Additional presentation procedures and sample notification letters can be found at https://www.hrc.army.mil/TAGD/Award%20and%20Decoration%20Templates

1-34. Engraving of awards

The grade, name, and organization of the awardee are engraved on the reverse of the MOH. The name only of the awardee is engraved on the reverse of every other decoration, the POW Medal and the AGCM. When possible, engraving will be accomplished prior to presentation. When this is impracticable, awardees will be informed that they may mail the decoration (POW Medal or AGCM) to Commander, U.S. Army Tank-Automotive and Armaments Command, Clothing and Heraldry Product Support Integration Directorate, Post Office Box 57997, Philadelphia, PA 19111-7997, for engraving at Government expense.

1-35. Display sets of award elements and the Medal of Honor

a. Government agencies. Upon approval by the SECARMY, samples of military decorations may be furnished, without charge, for one display at the headquarters of each Army and higher field commander, in the offices of the chiefs of governmental agencies not under military jurisdiction where opportunity for the public to view the display is assured, and in each office of HQDA with activities that include matters pertaining to decorations.

b. Civilian institutions. Upon approval by the SECARMY, samples of military decorations may be furnished, at cost price, to museums, libraries, and to national headquarters of historical, numismatic, and military societies; and to institutions of such public nature as will assure an opportunity for the public to view the exhibits under circumstances beneficial to the Army. All decorations furnished to civilian institutions for exhibition purposes will be engraved with the words "For Exhibition Purposes only."

c. Display sets of the Medal of Honor. Upon written requests, The Adjutant General of the Army can approve issue of a display MOH set without cost to the recipient or his or her authorized primary next of kin. Government agencies and civilian institutions will be at cost price. Adequate security arrangements must be provided for the medal so that it will not be lost through vandalism or theft. Maximum exposure of the medal to the public must be ensured, on a free of charge basis, under circumstances beneficial to the Army. For specific requirement details, refer to the HRC ADB Web page at https://www.hrc.army.mil/TAGD/Awards%20and%20Decorations%20Branch%20Toolkit .

d. Requests. Letter requests for decorations for exhibit or display will be made to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

e. Service prior to World War II. Service medals for service prior to World War II will not be provided for display purposes since only minimum essential quantities are available for issue to authorized recipients.

f. Miniature medals. Restrictions in paragraphs 1-35 a and b are not applicable to miniature medals. Miniature medals are not issued or sold by DA. Miniatures may be purchased from dealers in military insignia.

g. Purchases. Except for the MOH, all other decorations, service medals, and ribbons can be purchased from commercial vendors, provided the original manufacturer of the item was issued a certificate of authority by The Institute of Heraldry in accordance with AR 672-8 (see authority to sell). A list of certified manufacturers can be obtained from Director, The Institute of Heraldry (TIOH), 9325 Gunston Road, Room S113, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-5579. The list may also be found on the TIOH Web page at http://www.tioh.hqda.pentagon.mil/Heraldry/manufacturers.aspx .

1-36. Forwarding of award elements

a. When presentation of an award, except a posthumous award, cannot be made within the command jurisdiction of the awarding officer because the awardee is no longer in the command, the orders announcing the award and supporting documents will be forwarded directly to the awardee's current commander or supervisor. When forwarding documentation to the awardee's current commander or supervisor, a copy of the awardee's PCS orders will be enclosed. However, a report of presentation is not required when the recipient of an award has been transferred from one command to another.

b. If the current assignment of an awardee is unknown, contact the installation human resource center for the awardee's new unit of assignment. If the installation Human Resource Center is unable to provide a new unit address, refer to the Army Knowledge Online (AKO) and use the "People" button to search for personnel. Use of AKO requires an AKO account.

c. When forwarding elements of a decoration, particularly to an overseas installation, extreme care must be taken to prevent damage in transit. The documents must be enclosed, without staples or paper clips, between two pieces of heavy cardboard or other firm protective packaging that is larger than the certificate, and the cardboard or packaging securely fastened together before insertion in the mailing envelope.

d. Awards pertaining to individuals who have been retired or separated from the Service will be sent to their forwarding address upon retirement or separation. In instances where this information is not known, the award elements will be forwarded to National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002 or Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408 for Soldiers who retired, were discharged, or died after 1 October 2002.

1-37. Awards to personnel of other Services

a. Peacetime awards of the Meritorious Service Medal (MSM), ARCOM, and AAM may be awarded to a Servicemember of another military Service permanently assigned to an Army unit without the concurrence from the other Service concerned. Likewise, Soldiers permanently assigned to another military Service may be awarded other Service's decorations (MSM and below) without seeking concurrence from the Army. A copy of the approved award will be forwarded to the parent Service's awards office for permanent record keeping. Recommendations for award of the Legion of Merit (LM) and above will be submitted to the Servicemembers' parent Service for consideration and processing.

b. For Servicemembers temporarily assigned to another Service, the other Service may recommend the MSM and below by forwarding the recommendation directly to the Servicemember's permanent command for action and/or concurrence. The award must be approved prior to obtaining concurrence. Once concurrence is obtained, orders will be issued. Addresses for the other military Services are provided in table 1-1 .

c. An Army decoration will not be awarded to a Servicemember of another military Service for any act or period of meritorious service recognized by award of a decoration by another military Services Department.

d. Recommendations for retirement awards for Servicemembers of other Services must be submitted in accordance with that Service's regulation or directive. Servicemembers in the U.S. Navy (USN), U.S. Air Force (USAF), U. S. Marine Corps (USMC), and U.S. Coast Guard (USCG) cannot be recommended for any Army retirement award.

e. Award of a wartime decoration to a Servicemember of another military Service, permanently or temporarily assigned to the Army, may be approved with the written concurrence of that Service. Addresses for the other Services are provided in table 1-1. The Army award must be approved by the appropriate approval authority prior to obtaining concurrence. Once concurrence is obtained, orders will be issued.

f. Effective 2 August 1990, a commissioned officer of the U.S. Public Health Service (USPHS) assigned or attached for full-time duty to the DOD or any of its components is eligible for military awards and decorations on the same basis as officers of the military Services. However, no military ribbon, medal, or decoration will be awarded to an officer of the USPHS without the approval of the Secretary of Health and Human Services or designee. Requests for concurrence may be obtained from USPHS Commissioned Corps Liaison Office, Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense (Health Affairs), 1200 Defense Pentagon, Room 3E1070, Washington, DC 20301-1200. See DODM 1348.33, Volume 3 (Military Awards to USPHS Officers).

Table 1-1. Addresses for other Services - request for awards and concurrences
Service: USN
Submit to: Chief of Naval Operations (DNS-35), 200 Navy Pentagon, Washington, DC 20350-2000.
Service: USAF
Submit to: Headquarters, U.S. Air Force Personnel Center/DPSIDR, 550 C Street West, Randolph Air Force Base, TX 78150-4712.
Service: USMC
Submit to: Commandant, United States Marine Corps, Manpower and Reserve Affairs, Code: MMMA, 3280 Russell Road, Quantico, VA 22134-5103.
Service: USCG
Submit to: Commandant, United States Coast Guard, 2100 Second Street, SW (G-PS-3), Washington, DC 20593-0001.

1-38. United States awards to foreign military personnel

a. It is DOD policy to recognize individual acts of heroism, extraordinary achievement, or meritorious achievement on the part of Servicemembers of friendly foreign nations when such acts have been of significant benefit to the United States or materially contributed to the successful prosecution of a military campaign by Armed Forces of the United States. Such acts or achievements will be recognized through the award of an individual U.S. decoration.

b. U.S. campaign and service medals will not be awarded to members of foreign military establishments.

c. Foreign military personnel in ranks comparable to the grade of COL/O-6 and below, at the time the act was performed and at the time the decoration is presented, may be awarded the following military decorations:

(1) The SS, DFC, BSM, or the Air Medal (AM) for valorous acts in actual combat in direct support of military operations.

(2) The SM for heroic acts in direct support of operations, but not involving actual combat.

(3) The BSM for meritorious service in direct support of combat operations.

d. The LM, in the degrees listed in table 1-2 , may be awarded to foreign military personnel, to include foreign general officers, who distinguish themselves by "exceptional meritorious conduct in performance of outstanding service" to the United States in accordance with Executive Order (EO) 9260, 29 October 1942, which has been amended by EO 10600 , 15 March 1955.

(1) When recommending a degree higher than Legionnaire, include a statement to explain the basis for recommending that degree.

(2) A second or succeeding award to the same person will be in the same degree or in a higher degree than the previous award. A medal will be presented for each award.

Table 1-2. Degree of the Legion of Merit
Degree Awarded to
Degree of Chief Commander Chief of State or head of Government.
Degree of Commander Equivalent to Chief of Staff, Army (CSA) or higher, but not Chief of State.
Degree of Officer General officers in positions below Chief of Staff level; ranks equivalent to COL/O-6 for service in positions normally held by general officers in the U.S. Army and foreign military attaches.
Degree of Legionnaire All other foreign personnel.

e. The MSM, ARCOM, and AAM may be awarded to foreign military personnel (COL/O-6) and below) who distinguish themselves in a way that has been of mutual benefit to a friendly foreign nation and the United States. Of these awards, only the MSM may be awarded to general or flag officers of a friendly foreign nation with the approval of the Secretary of Defense.

f. Categories of foreign award recommendations:

(1) Valorous and heroic awards. SS, BSM with "V" device, DFC, AM with "V" device, and ARCOM with "V" device.

(2) Legion of Merit. The criteria for the LM is the same as for award to Servicemembers of the U.S. Forces (see para 3-11 ).

(3) Meritorious service and achievement awards. BSM, MSM, AM, ARCOM, and AAM. The criteria for these awards to foreign military personnel are the same as for award to Servicemembers of the U.S. Forces (see paras 3-15 , 3-16 , 3-17 , 3-18 , and 3-19 ).

g. Procedures are as follows:

(1) Complete DA Form 638 in accordance with instructions outlined in paragraph 3-20 .

(2) A biographic sketch on the individual to receive the award (give the full name, date and place of birth, present résumé, and previous U.S. decorations).

(3) Valorous and heroic award recommendations in paragraph 1-38f(1) for foreign officers will be processed as follows:

(a) Coordinate with the appropriate U.S. embassy to ensure that the decoration is consistent with the overall interests of the United States and to ensure that the applicable foreign country concurs with the presentation of the award.

(b) Obtain a counterintelligence and security record check on the award nominee from the appropriate agency to ensure the foreign award nominee has not committed an act or engaged in any activity wherein the award of a U.S. decoration would cause embarrassment to the United States. The Department of Defense Consolidated Adjudications Facility will provide a statement of concurrence or nonconcurrence with the proposed award recommendation. Forward the results of the records check to the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) for review and concurrence or nonconcurrence with the award recommendation. DIA requires 30 calendar days to process reviews.

(4) All LM award recommendations in paragraph 1-38 f (2) for foreign officers will be processed as follows:

(a) Coordinate with the appropriate U.S. embassy to ensure that the decoration is consistent with the overall interests of the United States. Obtain a statement of concurrence or nonconcurrence from the Ambassador or U.S. Chief of Mission and the U.S. Defense Attaché (if one is assigned) to the country of the recipient of the award.

(b) Obtain a counterintelligence and security record check on the award nominee from the appropriate agency to ensure the foreign award nominee has no derogatory information that would embarrass the U.S. Government. Forward the results of the records check to the DIA for review and concurrence or nonconcurrence with the award recommendation. DIA requires 30 calendar days to process reviews.

(c) Ensure the award recommendation meets the LM degree criteria listed in table 1-2 .

(5) Meritorious service and achievement award recommendations in paragraph 1-38 f (3) for foreign officers will be processed as follows:

(a) Coordinate with the appropriate U.S. embassy to ensure that the decoration is consistent with the overall interests of the United States.

(b) Obtain a counterintelligence and security record check on the award nominee from the appropriate agency to ensure the foreign award nominee has not committed an act or engaged in any activity wherein the award of a U.S. decoration would cause embarrassment to the United States. The Department of Defense Consolidated Adjudications Facility will provide a statement of concurrence or nonconcurrence with the proposed award recommendation. DIA concurrence is not required for award listed in paragraph 1-38 f (3) .

(c) If necessary, attach additional documentation supporting the recommendation.

h. Awards to foreign military personnel forwarded to HQDA require 3 to 6 months for complete processing.

(1) DOD will not process award recommendations received more than 6 months after the ending date of the service to be recognized. Requests for exceptions to this policy will be considered only if unusual circumstances beyond simple administrative delay are involved.

(2) Submit the award recommendation through command channels. Recommendations must not arrive at HRC earlier than 6 months before the ending date of the service to be recognized, nor may they arrive later than 1 month after that date. For recommendations submitted more than 1 month after the ending date of service, submit a letter of endorsement giving a complete justification for the late submission.

(3) If necessary, attach additional documentation supporting the recommendation.

i. Approval authority is as follows:

(1) Approval authority for the LM for all foreign personnel is the Secretary of Defense.

(2) Approval authority for the DSC and below for all personnel of friendly foreign nations (in ranks comparable to the grade of brigadier general (BG/O-7) and above) is the Secretary of Defense (refer to table 1-3 ).

(3) Approval authority for the DSC and below (except the LM, MSM, ARCOM, and AAM for all military personnel of friendly foreign nations (in ranks comparable to the grade of COL/O-6 and below) is the SECARMY. The MSM, ARCOM, and AAM may be approved by ACOM and ASCC commanders. Refer to table 1-3.

(4) Awards to military personnel of friendly foreign nations in ranks above COL/O-6 will be forwarded to the Commander, HRC (AHRC-PDP-A) for processing. Commanders delegated authority to approve these awards, must ensure that procedures outlined in paragraphs 1-38 e thru g are followed.

Table 1-3. United States decorations to foreign military
Decorations listed in order of precedence Approval authority for COL/O-6 and below 1 Approval authority for BG/O-7 and above
Legion of Merit Secretary of Defense Secretary of Defense
DFC SECARMY Secretary of Defense
Soldier's Medal SECARMY Secretary of Defense
BSM SECARMY Secretary of Defense
MSM AASA 2 , ACOM/ASCC commander Secretary of Defense
AM SECARMY Secretary of Defense
ARCOM AASA, ACOM/ASCC commander N/A
AAM AASA, ACOM/ASCC commander N/A

Notes:
1. Exception to the approval authorities listed in
table 1-3 are those delegations granted by the SECARMY (or his or her designee), in writing.
2. The following abbreviation is introduced in this table: AASA (Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army).

j. Presenting decorations are as follows:

(1) To present the approved decorations, obtain permission from the U.S. Ambassador or the Defense Attaché in the foreign country of the awardee. Make necessary arrangements by coordinating with the appropriate U.S. Ambassador or U.S. Defense Attaché as necessary, for the timely presentation of the award.

(2) Scheduling of presentation ceremonies and public announcements regarding award recommendations will be avoided until after the award authority has approved the award.

k. Procedures for approval of Army badges to foreign military personnel are in chapter 8 .

1-39. Medal of Honor entitlements

a. Medal of Honor Roll. Each person whose name is placed on the Medal of Honor Roll is certified to the Veterans Administration as being entitled to receive a special pension each month. Payment will be made by the Veterans Administration beginning as of the date of application (see 38 USC 1562). The payment of this special pension is in addition to, and does not deprive the pensioner of any other pension, benefit, right, or privilege to which he or she is or may thereafter be entitled.

b. Supplemental uniform allowance. Enlisted recipients of the MOH are entitled to a supplemental uniform allowance (see AR 700-84 ).

c. Air transportation. See DOD 4515.13-R for information on air transportation of MOH awardees. Recipients are issued a special MOH travel card signed by the SECARMY that entitles recipients who are not on active duty or a military retiree to use space available military air transportation.

d. Commissary privileges. See AR 600-8-14 for commissary privileges for MOH awardees and their eligible Family members.

e. Identification cards. See AR 600-8-14 for information on identification cards for MOH awardees and their eligible Family members.

f. Admission to U.S. Service academies. Children of MOH awardees, otherwise qualified, are not subject to quota requirements for admission to any of the U.S. Service Academies (see U.S. Service Academies' annual catalogs).

g. Exchange privileges. See AR 600-8-14 for information on exchange privileges for MOH recipients and their eligible Family members.

h. Burial honors. Burial honors for MOH recipients are identical to those who become deceased while on active duty (see AR 638-8 and AR 600-25 ), except that the Veterans Affairs provides a specially engraved headstone for deceased recipients of the MOH.

i. Presidential inaugurations. MOH recipients receive invitations to attend Presidential inaugurations and accompanying festivities. Recipients on active duty and those who are U.S. Government civilian employees have traditionally been authorized administrative absence instead of chargeable leave to attend these events.

1-40. Increased retired pay based on decorations-enlisted awardees

a. 10 USC 3991 provides that any enlisted Servicemember who is credited with extraordinary heroism in line of duty and who retires after 20 or more years of active Federal service is entitled to a 10 percent increase in retired pay, subject to the 75 percent limit on total retired pay. Any awardee of the MOH, the DSC, Navy Cross, or Air Force Cross satisfies the requirement for extraordinary heroism. An enlisted awardee of the DFC awarded for noncombat-related heroism, or the SM may be credited by the SECARMY with extraordinary heroism only if it is determined that the heroism displayed was equivalent to that required for award of the DSC. These provisions affect enlisted personnel who retire and who have been credited with extraordinary heroism whether or not such heroism was displayed while the individual was serving in enlisted status.

b. Enlisted recipients of any of the six decorations referred to above will complete item 14 of DA Form 2339 (Application for Voluntary Retirement) when applying for retirement. If the recipient has not previously done so, written request for determination and confirmation of entitlement to increased retired pay will be forwarded to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. The request will be accompanied by a copy of the order which awards the decoration and the citation, if not included in the order.

Section V
Order of Precedence

1-41. Order of precedence-awards and decorations

a. Decorations, the AGCM, service medals, and service ribbons are ranked in the following order of precedence when worn or displayed:

(1) U.S. military decorations.

(2) U.S. nonmilitary decorations.

(3) POW Medal.

(4) AGCM.

(5) U.S. Army Reserve Components Achievement Medal (ARCAM).

(6) U.S. service medals and service ribbons.

(7) U.S. Merchant Marine decorations.

(8) Foreign decorations (excluding service medals and ribbons).

(9) Non-U.S. service medals and ribbons.

b. The order of precedence for wear within the various classes of medals and service ribbons is stated in AR 670-1 and DA Pam 670-1 .

c. Decorations, service medals, badges, tabs, and appurtenances are illustrated in DA Pam 670-1 and are available online at TIOH Web site ( http://www.tioh.hqda.pentagon.mil/ ).

1-42. Order of precedence-service medals and service ribbons

a. Order of precedence for the following U.S. service medals and service ribbons is:

(1) World War I Victory Medal.

(2) Army of Occupation of Germany Medal.

(3) American Defense Service Medal (ADSM).

(4) Women's Army Corps Service Medal.

(5) American Campaign Medal.

(6) Asiatic-Pacific Campaign Medal.

(7) European-African-Middle Eastern Campaign Medal.

(8) World War II Victory Medal.

(9) Army of Occupation Medal.

(10) Medal of Humane Action.

(11) National Defense Service Medal (NDSM).

(12) Korean Service Medal (KSM).

(13) Antarctica Service Medal.

(14) Armed Forces Expeditionary Medal (AFEM).

(15) Vietnam Service Medal (VSM).

(16) Southwest Asia Service Medal (SWASM).

(17) Kosovo Campaign Medal (KCM).

(18) Afghanistan Campaign Medal (ACM).

(19) Iraq Campaign Medal (ICM).

(20) Global War on Terrorism Expeditionary Medal (GWOTEM).

(21) Global War on Terrorism Service Medal (GWOTSM).

(22) Korea Defense Service Medal (KDSM).

(23) Armed Forces Service Medal (AFSM).

(24) HSM.

(25) Military Outstanding Volunteer Service Medal (MOVSM).

(26) Army Sea Duty Ribbon (ASDR).

(27) Armed Forces Reserve Medal (AFRM).

(28) Noncommissioned officer Professional Development Ribbon (NCOPDR).

(29) Army Service Ribbon.

(30) Overseas Service Ribbon (OSR).

(31) Army Reserve Components Overseas Training Ribbon (ARCOTR).

(32) Coast Guard Special Operations Service Ribbon.

b. Order of precedence for the following non-U.S. service awards is:

(1) Philippine Defense Ribbon.

(2) Philippine Liberation Ribbon.

(3) Philippine Independence Ribbon.

(4) United Nations Service Medal.

(5) Inter-American Defense Board Medal.

(6) United Nations Medal (UNM).

(7) NATO Medal.

(8) Multinational Force and Observers Medal.

(9) Republic of Vietnam Campaign Medal.

(10) Kuwait Liberation Medal-Saudi Arabia (KLM-SA).

(11) Kuwait Liberation Medal-Kuwait (KLM-KU).

(12) Korean War Service Medal (KWSM).

Section VI
Supply, Service, and Requisition

1-43. Medals and appurtenances

Medals and appurtenances listed below are issued by DA:

a. Decorations.

b. Service medals.

c. Service ribbons.

d. Palms.

e. Rosettes.

f. Clasps.

g. Arrowheads.

h. Service stars (campaign/battle).

i. French Fourragere.

j. Netherlands Orange Lanyard.

k. AGCMs.

l. Oak leaf clusters.

m. Numerals.

n. Letter "V" devices.

o. Certificates for decorations.

p. Lapel buttons for decorations.

q. Miscellaneous lapel buttons listed in paragraphs 6-15 and 6-16 .

r. Ten-year devices.

s. Berlin Airlift devices.

t. Containers for decorations.

u. Miniature decorations to foreign military personnel.

v. Letter "M" device.

w. MOH flag.

1-44. Badges and appurtenances

Badges and appurtenances listed below are issued by DA:

a. Combat and special skill badges.

b. Basic marksmanship designation badges.

c. Distinguished marksmanship designation badges.

d. Excellence in competition badges.

e. Basic Marksmanship Qualification Badges and bars.

f. Army Staff Identification Badge.

g. The Guard, Tomb of the Unknown Soldier Identification Badge (an item of organizational equipment).

h. Drill Sergeant Identification Badge.

i. U.S. Army Recruiter Badge.

j. Career Counselor Badge.

k. Instructor Badge (Basic, Senior and Master).

1-45. Requisitions

a. Award authorities may submit requisitions for available medals and appurtenances through normal supply channels for properly documented awards to personnel in the active Federal military service or in the RC; undocumented entries in qualifications records or separation documents are not acceptable. Requisitions for decorations will contain first name, middle initial, and surname of each awardee for engraving purposes. Requisitions will contain a statement that items requisitioned are to be issued to authorized individuals and do not exceed immediate needs. Award authorities authorized to approve decorations and to make awards of the AGCM and the AFRM are authorized to requisition in bulk a supply of medals and appurtenances on the basis of anticipated 60- to 90-day requirement.

b. Combat and special skill badges, Basic Marksmanship Qualification Badges and authorized bars, the Army Lapel Button, U.S. Army Retired Lapel Button, and the Lapel Button for the Primary Next of Kin of Deceased Personnel may be requisitioned by commanders through normal channels. Requisitions will contain a statement that issue is to be made to authorized personnel. Commanders authorized to make the award may requisition bulk delivery of appurtenances, badges, and buttons to meet needs for 60 days. Care should be taken that excessive stocks are not requisitioned. Initial issue or replacement for a badge lost, destroyed, or rendered unfit for use without fault or neglect on the part of the person to whom it was awarded, will be made upon application, without charge to military personnel on active duty and at stock fund standard price to all others.

c. HRC and the National Personnel Records Center (NPRC) will complete and forward DA Form 1577 (Authorization for Issuance of Awards) to Commander, U.S. Army Tank-Automotive and Armaments Command, Clothing and Heraldry Product Support Integration Directorate, Post Office Box 57997, Philadelphia, PA 19111-7997, who will engrave as appropriate and distribute approved award elements. DA Form 1577 is a limited use DA controlled form. Only HRC and the National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002 are authorized to requisition and use this form.

1-46. Supply of certificates for military decorations

Certificates for decorations awarded in the field will be requisitioned electronically, by publication account holders, from Director, U.S. Army Publications Distribution Center-St. Louis (USAPDC-St. Louis), 1655 Woodson Road, St. Louis, MO 63114-6181.

1-47. U.S. Army medals-original issue or replacement

a. In accordance with 10 USC 1135, 3747, and 3751 all U.S. Army medals are presented at no cost to an awardee. Replacement of medals will be issued on a one-time basis and without charge to the recipient of the military decoration or the immediate primary next of kin of a deceased recipient. Subsequent replacement of medals or service ribbons for individuals not on active duty may be made at cost price. No money should be mailed until instructions are received from HRC or the NPRC.

b. Requests will be honored from the original recipient of the award, or if deceased, from his or her primary next of kin as listed in paragraph 1-23 d . Duplicate issue will not be made to a primary next of kin when the records indicate a previous issue was made to the living Servicemember or previous primary next of kin.

c. Issue or replacement of service medals and service ribbons antedating the World War I Victory Medal is no longer possible. These awards are not available from the supply system, but may be purchased from private dealers in military insignia. Requests for medals should be directed as shown in tables 1-4 and 1-5 .

d. The Web site for NPRC is http://www.archives.gov .

e. Medals and appurtenances awarded while in active Federal service in one of the other U.S. military Services will be issued on individual request to the appropriate Service as shown in table 1-5 .

Table 1-4. Addresses for requesting medals
Request for: Personnel in active Federal military service or in the ARNG or USAR.
Submit to: Unit commander
Request for: Medals on behalf of individuals having no current U.S. Army status or deceased prior to 1 October 2002.
Submit to: National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002
Request for: Medals for individuals who retired, were discharged (or have a Reserve obligation), or died (except general officers) after 1 October 2002
Submit to: Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.
Request for: Retired general officers.
Submit to: Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.


Table 1-5. Addresses for requesting medals for other Services
Request for: USN Awards
Submit to: Chief of Naval Operations (DNS-35), Navy Pentagon, Washington, DC 20350-2000.
Request for: USAF Awards
Submit to: Headquarters, U.S. Air Forces Personnel Center, ATTN: AFPC/DSPSIDR, 550 C Street, Randolph Air Force Base, TX 78150-4712.
Request for: USMC Awards
Submit to: Commandant, United States Marine Corps, Manpower and Reserve Affairs, Code:MMMA, 3280 Russell Road, Quantico, VA 22134-5103.
Request for: USCG awards
Submit to: Commandant (G-PS-5/TP41), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-7238.

1-48. Items not issued or sold by the Department of the Army

The items listed below are not issued by DA —

a. Miniature medals and appurtenances.

b. Miniature service ribbons.

c. Miniature devices.

d. Lapel buttons for service medal.

e. Lapel button for service prior to 8 September 1939.

f. Active Reserve Lapel Button.

g. Identification badges, except as provided in paragraph 1-43 .

h. Lapel buttons for badges.

i. Certificates for badges.

j. Foreign badges.

k. Miniature combat infantryman, expert infantryman, combat medical, expert field medical, and aviation badges.

l. Dress miniature badges.

1-49. Manufacture and sale of decorations and appurtenances

AR 672-8 prescribes the Army policy governing the manufacture, sale, reproduction, possession, and wearing of military decorations, medals, badges, and insignia.

Section VII
Reporting Requirements and Filing Instructions

1-50. Reports of number and types of decorations awarded

a. An annual awards report for the preceding calendar year will be prepared by ACOM, ASCC, and DRU commanders, HQDA principal officials, U.S. Army element commanders exercising award approval authority in Joint, unified, and combined commands, and other award approval authorities to include the National Guard Bureau (all 50 states and 4 territories), to reflect the total numbers of each award approved within the command or agency.

b. The report will divide each award by grade of recipient and will indicate whether the award is for retirement, service, or achievement. Service awards include those that are given posthumously or in connection with a PCS, ETS, or release from active duty or other periods of service. Service awards presented in connection with retirement should be reported only under retirement.

c. All ACOM, ASCC, and DRU commanders and principal officials of HQDA will include figures from all subordinate commands, installations, and activities in totals reported.

d. Commands will prepare DA Form 4612 (Number and Type of Decorations Approved) of approved awards for that calendar year. The report will be sent to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408 or via email at usarmy.knox.hrc.mbx.tagd-awards@mail.mil , to arrive no later than 31 January of each year.

e. Combat awards presented in recognition of service for valor and achievement must be accurately recorded to ensure data is captured for historical and policy evaluation purposes. The number of decorations awarded will be included in a monthly report indicating awards presented by category (valor, service, or achievement) and by component (active, Reserve, and National Guard). A by-name alphabetical listing of a valor award will be included. Reports must be forwarded to the HRC, ADB ( usarmy.knox.hrc.mbx.tagd-awards@mail.mil ) to arrive no later than the last day of each calendar month.

1-51. The Army Records Information Management System

AR 25-400-2 requires that specific filing be accomplished for awards related documents. See AR 25-400-2 for further details and disposition guidance.

Chapter 2
Department of Defense Awards and Decorations

Section I
Overview

2-1. Objective

a. This chapter explains DOD policies and procedures on awarding Defense decorations and service awards; nonmilitary decorations; the acceptance of foreign military decorations by Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States; and the Office of the Secretary of Defense Identification Badge. It describes the various Defense awards; the basis or eligibility requirements for the award; who is eligible to receive the award; and who is authorized to approve the award. It tells how to prepare, submit, and process recommendations for DOD decorations.

b. The objective of the DOD Military Awards Program is to ensure Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States receive tangible recognition for acts of valor, exceptional service or achievement, and acts of heroism not involving actual combat. Processing and approval of DOD awards are awarded in the name of the Secretary of Defense.

2-2. Order of precedence

DOD awards are categorized as U.S. military decorations, service medals, and service ribbons. The order of precedence for wear of these awards is stated in AR 670-1 .

Section II
Individual Department of Defense Decorations

2-3. Defense Distinguished Service Medal

The Defense DSM was established by EO 11545 , 9 July 1970. It is awarded by the Secretary of Defense to officers of the Armed Forces of the United States whose exceptional performance of duty and contributions to national security or defense have been at the highest levels. The prescribing directive for the Defense DSM is DODM 1348.33, Volume 1.

2-4. Defense Superior Service Medal

The Defense Superior Service Medal was established by EO 11904, 6 February 1976. It is awarded by the Secretary of Defense to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States who, after 6 February 1976, rendered superior meritorious service in a position of significant responsibility. The prescribing directive for the Defense Superior Service Medal is DODM 1348.33, Volume 1.

2-5. Defense Meritorious Service Medal

The Defense MSM was established by EO 12019 , 3 November 1977. It is awarded in the name of the Secretary of Defense to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States who, after 3 November 1977, distinguished himself or herself by noncombat meritorious achievement or service. The prescribing directive for the Defense MSM is DODM 1348.33, Volume 1.

2-6. Joint Service Commendation Medal

The Joint Service Commendation Medal was authorized by the Secretary of Defense on 25 June 1963. It is awarded in the name of the Secretary of Defense to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States who, after 1 January 1963, distinguished themselves by meritorious achievement or service. The prescribing directive for the Joint Service Commendation Medal is DODM 1348.33, Volume 1.

2-7. Joint Service Achievement Medal

The Joint Service Achievement Medal was authorized by the Secretary of Defense on 3 August 1983. It is awarded in the name of the Secretary of Defense to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States below the grade of COL/O-6 who, after 3 August 1983, distinguished themselves by outstanding performance of duty and meritorious achievement. The prescribing directive for the Joint Service Achievement Medal is DODM 1348.33, Volume 1.

2-8. Purple Heart

a. The PH was established by General George Washington at Newburgh, NY, on 7 August 1782, during the Revolutionary War. It was reestablished by the President of the United States per War Department General Orders 3, 1932 and is currently awarded pursuant to EO 11016 , 25 April 1962; EO 12464 , 23 February 1984; Public Law (PL) 98-525, 19 October 1984 amended by PL 100-48 , 1 June 1987; PL 103-160 , 30 November 1993; PL 104-106 , 10 February 1996; PL 105-85 , 18 November 1997; and PL 113-360 .

b. The PH is awarded in the name of the President of the United States and, in accordance with 10 USC 1131, effective 19 May 1998, is limited to members of the Armed Forces of the United States who, while serving under competent authority in any capacity with one of the U.S. Armed Services after 5 April 1917, have been wounded, were killed, or who have died or may hereafter die of wounds received under any of the following circumstances:

(1) In any action against an enemy of the United States.

(2) In any action with an opposing armed force of a foreign country in which the Armed Forces of the United States are or have been engaged.

(3) While serving with friendly foreign forces engaged in an armed conflict against an opposing armed force in which the United States is not a belligerent party.

(4) As the result of an act of any such enemy of opposing Armed Forces.

(5) As the result of an act of any hostile foreign force.

(6) After 28 March 1973, as a result of an international terrorist attack against the United States or a foreign nation friendly to the United States, recognized as such an attack by the SECARMY, or jointly by the Secretaries of the separate armed Services concerned if persons from more than one Service are wounded in the attack.

(7) After 28 March 1973, as a result of military operations while serving outside the territory of the United States as part of a peacekeeping force.

(8) Servicemembers who are killed or wounded in action by friendly fire. In accordance with 10 USC 1129 for award of the PH, the SECARMY will treat a Servicemember of the Armed Forces described in paragraph 2-8b(8)(a) , in the same manner as a Servicemember who is killed or wounded in action as the result of an act of an enemy of the United States.

(a) A Servicemember described in this subsection is one who is killed or wounded in action by weapon fire while directly engaged in armed conflict, other than as the result of an act of an enemy of the United States, unless (in the case of a wound) the wound is the result of willful misconduct of the Servicemember.

(b) This section applies to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces who are killed or wounded on or after 7 December 1941. In the case of a Servicemember killed or wounded, as described in paragraph 2-8 b , on or after 7 December 1941 and before 30 November 1993, the SECARMY will award the PH under provisions of paragraph 2-8 a , in each case which is known to the Secretary before such date or for which an application is made to the Secretary in such manner as the Secretary requires.

(9) A former POW who was wounded before 25 April 1962 while held as a POW (or while being taken captive), will be treated in the same manner as a former POW who is wounded on or after that date while held as a POW (in accordance with Section 521 of PL 104-106 ).

(10) Pursuant to 10 USC 1129a, as amended by the Carl Levin and Howard P. "Buck" McKeon National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2015, Section 571, the award of the PH for Servicemembers killed or wounded in attacks by foreign terrorist organizations, the SECARMY will treat a Servicemember of the Armed Forces who is killed or wounded as a result of an international terrorist attack against the United States as stated in 2-8b(6).

(a) A member described in this subparagraph is a member on active duty who was killed or wounded in an attack by a foreign terrorist organization in circumstances where the death or wound is the result of an attack targeted on the Servicemember due to such Servicemember's status as a member of the Armed Forces, unless the death or wound is the result of the Servicemember's willful misconduct.

(b) An attack by an individual or entity will be considered to be an attack by a foreign terrorist organization if —

(1) The individual or entity was in communication with the foreign terrorist organization before the attack; and

(2) The attack was inspired or motivated by the foreign terrorist organization.

(c) The term "foreign terrorist organization" is provided in the glossary.

(d) The provisions outlined in paragraph 2-8 b (10) are retroactive to 11 September 2001.

c. While clearly an individual decoration, the PH differs from all other decorations in that an individual is not "recommended" for the decoration; rather, he or she is entitled to it upon meeting specific criteria.

d. A PH is authorized for the first wound suffered under conditions indicated above; for each subsequent award an oak leaf cluster will be awarded to be worn on the medal or ribbon. No more than one award will be made for more than one wound or injury received at the same instant or from the same missile, force, explosion, or agent.

e. A wound is defined as an injury to any part of the body from an outside force or agent sustained under one or more of the conditions listed above. A physical lesion is not required. However, the wound for which the award is made must have required treatment, not merely examination, by a medical officer. Additionally, treatment of the wound will be documented in the Servicemember's medical and/or health record. Award of the PH may be made for wounds treated by a medical professional other than a medical officer provided a medical officer includes a statement in the Servicemember's medical record that the extent of the wounds was such that they would have required treatment by a medical officer if one had been available to treat them.

f. When contemplating an award of this decoration, the key issue that commanders must take into consideration is the degree to which the enemy caused the injury. The fact that the proposed recipient was participating in direct or indirect combat operations is a necessary prerequisite, but is not sole justification for award.

g. Examples of enemy-related injuries which clearly justify award of the PH are as follows:

(1) Injury caused by enemy bullet, shrapnel, or other projectile created by enemy action.

(2) Injury caused by enemy-placed trap or mine.

(3) Injury caused by enemy-released chemical, biological, or nuclear agent.

(4) Injury caused by vehicle or aircraft accident resulting from enemy fire.

(5) Concussion injuries caused as a result of enemy-generated explosions.

(6) Mild traumatic brain injury or concussion severe enough to cause either loss of consciousness or restriction from full duty due to persistent signs, symptoms, or clinical finding, or impaired brain function for a period greater than 48 hours from the time of the concussive incident.

h. Examples of injuries or wounds which clearly do not justify award of the PH are as follows:

(1) Frostbite (excluding severe frostbite requiring hospitalization from 7 December 1941 to 22 August 1951).

(2) Trench foot or immersion foot.

(3) Heat stroke.

(4) Food poisoning not caused by enemy agents.

(5) Chemical, biological, or nuclear agents not released by the enemy.

(6) Battle fatigue.

(7) Disease not directly caused by enemy agents.

(8) Accidents, to include explosive, aircraft, vehicular, and other accidental wounding not related to or caused by enemy action.

(9) Self-inflicted wounds, except when in the heat of battle and not involving gross negligence.

(10) Post traumatic stress disorders.

(11) Airborne (for example, parachute/jump) injuries not caused by enemy action.

(12) Hearing loss and tinnitus (for example: ringing in the ears).

(13) Mild traumatic brain injury or concussions that do not either result in loss of consciousness or restriction from full duty for a period greater than 48 hours due to persistent signs, symptoms, or physical finding of impaired brain function.

(14) Abrasions and lacerations (unless of a severity to be incapacitating).

(15) Bruises (unless caused by direct impact of the enemy weapon and severe enough to require treatment by a medical officer)

(16) Soft tissue injuries (for example, ligament, tendon or muscle strains, sprains, and so forth).

(17) First degree burns.

i. It is not intended that such a strict interpretation of the requirement for the wound or injury to be caused by direct result of hostile action be taken that it would preclude the award being made to deserving personnel. Commanders must also take into consideration the circumstances surrounding an injury, even if it appears to meet the criteria. Note the following examples:

(1) In a case such as an individual injured while making a parachute landing from an aircraft that had been brought down by enemy fire; or, an individual injured as a result of a vehicle accident caused by enemy fire, the decision will be made in favor of the individual and the award will be made.

(2) Individuals injured as a result of their own negligence (for example, driving or walking through an unauthorized area known to have been mined or placed off limits or searching for or picking up unexploded munitions as war souvenirs) will not be awarded the PH as they clearly were not injured as a result of enemy action, but rather by their own negligence.

j. During wartime the senior Army commander (SAC) in the combat theater may award the PH as approval authority when delegated by the SECARMY or the ASA (M&RA). The SECARMY or the ASA (M&RA) may authorize further delegation of approval or disapproval authority. The NPRC awards the PH to any member of the Army who, during World War I, was awarded a Meritorious Service Citation Certificate signed by the Commander in Chief, American Expeditionary Forces, or who was authorized to wear wound chevrons, upon written application. Approval authority for the PH for Army personnel wounded or killed as the result of an international terrorist attack or as the result of an attack by a foreign terrorist organization is the SECARMY. Authority to approve or disapprove recommendations for the award for Servicemembers who did not receive a PH while serving in a unit with wartime awards approval authority is the Commander, HRC and may be further delegated, in writing, no lower than the Branch Chief, ADB. Although a Servicemember may be deployed, award of the PH for injuries incurred in a previous deployment must be processed through the Servicemember's current chain of command to the Commander, HRC for approval. The first general officer in the chain of command of the Servicemember recommended for award of the PH for injuries received during a previous deployment may disapprove the recommendation. The following types of requests for award of the PH will be forwarded to the Commander, HRC:

(1) Any member of the Army who was awarded the PH for meritorious achievement or service, as opposed to wounds received in action, between 7 December 1941 and 22 September 1943, may apply for award of an appropriate decoration instead of the PH.

(2) Any member of the Army who believes that they are eligible for the PH but, through unusual circumstances no award was made, may submit an application through the member's chain of command to Commander, HRC (AHRC-PDP-A). If the requestor has separated from the military, the application may be mailed directly to the Commander, HRC (AHRC-PDP-A). The application will include the following documentation pertaining to the wound and inflicting force:

(a) DA Form 4187 (Personnel Action).

(b) Chain of command endorsement (through the first general officer in the Soldier's current chain of command for currently serving members).

(c) Deployment orders.

(d) DA Form 4037 (Officer Record Brief)/enlisted records brief (ERB)/ DA Form 2-1 (Personnel Qualification Record).

(e) One-page narrative describing the qualifying incident and the conditions under which the member was injured or wounded.

(f) Statements from at least two individuals, other than the proposed recipient, who were personally present, observed the incident, and have direct knowledge of the event. Alternatively, other official documentation may be used to corroborate the narrative.

(g) Casualty report.

(h) SF 600 (Medical Record - Chronological Record of Medical Care).

(i) DD Form 214 (Certificate of Release or Discharge from Active Duty) (if applicable).

k. Each approved award of the PH must exhibit all of the following factors: wound, injury, or death must have been the result of circumstances described in paragraph 2-8 b ; the wound or injury must have required treatment, not merely examination, by a medical officer. Additionally, treatment of the wound will be documented in the Servicemember's medical and/or health record. Award of the PH may be made for wounds treated by a medical professional other than a medical officer provided a medical officer includes a statement in the Servicemember's medical record that the extent of the wounds were such that they would have required treatment by a medical officer if one had been available to treat them.

l. When recommending and considering award of the PH for a mild traumatic brain injury or concussion, the chain of command will ensure the criteria in paragraph 2-8 is met, and that both diagnostic and treatment factors are present and documented in the Soldier's medical record by a medical officer.

(1) The following nonexclusive list provides examples of signs, symptoms, or medical conditions documented by a medical officer or medical professional that meet the standard for award of the PH:

(a) Diagnosis of concussion or mild traumatic brain injury.

(b) Any period of loss or a decreased level of consciousness.

(c) Any loss of memory for events immediately before or after the injury.

(d) Neurological deficits (weakness, loss of balance, change in vision, praxis (that is, difficulty with coordinating movements), headaches, nausea, difficulty with understanding or expressing words, sensitivity to light, and so forth) that may or may not be transient. Intracranial lesion (positive computerized axial tomography or magnetic resonance imaging scan).

(2) The following nonexclusive list provides examples of medical treatment for concussion that do meet the standard of treatment necessary for award of the PH:

(a) Referral to neurologist or neuropsychologist to treat the injury.

(b) Rehabilitation (such as occupational therapy, physical therapy, and so forth) to treat injury.

(c) Restriction from full duty for a period of greater than 48 hours due to persistent signs, symptoms, or physical finding of impaired brain function.

(3) Combat theater and unit command policies mandating rest periods or "down time" following incidents do not constitute qualifying treatment for concussion injuries. To qualify as medical treatment, this rest period must have been directed by a medical officer or medical professional for the individual after diagnosis of an injury as indicated in paragraphs 2-8 l (1) and (2).

(4) The following nonexclusive list provides examples of medical treatment for concussion that do not meet the standard of treatment necessary for award of the PH:

(a) Limitation of duty following the incident (for example, limited duty, quarters, and so forth).

(b) Pain medication (such as acetaminophen, aspirin, ibuprofen, and so forth) to treat injury, such as headache.

m. Additional guidance.

(1) Award of the PH may be made for wounds (including mild traumatic brain injuries and concussive injuries) treated by a medical professional other than a medical officer, provided a medical officer includes a statement in the Soldier's medical record that the extent of the wounds was such that they would have required treatment by a medical officer, if one had been available to treat them.

(2) A medical professional is defined as a civilian physician or a physician extender. Physician extenders include nurse practitioners, physician assistants, and other medical professionals qualified to provide independent treatment (to include SF medics). Medics (such as combat medics - MOS 68W) are not physician extenders.

(3) A medical officer is defined as a physician with officer rank. The following are medical officers:

(a) An officer of the medical corps of the Army.

(b) An officer of the medical corps of the USN.

(c) An officer in the USAF designated as a medical officer in accordance with 10 USC 101.

(4) All ACOM, ASCC, and DRU commanders will provide a monthly awards report of all concussion-related PH recommendations in spreadsheet format only to HRC. Subordinate commands will submit their PH roll-up to parent organizations to include the ARNG submitting to the National Guard Bureau. Those units that are not covered by the criteria mentioned above will forward their list directly to HRC, ADB. Sample spreadsheet format is located on the HRC ADB Web site at https://www.hrc.army.mil/site/active/tagd/awards/purpleheart/samplepurpleheartexcelsheet.xlsx .

n. Reconsideration authority.

(1) On request from the Soldier or veteran, Army officials will conduct a one-time reconsideration of requests for previously denied PHs relating to concussion injuries.

(2) Authority to reconsider PH recommendations for deployed Soldiers who were wounded on their current deployment rests with the first CG or deputy commanding general (DCG) in the chain of command in accordance with the applicable delegation of awards approval authority approved by the ASA (M&RA).

(3) Awards of the PH for injuries incurred in a previous deployment must be processed through the Soldier's current chain of command to the Commander, HRC. Additionally, requests that are not processed in the combat theater must be processed through the current chain of command to the Commander, HRC.

(4) The first general officer (BG/O-7) in the chain of command of the Soldier recommended for award of the PH for injuries received during a previous deployment may disapprove the recommendation.

(5) Commanders, unit adjutants (S1s), staff personnel officers and command surgeons, will employ a joint effort to ensure this clarified guidance is consistently and uniformly applied within their units.

o. The following rules apply for processing award of the PH:

(1) The statutory time limits pertaining to award of military decorations does not apply to the PH. The PH may be awarded at any time after submission of documented proof that criteria have been met.

(2) Approved awards of the PH require the publication of POs (see AR 600-8-105 ) citing each recipient. A DA Form 4980-10 (Purple Heart Medal Certificate) will include the following information: recipient's name and grade, date wounded in action, and date certificate is signed. All PH Medal Certificates will bear the signature and signature block of the SECARMY on the right side. During wartime, the signature and signature block of the commander authorized to award the PH will be on the left side. All other PHs awarded will bear the signature and signature block of The Adjutant General of the Army.

(3) Each approved award of the PH must exhibit all of the following factors:

(a) Wound, injury, or death must have been the result of enemy or hostile act, international terrorist attack, or friendly fire (as defined in para 2-8 b (8)).

(b) The wound or injury must have required treatment by medical officials.

(c) The records of medical treatment must have been made a matter of official Army records as described in paragraph 2-8 m .

(4) Recommendations for award of the PH based on alleged international terrorist attacks must be accompanied by a written evaluation from the ACOM, ASCC, or DRU security and intelligence staff officer indicating that international terrorist activity was involved. Should any enclosures be classified, the prescribed security measures will be followed. This requirement is in addition to the other eligibility criteria. HRC, ADB will confirm the international terrorist report with the DCS, G-2 prior to forwarding the PH recommendations to the SECARMY for final decision.

p. The Defense of Freedom Medal, established on 4 October 2001, is the civilian equivalent to the PH awarded to U.S. military personnel. Refer to AR 672-20 for criteria and requirements for the Defense of Freedom Medal.

Table 2-1. Steps for processing award of the Purple Heart
Step Who Required action
1 Soldier Wounded or killed as a result of an action outlined in paragraph 2-8 b .
2 Recommender Completes top section of DA Form 4187 , places address of the approval authority in the "TO" box, places address of intermediate commander in the "THRU" box, and places parent unit address in the "FROM" box.
3 Recommender Completes section I of DA Form 4187. Checks "OTHER" box in section III, adds "Award of the PH," and enters date.
4 Recommender In section IV, DA Form 4187 (Remarks) enters an explanation of sequences of events, medical treatment facility, and disposition of the awardee.
5 Recommender Attaches substantiating documents and presents the packet to the company commander, officer in charge, or supervisor.
6 Company commander/officer in charge/supervisor Verifies all data on the DA Form 4187 and the enclosures. Completes missing data.
7 Company commander/officer in charge/supervisor Submits complete certified packet to intermediate commander.
8 Intermediate commander Verifies, as necessary, and endorses action to approval authority.
9 Approval authority (as outlined in para 2-8 k ) Makes final decision on command endorsement of award of the PH (recommends approval or disapproval).
10 Approval authority Notifies recommender or recommending commander of the final decision. Issues PH award certificate and orders along with the medal set.
11 Approval authority Distributes awards approval or disapproval documents into the Army Military Human Resource Record (AMHRR) as outlined in AR 600-8-104 . Submits an electronic military personnel office (eMILPO) or personnel transaction.
12 Unit Arranges and conducts presentation ceremony consistent with commander's requirements.

Section III
Department of Defense Service Medals and Ribbons

2-9. Prisoner of War Medal

a. The criteria for award of the POW Medal is codified in 10 USC 1128. It is authorized for any person who, while serving in any capacity with the U.S. Armed Forces, was taken prisoner and held captive after 5 April 1917.

b. The POW Medal is to be issued only to those U.S. military personnel and other personnel granted creditable U.S. military service, who were taken prisoner and held captive —

(1) While engaged in an action against an enemy of the United States.

(2) While engaged in military operations involving conflict with an opposing foreign force.

(3) While serving with friendly forces engaged in an armed conflict against an opposing armed force in which the United States is not a belligerent party.

c. The POW Medal may be awarded to any person who, while serving in any capacity with the U.S. Armed Forces, who was held captive under circumstances not covered by paragraph 2-9 b but which the SECARMY finds were comparable to those circumstances under which persons have generally been held captive by enemy armed forces during periods of armed conflict. Award of the POW Medal under comparable conditions provisions is the exception and not the rule. Authority to award the POW Medal under this provision may not be delegated below the SECARMY.

d. U.S. and foreign civilians who have been credited with U.S. military service which encompasses the period of captivity are also eligible for the medal. The Secretary of Defense authorized on 27 January 1990, the POW Medal for the Philippine Commonwealth Army and recognized Guerrilla Unit Veterans who were held captive between 7 December 1941 and 26 September 1945.

e. The POW Medal will be issued only to foreign military and civilian personnel who, while serving in any capacity with the U.S. Armed Forces, meet the eligibility criteria contained in paragraph 2-9 b . While no minimum time period of captivity exists as eligibility criteria for the POW Medal, the Services should determine each case on its own merit.

f. For purposes of this medal, past armed conflicts are defined as World War I, World War II, Korean War, Vietnam Conflict, Grenada, Panama, Southwest Asia (SWA) Conflict, Somalia, and Iraq. Hostages of terrorists and persons detained by governments with which the United States is not engaged actively in armed conflict are not eligible for the medal. For the procedures to award the POW Medal for Afghanistan and Iraq see paragraph 2-9 l .

g. Any person convicted of misconduct or a criminal charge by a U.S. military tribunal, or who receives a less than honorable discharge based upon actions while a POW, or whose conduct was not in accord with the Code of Conduct, and whose actions are documented by U.S. military records is ineligible for the medal. The SECARMY is the authority for deciding eligibility in such cases. Cases involving questionable character of service or misconduct during captivity will be processed through the receiving command channels to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408 for coordination with the Repatriation and Family Affairs Division and final decision by the SECARMY.

h. No more than one POW Medal will be awarded. For subsequent award of the medal, service stars will be awarded and worn on the suspension and service ribbon of the medal. A period of captivity terminates on return to U.S. military control. Escapees who do not return to U.S. military control and are recaptured by an enemy do not begin a new period of captivity for subsequent award of the POW Medal (see para 6-8 for further information on the bronze service star).

i. The POW Medal may be awarded posthumously.

j. The primary next of kin of eligible POWs who die in captivity may be issued the POW Medal regardless of the length of stay in captivity.

k. Personnel officially classified as missing in action are not eligible for award of the POW Medal. The POW Medal will only be awarded when the individual's POW status has been officially confirmed and recognized as such by DA. Likewise, the return of remains, in and of itself, does not constitute evidence of confirmed POW status.

l. The following rules apply for processing award of the POW Medal:

(1) Active military personnel. Award of the POW Medal to military personnel on active duty in an active war will be processed by Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

(2) Veterans, retirees and their primary next of kin. All requests for award of the POW Medal for past armed conflicts will be initiated by former POWs, or their primary next of kin, using a personal letter. The following documents, as applicable, will be submitted with POW Medal applications to assist in validating the award: Army separation documents; casualty reports; messages, letters, or telegrams sent home; unit journals; diaries; sworn eyewitness statements or affidavits; photos, identification card, or other documents taken or obtained while in captivity; news clippings and other evidence in support of the request. Applications or personal letters will be forwarded to National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002. Soldiers who retired or were discharged after 1 October 2002 and the next of kin of Soldiers who died after 1 October 2002 will send their requests to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

(3) Time limits. Statutory and regulatory time limits pertaining to award of the POW Medal do not apply. Award of the POW Medal may be made at any time after submission of documented evidence that all criteria have been met.

(4) The Prisoner of War Medal. This medal is classified as a personal service medal; as such, no orders are issued to announce its approval.

m. The steps for processing award of the POW Medal to Active Army Soldiers during actual wartime and their primary next of kin are in table 2-2 .

Table 2-2. Steps for processing award of the Prisoner of War Medal
Step Who Required action
1 Command receives notification that Soldier was released from captivity or died in captivity. Command and/or Family member submits memorandum with all supporting and corroborating documentation to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.
2 HRC (AHRC-PDP-A) Forwards request to the Repatriation and Family Affairs Division.
3 Repatriation and Family Affairs Division Confirms Soldier's character of service and conduct during captivity and returns request to HRC (AHRC-PDP-A).
4 HRC (AHRC-PDP-A) Approves or disapproves award of the POW Medal.
5 HRC (AHRC-PDP-A) For approved awards, an engraved medal will be mailed to the Soldier's unit or Family member. For disapproved awards, Soldier's unit or Family member will be notified by memorandum or letter.
6 HRC (AHRC-PDP-A) Post personnel records and submit transaction for update of records via
eMilpo.
7 Soldier's unit (if applicable) The POW Medal is a service medal and a formal presentation ceremony is not required; however, a ceremony may be conducted.

2-10. National Defense Service Medal

a. The NDSM was established by EO 10448 , 22 April 1953, as amended by EO 11265 , 11 January 1966; EO 12776 , 18 October 1991, as amended by EO 13293 , 28 March 2003 and Secretary of Defense Memorandum, dated 26 April 2002; and EO 13293, dated 28 March 2003.

b. It is awarded for honorable active service for any period between:

(1) 27 June 1950 and 27 July 1954 (Korea), both dates inclusive.

(2) 1 January 1961 and 14 August 1974 (Vietnam), both dates inclusive.

(3) 2 August 1990 and 30 November 1995 (Persian Gulf).

(4) 11 September 2001 to a date to be determined (Global War on Terrorism).

c. During the periods listed in paragraph 2-10 b (1) and (2) for Korea and Vietnam, Servicemembers in the following categories will not be eligible for the NDSM:

(1) Members of the ARNG and USAR on short tours of duty to fulfill training obligations under an inactive duty training program.

(2) Any Servicemember on temporary duty (TDY) or temporary active duty to serve on boards, courts, commissions, and like organizations.

(3) Any Servicemember on active duty for the sole purpose of undergoing a physical examination.

d. During the period listed in paragraph 2-10 b (3) for Persian Gulf, Servicemembers on active duty, members of the Selected Reserve in good standing, and Servicemembers of other than the Selected Reserve who were called to active duty will also be eligible. Servicemembers in the following categories will not be eligible for the NDSM:

(1) Any Servicemember on active duty for the sole purpose of undergoing a physical examination.

(2) Any Soldier of the Individual Ready Reserve, Inactive National Guard, or the Standby or Retired Reserve whose active duty service was for training only, or to serve on boards, courts, commissions, and like organizations.

e. During the period listed in paragraph 2-10 b (4) for Global War on Terrorism, Servicemembers on active duty, which includes extended eligibility for award of the NDSM to the Selected Reserve in good standing will also be eligible.

f. Notwithstanding these limitations, any member of the USCG or the USAR or ARNG Forces of the Armed Forces who, between 1 January 1961 and 14 August 1974, became eligible for award of either the AFEM or the VSM; or between 2 August 1990 and 30 November 1995, became eligible for award of the SWASM will be eligible for award of the NDSM.

g. To signify receipt of a second or subsequent award of the NDSM, a bronze service star will be worn on the Service ribbon by U.S. Army personnel so qualified. A second or third award of the NDSM is authorized for Soldiers who served in two or more of the four time periods listed in paragraph 2-10 a . It is not authorized for Soldiers who met the criteria in a one-time period, left active duty, and returned during the same period of eligibility (see chap 6 for service stars).

h. Cadets of the U.S. Military Academy are eligible for the NDSM, during any of the inclusive periods listed above, upon completion of the swearing-in ceremonies as a cadet.

i. The NDSM may be awarded posthumously.

2-11. Antarctica Service Medal

a. The Antarctica Service Medal was established by PL 86-600 (DA Bulletin 3, 1960).

b. The Antarctica Service Medal is awarded to any person who, after 2 January 1946 and before a date to be announced, meets any of the following qualifications:

(1) Any Servicemember of the Armed Forces of the United States or civilian citizen, national, or resident alien of the United States who is a member of a direct support or exploratory operation in Antarctica.

(2) Any Servicemember of the Armed Forces of the United States or civilian citizen, national, or resident alien of the United States who participates in or has participated in a foreign Antarctic expedition in Antarctica in coordination with a United States expedition and who is or was under the sponsorship and approval of competent U.S. Government authority.

(3) Any Servicemember of the Armed Forces of the United States who participates in or has participated in flights as a member of the crew of an aircraft flying to or from the Antarctic continent in support of operations in Antarctica.

(4) Any Servicemember of the Armed Forces of the United States or civilian citizen, national, or resident alien of the United States who serves or has served on a U.S. ship operating south of latitude 60 degrees south in support of U.S. programs in Antarctica.

(5) Any person, including citizens of foreign nations, not fulfilling any of the above qualifications, but who participates in or has participated in a U.S. expedition in Antarctica at the invitation of a participating U.S. agency. In such cases, the award will be made by the Secretary of the Department under whose cognizance the expedition falls, provided the commander of the military support force, as the senior U.S. representative in Antarctica, considers that the individual has performed outstanding and exceptional Service and shared the hardships and hazards of the expedition.

c. Personnel who remain on the Antarctic continent during the winter months will be eligible to wear a clasp or a disc as described below:

(1) A clasp with the words "Wintered Over" on the suspension ribbon of the medal. A "Wintered Over" clasp is awarded to those who have spent the winter months (March through October) in Antarctica.

(2) A 5/16 inch diameter disc with an outline of the Antarctic continent inscribed thereon fastened to the bar ribbon representing the medal.

d. The appurtenances in paragraphs 2-11 c (1) and (2) are awarded in bronze for the first winter, in gold for the second winter, and in silver for personnel who "winter over" three or more times.

e. Subsequent to 1 June 1973, minimum time limits for the award are 30 days under competent orders to duty at sea or ashore, south of latitude 60 degrees south. Each day of duty under competent orders at any outlying station on the Antarctic continent will count as 2 days when determining award eligibility. Effective 1 July 1987, flight crews of aircraft providing logistics support from outside the Antarctic area may qualify for the award after 15 missions (one flight in and out during any 24-hour period equals one mission). Days need not be consecutive.

f. No person is authorized to receive more than one award of the Antarctica Service Medal. No more than one clasp or disc will be worn on the ribbon. Antarctica is defined as the area south of latitude 60 degrees south. The Antarctica Service Medal takes precedence immediately after the KSM.

2-12. Armed Forces Expeditionary Medal

a. The AFEM was established by EO 10977 , dated 4 December 1961, as amended by EO 10977, 3 May 2000, and may be awarded to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States who, after 1 July 1958 —

(1) Participate, or have participated, as members of the U.S. military units in a U.S. military operation in which Servicemembers of any military department participate, in the opinion of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, in significant numbers.

(2) Encounter during such participation foreign-armed opposition, or are otherwise placed, or have been placed, in such position that, in the opinion of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, hostile action by foreign armed forces were imminent even though it did not materialize.

b. The AFEM may be authorized for the following three categories of operations:

(1) U.S. military operations.

(2) U.S. operations in direct support of the United Nations (UN).

(3) U.S. operations of assistance for friendly foreign nations.

c. Servicemembers must be bona fide members of a unit participating in or be engaged in the direct support of the operation for 30 consecutive days in the area of operations (or for the full period when an operation is less than 30 days duration) or for 60 nonconsecutive days provided this support involved entering the area of operations or and meets one or more of the following criteria:

(1) Be engaged in actual combat, or duty, which is equally as hazardous as combat duty, during the operation with armed opposition, regardless of time in the area.

(2) Is wounded or injured and requires medical evacuation from the area of eligibility while participating in the operation, regardless of time.

(3) Accumulates required days service (consecutive or nonconsecutive) while participating as a regularly assigned air crewmember of an aircraft flying sorties into, out of, within, or over the area in direct support of the military operation. One day's service is credited for the first sortie flown on any day. Additional sorties flown on the same day receive no further credit.

d. The AFEM will be awarded only for operations for which no other U.S. campaign medal is approved. However, this does not prevent award eligibility for subsequent ongoing operations if the associated campaign medal has been terminated. No individual will be eligible for both the AFEM and a campaign medal awarded during a single tour in the designated operation. For operations in which personnel of only one military Service participate, the medal will be awarded only if there is no other suitable award available to that Service. The military service of the Servicemember on whom qualification for the award of the AFEM is based will have been honorable.

e. Servicemembers who earned the AFEM for service in Vietnam between 1 July 1958 and 3 July 1965 may elect to receive the VSM instead of the AFEM. However, no Servicemember may be issued both medals for service in Vietnam.

f. Servicemembers who earned the SWASM and subsequently became eligible, at any time, for the AFEM for Operation SOUTHERN WATCH may wear both awards, with the exception of those who became eligible for both awards during one tour in SWA. Servicemembers who become eligible for both awards during their initial tour in SWA may elect to receive either the SWASM or the AFEM, but may not be issued both medals for a single tour in SWA. Servicemembers who become eligible for both awards during their initial tour in SWA and elect to receive the SWASM may be awarded the AFEM for participation in Operation SOUTHERN WATCH during a subsequent tour in SWA under the Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel Readiness Memorandum, dated 7 February 1996.

g. Servicemembers who earned the AFEM for Operation FREQUENT WIND, between 29 and 30 April 1975, may elect to receive the VSM instead of the AFEM. No Servicemember may be issued both medals for service in Vietnam.

h. After 1 July 1958, the Joint Chiefs of Staff will designate U.S. military operations that qualify for the AFEM, and they will specify the degree of participation in designated operations warranting award of the medal.

i. No more than one medal will be awarded to any one Servicemember. For each succeeding operation, conducted in a different theater of operations or against a different enemy or armed force, justifying a subsequent award, a bronze service star is worn on the suspension and service ribbon of the medal (see para 6-8 for further information on the bronze service star).

j. The AFEM may be awarded posthumously.

k. Definitions of "area of operation" and "direct support" are in the glossary.

l. The AFEM is worn immediately after the Antarctica Service Medal.

m. The designated U.S. military operations, areas, and dates are provided in table 2-3 , U.S. military operations in direct support of the UN operations are provided in table 2-4 , and U.S. military operations of assistance to a friendly foreign nation are provided in table 2-5 .

Table 2-3. Armed Forces Expeditionary Medal
Area Dates Notes
Quemoy and Matsu Islands 23 August 1956 to 1 June 1963  
Lebanon 1 July to 1 November 1958  
Taiwan Straits 23 August 1958 to 1 January 1959  
Berlin 14 August 1961 to 1 June 1963  
Cuba 24 October 1962 to 1 June 1963  
Congo 23 to 27 November 1964  
Dominican Republic 28 April 1965 to 21 September 1966  
Korea 1 October 1966 to 30 June 1974 See note.
Cambodia-Operation EAGLE PULL 11 to 13 April 1975 Evacuation of Cambodia.
Vietnam-Operation FREQUENT WIND 29 to 30 April 1975 Evacuation of Vietnam (see also para 2-12 g ).
Mayaguez Operation 15 May 1975  
Grenada-Operation URGENT FURY 23 October to 21 November 1983 The qualifying criteria for nonunit direct support personnel in Grenada are 6 consecutive days or 12 nonconsecutive days.
Libya-Operation ELDORADO CANYON 12 to 17 April 1986  
Panama-Operation JUST CAUSE 20 December 1989 to 31 January 1990  
Haiti-Operation UPHOLD DEMOCRACY 16 September 1994 to 31 March 1995  

Notes:
. Servicemembers who qualified for the AFEM by reasons of service between 1 October 1966 and 30 June 1974, in an area for which the KDSM was subsequently authorized, are eligible for both the AFEM and KDSM. Award of the KDSM for this time period is a one-time exception to policy to 10 USC.


Table 2-4. Armed Forces Expeditionary Medal-designated U.S. military operations in direct support of the United Nations
Area Dates Notes
Congo 14 July 1960 to 1 September 1962  
Somalia-Operations RESTORE HOPE and UNITED SHIELD 5 December 1992 to 31 March 1995  
Operation JOINT ENDEAVOR (OJE) 20 November 1995 to 19 December 1996 See note 1. Only for participants deployed in support of the Former Republic of Yugoslavia in Bosnia-Herzegovina.
Exercise Intrinsic Action and Iris Gold 1 December 1995 to 15 February 1997
31 December 1997 to 15 July 1998
11 November 1998 to
22 December 1998
See note 2. Only those under operational control of the U.S. Central Command during the crisis periods indicated.
Operation JOINT GUARD (OJG) 20 December 1996 to 20 June 1998 See note 1. Only for participants deployed in support of the Former Republic of Yugoslavia in Bosnia-Herzegovina.
Operation JOINT FORGE (OJF) 21 June 1998 to 23 March 1999 See note 3. Only for participants deployed in Bosnia-Herzegovina and Croatia, aboard naval vessels operating in the Adriatic Sea, and their respective airspace.

Notes:
1. The Secretary of Defense approved award of the AFEM and AFSM to certain participants of OJE and OJG as a one-time exception to policy to DOD and Service policies. Area of eligibility is the total land area and airspace of the Former Republic of Yugoslavia to include Bosnia-Herzegovina; Croatia, Hungary; and the airspace above portion of the Adriatic Sea that lies north of the 40 degrees north latitude.
2. The area of eligibility includes the total land area and airspace of Iraq, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Bahrain, Qatar, United Arab Emirates, Oman, Yemen, Egypt, and Jordan, and waters and airspace above the Arabian Gulf (Persian Gulf) and the Gulf of Oman that lie west of 62 degrees east longitude.
3. Only one award of either the AFEM or the AFSM is authorized for participation in or direct support of OJF.


Table 2-5. Armed Forces Expeditionary Medal - designated U.S. military operations of assistance to a friendly foreign nation
Area Dates Notes
Vietnam 1 July 1958 to 3 July 1965  
Laos 19 April 1961 to 7 October 1962  
Cambodia 29 March to 15 August 1973  
Thailand 29 March to 15 August 1973 Only those in direct support of Cambodia operations.
El Salvador 1 January 1981 to 1 February 1992  
Lebanon 1 June 1983 to 1 December 1987  
Persian Gulf-Operation EARNEST WILL 24 July 1987 (the date of the Bridgeton incident) to 1 August 1990 The area of operation is the area from 20 degrees north latitude northward to 30 degrees, 30 minutes, north latitude and from 46 degrees, 36 minutes, east longitude eastward to 63 degrees east longitude. These geographical limits include the Persian Gulf, Bahrain, Kuwait, the Gulf of Oman, and most of Saudi Arabia.
SWA operations:    
Operation SOUTHERN WATCH (OSW) 1 December 1995 to 18 March 2003 See paras 2-12 f and 2-14 . See notes 1 and 2.
Maritime Intercept Operation (MIO) 1 December 1995 to 18 March 2003 See notes 1, 2, and 3.
Vigilant Sentinel 1 December 1995 to 15 February 1997 See notes 1 and 4.
Operation NORTHERN WATCH (ONW) 1 January 1997 to 18 March 2003 See notes 1 and 2. The area of eligibility include the land area within Incirlik Air Base, Turkey; the total land area and airspace of the countries of Iraq, Saudi Arabia and Kuwait, and that portion of the Arabian Gulf (Persian Gulf) that lies west of the 56 degree east longitude.
Operation DESERT THUNDER 11 November to 22 December 1998 See notes 1 and 4.
Operation DESERT FOX 16 to 22 December 1998 See notes 1 and 4.
Operation DESERT SPRING (ODS) 31 December 1998 to 18 March 2003 See notes 1, 2, and 3.
Operation SECURE TOMORROW 29 February 2004 to 15 June 2004  
Operation JOINT GUARDIAN and NATO Headquarters 1 January 2014 to a date to be
determine.
 

Notes:
1. Soldiers are only authorized one AFEM for participation in the following Iraq operations: OSW; MIO, ONW; DESERT THUNDER; DESERT FOX; and ODS. Subsequent award of the AFEM is only authorized for individuals for nonconsecutive and nonconcurrent assignments in separate areas of eligibility for which the AFEM has been approved.
2. Soldiers who deployed in support of SWA for OSW, MIO, ONW, and ODS between 11 September 2001 to 18 March 2003 may elect to receive either the AFEM or the GWOTEM for their service but only one award is authorized for the same period of service.
3. The area of eligibility includes the total land and airspace of Iraq, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Bahrain, Qatar, United Arab Emirates, Oman, Yemen, Egypt, and Jordan, and the waters and airspace above the Arabian Gulf (Persian Gulf) and the Gulf of Oman that lie west of the 62 degrees east longitude.
4. The area of eligibility includes the total land area and airspace of countries in Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Bahrain, Qatar, United Arab Emirates, Oman, Yemen, Egypt, and Jordan, waters and airspace of the Arabian Gulf (Persian Gulf) and the Gulf of Oman that lie west of the 62 degree east longitude and individuals serving aboard the U.S. Naval vessels in the Red Sea.

2-13. Vietnam Service Medal

a. The VSM was established by EO 11231 , 8 July 1965, as amended by EO 13286 , 2 February 2003. It is awarded to all Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States serving in Vietnam and its contiguous waters or airspace there over, after 3 July 1965 through 28 March 1973. Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States in Thailand, Laos, or Cambodia, or the airspace there over, during the same period and serving in direct support of operations in Vietnam are also eligible for this award.

b. To qualify for award of the VSM an individual must meet one of the following qualifications:

(1) Be attached to or regularly serve for 1 or more days with an organization participating in or directly supporting military operations.

(2) Be attached to or regularly serve for 1 or more days aboard a U.S. naval vessel directly supporting military operations.

(3) Actually participate as a crewmember in one or more aerial flights into airspace above Vietnam and contiguous waters directly supporting military operations.

(4) Serve on TDY for 30 consecutive days or 60 nonconsecutive days in Vietnam or contiguous areas, except that time limit may be waived for personnel participating in actual combat operations.

c. No person will be entitled to more than one award of the VSM.

d. Individuals qualified for the AFEM for reason of service in Vietnam between 1 July 1958 and 3 July 1965 (inclusive) will remain qualified for that medal. Upon request (unit personnel officer) any such individual may be awarded the VSM instead of the AFEM. In such instances, the AFEM will be deleted from the list of authorized medals in personnel records. No person will be entitled to both awards for Vietnam service.

e. Servicemembers who earned the AFEM for Operation FREQUENT WIND between 29 and 30 April 1975, may elect to receive the VSM instead of the AFEM. No Servicemember may be issued both medals for service in Vietnam.

f. Vietnam and contiguous waters, as used herein, is defined as an area which includes Vietnam and the water adjacent thereto within the following specified limits: from a point on the East Coast of Vietnam at the juncture of Vietnam with China southeastward to 21 degrees north latitude, 108 degrees, 15 minutes longitude; then southward to 18 degrees, north latitude, 108 degrees, 15 minutes east longitude; then southeastward to 17 degrees, 30 minutes north latitude, 111 degrees east longitude; then southward to 11 degrees north latitude, 111 degrees east longitude; then southwestward to 7 degrees north latitude, 105 degrees east longitude; then westward to 7 degrees north latitude, 103 degrees east longitude; then northward to 9 degrees, 30 minutes north latitude, 103 degrees east longitude; then northeastward to 10 degrees, 15 minutes north latitude, 104 degrees, 27 minutes east longitude; then northward to a point on the West Coast of Vietnam at the juncture of Vietnam with Cambodia.

g. The VSM may be awarded posthumously.

h. The boundaries of the Vietnam combat zone for campaign participation credit are as defined in paragraph 2-13 f .

i. One bronze service star is authorized for each campaign under the following conditions:

(1) Assigned or attached to and present for duty with a unit during the period in which it participated in combat.

(2) Under orders in the combat zone and in addition meets any of the following requirements:

(a) Awarded a combat decoration.

(b) Furnished a certificate by a CG of a corps, higher unit, or independent force that Soldier actually participated in combat.

(c) Served at a normal post of duty (as contrasted to occupying the status of an inspector, observer, or visitor).

(d) Aboard a vessel other than in a passenger status and furnished a certificate by the homeport commander of the vessel that he or she served in the combat zone.

(3) Was an evadee or escapee in the combat zone or recovered from a POW status in the combat zone during the time limitations of the campaign. POWs will not be accorded credit for the time spent in confinement or while otherwise in restraint under enemy control.

j. The Vietnam campaigns are listed in appendix B (see para 6-8 for further information on the bronze service star).

2-14. Southwest Asia Service Medal

a. The SWASM was established by EO 12754 , 12 March 1991, as amended by EO 12790 , 3 March 1992. It is awarded to all Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States serving in SWA and contiguous waters or airspace there over, on or after 2 August 1990 to 30 November 1995. SWA and contiguous waters, as used herein, is defined as an area which includes the Persian Gulf, Red Sea, Gulf of Oman, Gulf of Aden, that portion of the Arabian Sea that lies north of 10 degrees north latitude and west of 68 degrees east longitude, as well as the total land areas of Iraq, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia, Oman, Bahrain, Qatar, and United Arab Emirates.

b. Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States serving in Israel, Egypt, Turkey, Syria, and Jordan (including the airspace and territorial waters) between 17 January 1991 and 30 November 1995, will also be eligible for this award. Servicemembers serving in these countries must have been under the command and control of the U.S. Central Command or directly supporting military operations in the combat theater.

c. To be eligible, a Servicemember must meet one or more of the following criteria:

(1) Be attached to or regularly serving for 1 or more days with an organization participating in ground or shore (military) operations.

(2) Be attached to or regularly serving for 1 or more days aboard a U.S. naval vessel directly supporting military operations.

(3) Be actually participating as a crewmember in one or more aerial flights directly supporting military operations in the areas designated above.

(4) Be serving on TDY for 30 consecutive days or 60 nonconsecutive days. These time limitations may be waived for people participating in actual combat operations.

d. The SWASM may be awarded posthumously to any person who lost his or her life while, or as a direct result of, participating in Operation DESERT SHIELD or Operation DESERT STORM without regard to the length of such service, if otherwise eligible.

e. One bronze service star will be worn on the suspension and service ribbon of the SWASM for participation in each designated campaign (see para 6-8 for further information on the bronze service star). (The designated campaigns for SWA are listed in app B .)

f. See AR 672-20 for the Civilian Service in SWASM.

2-15. Kosovo Campaign Medal

a. The KCM was established by EO 13154 , 3 May 2000. It is awarded to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States who, after 24 March 1999, meet the following criteria:

(1) Participated in or served in direct support of Kosovo Operation(s): ALLIED FORCE; JOINT GUARDIAN; ALLIED HARBOUR; SUSTAIN HOPE/SHINING HOPE; NOBLE ANVIL; or Kosovo TASK FORCE(S): SABER, HUNTER, HAWK, or FALCON within the Kosovo Air Campaign or Kosovo Defense Campaign areas of eligibility.

(a) Kosovo Air Campaign. The Kosovo Air Campaign began on 24 March 1999 and ended on 10 June 1999. The area of eligibility for the air campaign includes the total land area and airspace of Serbia (including Kosovo), Montenegro, Albania, Macedonia, Bosnia, Croatia, Hungary, Romania, Greece, Bulgaria, Italy, and Slovenia; and the waters and airspace of the Adriatic and Ionian Sea north of the 39th north latitude.

(b) Kosovo Defense Campaign. The Kosovo Defense Campaign began on 11 June 1999 to 31 December 2013. The area of eligibility for the defense campaign includes the total land area and airspace of Serbia (including Kosovo), Montenegro, Albania, Macedonia, and the waters and airspace of the Adriatic Seas within 12 nautical miles of the Montenegro, Albania, and Croatia coastlines south of 42 degrees and 52 minutes north latitude.

(2) Servicemembers must be bona fide members of a unit participating in or be engaged in direct support of the operation for 30 consecutive days in the area of eligibility or for 60 nonconsecutive days provided this support involves entering the operations area of eligibility or meets one or more of the following criteria:

(a) Be engaged in actual combat, or duty that is equally as hazardous as combat duty, during the operation with armed opposition, regardless of time in the area of eligibility.

(b) While participating in the operation, regardless of time, is wounded or injured and requires medical evacuation from the area of eligibility.

(c) While participating as a regularly assigned air crewmember flying sorties into, out of, within, or over the area of eligibility in direct support of the military operations.

b. The KCM may be awarded posthumously to any person who lost his or her life without regard to the length of such service.

c. One bronze service star will be worn on the suspension and service ribbon of the KCM for participation in each campaign (Kosovo Air Campaign and Kosovo Defense Campaign). Qualification for a second bronze service star requires meeting the criteria for both campaigns. The 30 consecutive or 60 nonconsecutive days that begin during the air campaign and continues into the defense campaign entitles a Servicemember to only one bronze service star.

d. Any Servicemember who qualified for AFEM and AFSM by reasons of service in Kosovo between 24 March 1999, and 1 May 2000, will remain qualified for those medals. Upon application, any such Servicemember may be awarded the KCM in lieu of the AFEM or the AFSM, but no person may be awarded more than one of these three medals by reason of service in Kosovo, and no person will be entitled to more than one award of the KCM for the same action, time period or service.

e. Precedence for the KCM will be positioned below the SWASM and above the ACM.

2-16. Afghanistan Campaign Medal

a. The ACM is authorized by PL 108-234 , 28 May 2004, and EO 13363 , 29 November 2004, as amended by EO 13289 , 12 March 2003. PL 109-163 , 6 January 2006, amended the beginning date for Operation ENDURING FREEDOM (OEF) and the date of eligibility for the ACM to 11 September 2001.

b. Individuals authorized the ACM must have served in direct support of OEF from 11 September 2001 to 31 December 2014, and Operation FREEDOM's SENTINEL (OFS) from 1 January 2015 to a future date to be determine. The area of eligibility encompasses all land area of the country of Afghanistan and all airspaces above the land. The ACM period of eligibility is on or after 11 September 2001 to a future date to be determined by the Secretary of Defense or the cessation of OEF.

c. Servicemembers must have been assigned, attached, or mobilized to units operating in the area of eligibility for 30 consecutive days or for 60 nonconsecutive days or meet one of the following criteria:

(1) Be engaged in combat during an armed engagement, regardless of the time in the area of eligibility.

(2) While participating in an operation or on official duties, is wounded or injured and requires medical evacuation from the area of eligibility.

(3) While participating as a regularly assigned air crewmember flying sorties into, out of, within, or over the area of eligibility in direct support of the military operations; each day of operations counts as 1 day of eligibility.

d. The following rules apply to award the ACM:

(1) The ACM may be awarded posthumously.

(2) Only one award of this medal may be authorized for any individual.

(3) Under no condition will personnel or units receive the ACM, the GWOTEM, the GWOTSM, the ICM, or the AFEM for the same action, time period, or Service.

(4) One bronze service star will be worn on the suspension and service ribbon of the ACM for participation in each designated campaign (see para 6-8 for further information on the bronze service star). (The designated campaigns for Afghanistan are listed in app B .)

(5) Servicemembers qualified for the GWOTEM by reasons of service between 11 September 2001 and 30 April 2005 in Afghanistan, will remain qualified for the medal. Any such Soldier may be awarded the ACM in lieu of the GWOTEM for such service. Additionally, any such Soldier authorized the arrowhead device may be awarded the ACM with arrowhead in lieu of the GWOTEM with arrowhead device. Soldiers that elect to receive the GWOTEM in lieu of the ACM are not authorized bronze service stars for those campaigns in which the GWOTEM is awarded. No Soldier will be entitled to both medals for the same act, achievement, or period of service.

e. Precedence for the ACM will be positioned below the KCM and above the ICM.

f. Veterans requesting bronze service star approval will send their letter of request, along with a copy of their DD Form 214 or DD Form 215 (Correction to DD Form 214, Certificate of Release or Discharge from Active Duty), as well as supporting documents to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. Examples of adequate supporting documents include but are not limited to: service award, DD Form 1610 (Request and Authorization for TDY Travel of DOD P ersonnel), officer or enlisted evaluation reports, memorandum signed by the former battalion (BN) commander, deployment and redeployment orders (including Soldier's full name), Certificate of Appreciation, and so forth.

2-17. Iraq Campaign Medal

a. The ICM is authorized by PL108-234, 28 May 2004 and EO 13363 , 29 November 2004, as amended by EO 13289 , 12 March 2003.

b. Individuals authorized the ICM must have served in direct support of Operation IRAQI FREEDOM (OIF) or Operation NEW DAWN (OND). The area of eligibility encompasses all land area of the country of Iraq, and the contiguous water area out to 12 nautical miles, and all airspaces above the land area of Iraq and above the contiguous water area out to 12 nautical miles. The ICM period of eligibility is on or after 19 March 2003 to 31 December 2011, as determined by the Secretary of Defense.

c. Servicemembers must have been assigned, attached, or mobilized to units operating in the area of eligibility for 30 consecutive days or for 60 nonconsecutive days or meet one of the following criteria:

(1) Be engaged in combat during an armed engagement, regardless of the time in the area of eligibility.

(2) While participating in an operation or on official duties, is wounded or injured and requires medical evacuation from the area of eligibility.

(3) While participating as a regularly assigned air crewmember flying sorties into, out of, within, or over the area of eligibility in direct support of the military operations; each day of operations counts as 1 day of eligibility.

d. The following rules apply to award the ICM:

(1) The ICM may be awarded posthumously.

(2) Only one award of this medal may be authorized for any individual.

(3) Under no condition will personnel receive the ICM, the GWOTEM, the GWOTSM, the ACM, or the AFEM for the same action, time period, or service.

(4) One bronze service star will be worn on the suspension and service ribbon of the ICM for participation in each designated service (see para 6-8 for further information on the bronze service star). (The designated campaigns for Iraq are listed in app B .)

(5) Servicemembers qualified for the GWOTEM by reasons of service between 19 March 2003 and 30 April 2005, in Iraq, will remain qualified for the medal. Any such Soldier may be awarded the ICM in lieu of the GWOTEM for such service. Additionally, any such Soldier authorized the arrowhead device may be awarded the ICM with arrowhead device in lieu of the GWOTEM with arrowhead device. Soldiers that elect to receive the GWOTEM in lieu of the ICM are not authorized bronze service stars for those campaigns in which the GWOTEM is awarded. No Soldier will be entitled to both medals for the same act, achievement, or period of service.

e. Precedence for the ICM will be positioned below the ACM and above the GWOTEM.

f. Veterans requesting bronze service star approval will send their letter of request, along with a copy of their DD Form 214 or DD Form 215 , as well as supporting documents to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. Examples of adequate supporting documents include but are not limited to: service award, DD Form 1610 (Travel Order), officer or enlisted evaluation reports, memorandum signed by the former BN commander, deployment and redeployment orders (including Soldier's full name), certificates of appreciation, and so forth.

2-18. Global War on Terrorism Expeditionary Medal

a. The GWOTEM was established by EO 13289 , 12 March 2003. It is authorized for award to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States who are deployed abroad for service in the Global War on Terrorism operations on or after 11 September 2001 to a date to be determined. Operations approved the GWOTEM are provided in paragraph 2-18 d .

b. Areas of eligibility are designated as follows:

(1) The Secretary of Defense, in consultation with the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, will designate approved operations on a case-by-case basis when requested by the combatant commanders.

(2) The general area of eligibility encompasses all foreign land, water, and airspaces outside the 50 states of the United States and outside 200 nautical miles of the shores of the United States. The Secretary of Defense, when recommended by the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, will designate the specific area of eligibility per qualifying operation.

(3) The GWOTEM will not be awarded to Soldiers who are deployed and/or mobilized to an approved area of eligibility for the purpose of staging operations, with follow on movement into Iraq or Afghanistan in support of Operation NOMAD SHADOW (ONS), OFS, OIF, OEF, Operation INHERENT RESOLVE (OIR) and OND.

(4) Because counter-terrorism operations are global in nature, the area of eligibility for an approved operation may be deemed to be noncontiguous. The combatant commander has the authority to approve award of the medal for units and personnel deployed within his or her theater. Under no conditions will units or personnel within the United States, the general region excluded in paragraph 2-18 b (2) , be deemed eligible for the GWOTEM.

c. Servicemembers must be assigned, attached, or mobilized to a unit participating in designated operations for 30 consecutive days or 60 nonconsecutive days in the area of eligibility or meet one of the following criteria:

(1) Be engaged in actual combat against the enemy and under circumstances involving grave danger of death or serious bodily injury from enemy action, regardless of time in the area of eligibility.

(2) While participating in the designated operation, regardless of time, is killed, wounded, or injured, requiring medical evacuation from the area of eligibility.

(3) Servicemembers participating as a regularly assigned aircrew member flying sorties into, out of, within, or over the area of eligibility in direct support of ONS, OEF, OIF, or OND are eligible to qualify for award of the GWOTEM. Each day that one or more sorties are flown in accordance with these criteria will count as 1 day toward the 30 consecutive or 60 nonconsecutive day requirement.

d. Initial award of the GWOTEM is limited to Servicemembers deployed abroad in support of OEF, OIF, and OND in the following designated specific geographic area of eligibilitys: Afghanistan, Algeria, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Bulgaria (Bourgas), Burkina Faso, Chad, Columbia, Crete, Cyprus, Diego Garcia, Djibouti, Egypt, Eritrea, Ethiopia, Georgia, Guantanamo Bay (Cuba), Hungary, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kosovo (only specific Global War on Terrorism operations not associated with operations qualifying for the KCM), Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Lebanon, Mali, Mauritania, Morocco, Niger, Nigeria, Oman, Pakistan, Philippines, Qatar, Romania (Constanta), Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Sierra Leone, Somalia, Syria, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Uganda, United Arab Emirates, Uzbekistan, Yemen, that portion of the Arabian Sea north of 10 degrees north latitude and west of 68 o longitude, Bab El Mandeb, Gulf of Aden, Gulf of Aqaba, Gulf of Oman, Gulf of Suez, that portion of the Mediterranean Sea east of 28 o east longitude and boarding and searching vessel operations, Persian Gulf, Red Sea, Strait of Hormuz, and Suez Canal.

e. Servicemembers qualified for the GWOTEM by reasons of service before 30 April 2005 in Afghanistan and Iraq, will remain qualified for the medal. Any such Soldier may be awarded the ACM or the ICM in lieu of the GWOTEM for such service. Additionally, any such Soldier authorized the arrowhead device may be awarded the ACM or ICM with arrowhead in lieu of the GWOTEM with arrowhead device. Soldiers who elect to receive the GWOTEM in lieu of the ACM or ICM are not authorized service stars for those campaigns in which the GWOTEM is awarded. No Soldier will be entitled to both medals for the same act, achievement, or period of service.

f. Effective 30 April 2005, the GWOTEM is no longer authorized to be awarded for service in Afghanistan and/or Iraq. Soldiers are only authorized award of the ACM and ICM after this date.

g. Effective 15 June 2014 to a date to be determined, the GWOTEM is authorized for Servicemembers deployed abroad in support of OIR in the following designated specific geographic area of eligibilitys: Bahrain, Cyprus, Egypt, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Mediterranean Sea (est of 25 degree longitude), Qatar, Persian Gulf, Red Sea, Saudi Arabia, Syria, Turkey and United Arab Emirates.

h. Battle stars are awarded as follows:

(1) Battle stars (bronze service stars) may be applicable for Servicemembers who were engaged in actual combat against the enemy and under circumstances involving grave danger of death or serious bodily injury from enemy action. Only the combatant commander can initiate a request for a battle star. The request will contain the specific unit(s) or individual(s) engaged in actual combat, the duration for which actual combat was sustained, and a detailed description of the actions against the enemy.

(2) The Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff is the approving authority for battle stars.

(3) The approval of battle stars by the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff is authority for the SAC in the combat theater to approve campaign participation credit (see para 7-18 ).

i. The following rules apply to the GWOTEM:

(1) The GWOTEM may be awarded posthumously.

(2) Servicemembers may be awarded both the GWOTEM and the GWOTSM if they meet the criteria for both awards; however, the qualifying service used to establish eligibility for one award cannot be used to justify eligibility for the other award.

(3) The GWOTEM will be worn before the GWOTSM and both will directly follow the KCM (that is, KCM, GWOTEM, GWOTSM, KDSM, and so forth).

j. Only one award of the GWOTEM may be authorized to any individual; therefore, second or subsequent awards will not be awarded.

2-19. Global War on Terrorism Service Medal

a. The GWOTSM was established by EO 13289 , 12 March 2003. It is authorized for award to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States who have participated in or served in support of a Global War on Terrorism operations outside of the designated area of eligibility defined in paragraph 2-19 d on or after 11 September 2001 to a future date to be determined. Operations approved for the GWOTSM are provided in paragraph 2-19 c .

b. Areas of eligibility are designated as follows:

(1) The Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff will designate approved operations on a case-by-case basis when requested by the combatant commanders.

(2) At the request of the combatant commander, the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff may approve specific efforts that are rendered by unit(s) or individual(s) who meet all other requirements for award of the GWOTSM but are not issued specific orders for the approved operation(s).

(3) All BN commanders and commanders of separate units have the authority to award the GWOTSM to units and personnel within their command for approved operations.

c. Servicemembers must be assigned, attached, or mobilized to a unit supporting designated operations listed in paragraph 2-18 d for 30 consecutive days or for 60 nonconsecutive days, or meet one of the following criteria:

(1) Initial award of the GWOTSM is limited to airport security operations (from 27 September 2001 through 31 May 2002) and Soldiers who supported Operation NOBLE EAGLE (11 September 2001 to date to be determined), OEF (11 September 2001 to date to be determined), OIF (19 March 2003 through August 31, 2010), OND (1 September 2010 through 31 December 2011), OIR (15 June 2014 to date be determined) and OFS (1 January 2015 to date to be decided).

(2) Service in an operationally deployed status abroad within a designated area of eligibility (as outlined in para 2-18 d ) merits primary eligibility for the GWOTEM; personnel supporting the Global War on Terrorism in a nondeployed status, whether stationed at home (in the United States) or overseas, are eligible only for the GWOTSM.

d. All Soldiers on active duty, including RC Soldiers mobilized, or ARNG Soldiers activated on or after 11 September 2001 until a date to be determined and having served 30 consecutive days or 60 nonconsecutive days are authorized the GWOTSM. All Soldiers in a training status (basic or advanced individual training) are not eligible for receipt of this award until assigned to their first duty station and meet the requirements in paragraph 2-19 c .

e. The following rules apply to the GWOTSM:

(1) The GWOTSM may be awarded posthumously.

(2) Servicemembers may be awarded both the GWOTEM and the GWOTSM if they meet the criteria for both awards; however, the qualifying period used to establish eligibility for one award cannot be used to justify eligibility for the other award.

(3) The GWOTSM will be worn after the GWOTEM and will be followed by the KDSM (that is, GWOTEM, GWOTSM, KDSM).

f. Only one award of the GWOTSM may be authorized to any individual; therefore, second and subsequent awards will not be awarded.

2-20. Korea Defense Service Medal

a. Authorization. The KDSM was authorized by Section 543, National Defense Authorization Act, 2003, PL 107-314 . It is authorized for award to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States who have served on active duty in support of the defense of the Republic of Korea. The area of eligibility and period of eligibility are as follows:

(1) The area of eligibility encompasses all land area of the Republic of Korea, and the contiguous water out to 12 nautical miles, and all airspaces above the land and water areas.

(2) The period of eligibility is 28 July 1954 to a date to be determined by the Secretary of Defense.

b. Criteria. Servicemembers must have been assigned, attached, or mobilized to units operating in the area of eligibility for 30 consecutive or for 60 nonconsecutive days, or meet the following criteria:

(1) Be engaged in combat during an armed engagement, regardless of the time in the area of eligibility.

(2) Wounded or injured in the line of duty and requires medical evacuation from the area of eligibility.

(3) While participating as a regularly assigned air crewmember flying sorties into, out of, within, or over the area of eligibility in direct support of military operations. Each day that one or more sorties are flown in accordance with these criteria will count as 1 day toward the 30- or 60-day requirement.

(4) Personnel who serve in operations and exercises conducted in the area of eligibility are considered eligible for the award as long as the basic time criteria is met. Due to the extensive time period for KDSM eligibility, the nonconsecutive service period for eligibility remains cumulative throughout the entire period.

c. Special provisions. Servicemembers qualified for the AFEM by reasons of service between 1 October 1966 and 30 June 1974, in an area for which the KDSM was authorized subsequently, are eligible for both the AFEM and the KDSM. Award of the KDSM for this time period is a one-time exception to policy to comply with section 543, National Defense Authorization Act, 2003, PL 107-314 .

d. General.

(1) The OSR is authorized to be awarded with the KDSM.

(2) The KDSM may be awarded posthumously to any Soldier who lost his or her life without regard to length of such service.

(3) Only one award of the KDSM is authorized for any individual.

(4) The KDSM will be worn after the GWOTSM and will be followed by the AFSM (that is, GWOTSM, KDSM, and AFSM).

2-21. Armed Forces Service Medal

a. The AFSM was established by EO 12985 , 11 January 1996, as amended by EO 13286 , 28 February 2003. It is awarded to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States who, after 1 June 1992, meet the following criteria:

(1) Participate or have participated, as Servicemembers of U.S. military units, in a U.S. military operation that is deemed to be a significant activity.

(2) Encounter no foreign-armed opposition or imminent threat of hostile action.

b. The AFSM may be authorized for significant U.S. military activities for which no other U.S. campaign or service medal is appropriate, such as:

(1) Peacekeeping operations.

(2) Prolonged humanitarian operations.

c. The AFSM may be awarded for U.S. military operations in direct support of the UN or North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO), and for operations of assistance to friendly foreign nations.

d. Servicemembers must be bona fide members of a unit participating in or engaged in direct support of the operation for 30 consecutive days in the area of operations (or for the full period when an operation is less than 30 days duration) or for 60 consecutive days provided this support involves entering the area of operations or meet the following criteria:

(1) While participating as a regularly assigned air crewmember, accumulates 15 days service (consecutive and/or nonconsecutive) flying sorties into, out of, within, or over the area in direct support of military operations.

(2) One day's service is credited for the first sortie flown on any day. Additional sorties flown on the same day receive no further credit.

e. The AFSM provides recognition to participants who deploy to the designated area of eligibility for the qualifying operation. Outstanding or meritorious performance of nondeployed or remotely located support units and individuals is not justification for award of the AFSM. Such performance may be recognized by appropriate unit and/or individual decorations.

f. Because the AFSM may be awarded for a prolonged humanitarian operation, distinction between the AFSM and the HSM must be maintained. The following rules apply:

(1) The HSM is an individual U.S. service medal, presented to individuals who are physically present at the site of immediate relief and who directly contribute to and influence the humanitarian action. The HSM is only awarded for service during the identified "period of immediate relief"; eligibility for the HSM terminates once (if) the humanitarian action evolves into an "established ongoing operation beyond the initial emergency condition."

(2) The AFSM is a theater award, authorized for presentation to all participants who meet the eligibility requirements established for a designated operation.

(3) For operations in which all deployed participants are awarded the HSM and for which the "period of immediate relief" coincides with the duration of significant deployed operations, award of the AFSM is not authorized.

(4) Humanitarian operations for which some (or all) participants are awarded the HSM, which continue beyond the "period of immediate relief," may be recognized by award of the AFSM. The AFSM may be awarded for the entire period of the operation; individuals awarded the HSM for direct participation during the "period of immediate relief" are also eligible for the AFSM, if awarded.

g. The following limitations apply when determining whether the AFSM should be awarded for a particular mission or operation or when determining eligibility for award to an individual:

(1) The AFSM will be awarded only for operations for which no other U.S. campaign or service medal is approved.

(2) For operations in which personnel for only one Service participate, the AFSM will be awarded only if there is no other suitable award available to that Service.

(3) The military Service of the individual on which qualification for the award of the AFSM is based will have been honorable.

(4) Award of the AFSM is not authorized for participation in national or international exercises.

(5) The AFSM will not be awarded for NATO or UN operations not involving significant, concurrent U.S. military support operations.

h. The Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff will designate U.S. military operations on or after 1 June 1992 that qualify for the AFSM.

i. No more than one medal will be awarded to any one Servicemember. One bronze service star is worn to denote second and subsequent awards of the AFSM. To be eligible for additional awards, service must be rendered in more than one designated area and period of service. No two awards will be made for service in the same designated area (see para 6-8 for further information on the bronze service star).

j. The AFSM will take precedence immediately after the SWASM.

k. The AFSM may be awarded posthumously to eligible Soldier's primary next of kin.

l. See AR 672-20 for the Armed Forces Civilian Service Medal.

m. Definitions of "significant activity," "area of eligibility," and "direct support" are provided in the glossary.

n. Designated U.S. military operations approved for award of the AFSM are provided in table 2-6 .

Table 2-6. Armed Forces Service Medal - designated U.S. military operations
Operations Dates Notes
Operation PROVIDE PROMISE 2 June 1992 to
15 February 1996
See note 1.
Operation ABLE SENTRY 12 July 1993 to
31 March 1999
See note 1.
Operation DENY FLIGHT 12 April 1993 to
2 December 1995
See note 1.
Operation MARITIME MONITOR 1 June 1992 to
1 December 1992
See note 1.
Operation SHARP GUARD 15 June 1993 to
20 September 1996
See note 1.
Operation PROVIDE COMFORT 1 December 1995 to
31 December 1996
Only for participants deployed in northern Iraq, north of the 36 parallel, Incirlik Air Base, Pirinclik Air Base, and Turkey.
OJE 20 November 1995 to
19 December 1996
See notes 2 and 3. Only for participants deployed in support of the Former Republic of Yugoslavia in Bosnia-Herzegovina.
OJG 20 December 1996 to
20 June 1998
See notes 2, 3, and 4. Only for participants deployed in Hungary, Italy, Former Republic of Yugoslavia, and that portion of the Adriatic Sea that lies north of 40 degrees north latitude.
OJF 21 June 1998 to
23 March 1999
See note 5. Only for participants deployed in support of the Former Republic of Yugoslavia in Slovenia, Montenegro, Macedonia, Serbia, and Hungary, and their respective airspace.
Operation UNITED NATIONS MISSION in Haiti; U.S. FORCES HAITI; and U.S. SUPPORT GROUP-HAITI 1 April 1995 to
31 January 2000
Only for participants in the area encompassing the United States. Excluded from the AFSM are those Soldiers who meet the criteria for the the HSM that was awarded Katrina and Rita (see table C-1 ).
Hurricane Katrina and Rita 27 August 2005 to
27 February 2006
 
Operation JUMP START 15 May 2006 to
15 July 2008
Only for participants deployed in the states of Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and California.
Operation UNITED RESPONSE 14 January 2010 to
1 June 2010
See note 6. Haiti (including the surrounding waters out to 25 nautical miles and the associated airspace above); Guantanamo Bay, Cuba; Dominican Republic; Puerto Rico; Honduras; Florida; Arizona; Texas; North Carolina; South Carolina; and Illinois.

Notes:
1. Awarded only to participants deployed in support of the Former Republic of Yugoslavia in Italy, Hungary, and the waters and airspace above the portion of the Adriatic Sea that lies north of the 40 degrees north latitude.
2. The Secretary of Defense approved award of the AFEM and AFSM to certain participants of OJE and OJF as a one-time exception to DOD and Service policies. Area of eligibility is the total land area and airspace of the Former Republic of Yugoslavia to include Bosnia-Herzegovina, Croatia, Hungary, and the airspace above the portion of the Adriatic Sea that lies north of the 40 degrees north latitude.
3. Soldiers who qualified for the AFSM for OJE and subsequently served in support of OJG are not eligible for a second award of the AFSM.
4. The area of eligibility includes the total land and airspace of the Former Republic of Yugoslavia and Hungary, and the waters and the airspace above the portion of the Adriatic Sea that lies north of the 40 degrees north latitude.
5. Only one award of either the AFEM or the AFSM is authorized for participation or direct support of OJF.
6. The Secretary of Defense approved award of the AFSM to certain participants of OUR.

2-22. Humanitarian Service Medal

a. The HSM was established by EO 11965 , 19 January 1977. It is awarded to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States who, after 1 April 1975, distinguished themselves by meritorious direct participation in a DOD or DA approved significant military act or operation of a humanitarian nature.

b. The following types of military acts or operations may qualify for award of the HSM:

(1) Significant assistance in the event of national or international disasters, natural or manmade, such as, but not limited to, earthquakes, floods, typhoons, or conflagrations.

(2) Relief to a starvation area.

(3) Evacuation of personnel from an area threatened by a hostile force.

(4) Support to and resettlement of refugees and evacuees.

(5) Other significant military activities, directly related to humanitarian service, as designated by DA. These must be above and beyond routine actions. For example, normal search and rescue operations conducted by specifically trained search and rescue units would not be eligible for HSM consideration.

(6) Acts or operations of a similar nature, as determined by the award approval authority.

c. Services rendered in the act or operation being considered must meet the following criteria:

(1) Be of a major significance.

(2) Provide immediate relief, relieve human suffering, and should save lives (property may be a factor).

(3) Must have affected the outcome of the situation (nonaction could produce definite consequences).

(4) Must have specific dates and must be restricted to the period of "immediate relief." Periods beyond immediate relief are considered established ongoing operations beyond the initial emergency conditions and these periods are no longer eligible for the HSM.

(5) Must have evidence that the emergency assistance was —

(a) Authorized by the President of the United States for assistance in the United States (such as a Presidential Emergency Declaration or established contingency plans issued under Presidential authority).

(b) Requested by the Department of State for overseas areas.

d. To qualify for award of a DOD or DA approved HSM operation, Soldiers must meet the following requirements:

(1) Must be on active duty at the time of direct participation in a DOD or DA approved humanitarian act or operation (see app C for list of approved DOD and DA HSM operations).

(a) "Active duty" means full-time duty in the active military service of the United States. It includes duty on the active duty list, full-time training duty, annual training duty, and attendance, while in the active military service, at a school designated as a Service school by law or by the SECARMY. Such term does not include full-time National Guard duty per 10 USC 101(22) (see para 2-22 f (5)).

(b) This includes service as a cadet at the U.S. Military Academy. Servicemembers of the ARNG are eligible provided, that the use of active forces has been authorized in the act or operation.

(2) Must have directly participated in the humanitarian act or operation within the designated geographical area of operation and within specified time limits.

(a) Direct participation is defined as being physically present at the designated location, having directly contributed to and influenced the action.

(b) Specifically excluded from eligibility are Servicemembers or elements remaining at geographically separate locations or who were assigned to the location but did not make a direct contribution to nor influenced the action.

(c) Designated location is the immediate site(s) of the humanitarian operations as defined by the Presidential request for assistance in the United States or the Department of State for overseas areas. When appropriate, the local commander in his or her recommendation may propose specific clarification of designated boundaries based on the intent of the Presidential or Department of State request.

(3) Must provide evidence that substantiates direct participation in a DOD or DA approved humanitarian act or operation. Acceptable evidence includes the following:

(a) Certificates and letters of commendation or appreciation.

(b) Officer or enlisted evaluation reports.

(c) Copies of TDY or special duty orders reflecting participation within the specified timeframe and geographical location cited.

(d) After action reports, situation reports, rosters, unit files, or any other records or documentation which verifies the Servicemember's participation.

(e) Statements from commanders, supervisors, or other officials who were in a position to substantiate the Servicemember's direct participation in the area of operation.

e. The following rules apply to awarding the HSM:

(1) Award of the HSM does not prevent or conflict with other medals or ribbons awarded on the basis of unit achievement, or of individual valor, achievement, or meritorious service.

(2) No Servicemember will be entitled to more than one award of the HSM for participation in the same military act or operation of a humanitarian nature.

(3) A service star will be worn to denote direct participation in second or subsequent humanitarian acts or operations (see para 6-8 for further information on the bronze service star).

(4) The Civilian Award for Humanitarian Service is prescribed in AR 672-20 .

(5) The HSM is categorized as a service medal and, as such, no orders are issued to announce its approval.

(6) Retroactive award of the HSM to Active Army Soldiers will be based on an administrative decision of the servicing personnel officer. However, the burden of proof rests with each potentially eligible Soldier to furnish appropriate source documents, per paragraphs 2-22 d (3)(a) through (e) to his or her personnel officer.

(7) Approved HSM will be posted to DA Form 4037 for officers and on the ERB for enlisted Soldiers.

(8) The HSM may be awarded posthumously to eligible Soldiers' primary next of kin.

f. The following rules apply when submitting recommendations for the HSM:

(1) The President must have declared the act or event of a Federal disaster, or the Secretary of State must have requested emergency assistance from DOD for any act or operation to be considered for designation as a humanitarian act or operation.

(2) Recommendations must be entered into command channels within 2 years of the military act or operation to be recognized.

(3) A written justification fully explaining and attesting to the humanitarian aspects of the services rendered by Servicemembers in the act or operation being recommended. The HSM is an individual award, as such, only those individuals who meet the specific requirements in paragraph 2-22 b will be eligible for award of the HSM.

(4) The HSM may not be awarded for services rendered in domestic disturbances involving law enforcement, equal rights demonstrations, or protection of properties.

(5) The HSM is not the appropriate award to recognize humanitarian operations performed solely by Servicemembers on 32 USC orders under the authority of a State governor. In these instances, the appropriate level of recognition is provided by the applicable State governor.

(6) Recommendations will contain the following two enclosures:

(a) Enclosure one will contain the following information:

(1) Name of operation and date or period of operation.

(2) Federal Disaster Assistance Control Number.

(3) A full explanation of the humanitarian aspects of the military assistance or operation to include the specific nature of the duties performed that were beyond normal duty expectations.

(4) The names of the units and location involved.

(5) The estimated number of military participants listed by unit.

(b) Enclosure two will contain supporting documents such as after action reports.

(7) HSM recommendations for operations or acts performed outside the continental United States (CONUS) will have the endorsement of the combatant commander.

g. Award approval authorities are as follows:

(1) The Secretary of Defense is the approval authority for recommendations of the HSM originating within a Defense agency.

(2) The SECARMY is the approval authority for recommendations of the HSM originating with the Army. The ASA (M&RA) has the authority to disapprove recommendations for the HSM being forwarded to the SECARMY. Recommendations for the HSM involving unified combatant commands will be submitted to the Director, Joint Staff.

(3) Recommendations for the HSM involving USCG units or personnel will be submitted to the Commandant, USCG.

h. Who may award.

(1) Once the recommendation for an operation has been approved by the appropriate authority as qualifying for award of the HSM, determination of individual eligibility is delegated to the commander having operational control over the military assistance being provided in the humanitarian act or operation. Such authority will not be delegated below the command level of COL/O-6 or civilian equivalent.

(2) Approval authority for Army veterans and retirees prior to 1 October 2002 is the NPRC. Individuals who retired or were discharged after 1 October 2002 and the primary next of kin of Soldiers who died after 1 October 2002 should send their requests to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

2-23. Military Outstanding Volunteer Service Medal

a. The MOVSM was established by EO 12830 , 9 January 1993, as amended by EO 13286 , 28 February 2003. It may be awarded to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States and their RCs who, subsequent to 31 December 1992, perform outstanding volunteer community service of a sustained, direct, and consequential nature.

b. To qualify for award of the MOVSM a Servicemember's volunteer service must meet the following requirements:

(1) Be to the civilian community, to include the military Family community.

(2) Be significant in nature and produce tangible results.

(3) Reflect favorably on the Army and DOD.

(4) Be of a sustained and direct nature.

c. There is no specific time period to qualify for award of the MOVSM; however, volunteer service must exceed 3 years and/ or 500 hours of service. Approval authorities will ensure the service to be honored merits the special recognition afforded by this medal. The MOVSM is intended to recognize exceptional community support over time and not a single act or achievement. Further, it is intended to honor direct support of community activities. For the purpose of this award, attending membership meetings or social events of a community service group is not considered qualifying service, while manning a community crisis action telephone line is considered qualifying service.

d. Approval authority for award of the MOVSM will be commanders (overseas and CONUS) serving in the rank of lieutenant colonel (LTC/O-5) or higher. Before the recommendation is forwarded to the award approval authority, the recommender must certify that the Servicemember meets the eligibility criteria for award of the MOVSM. Substantiating documentation, such as record of hours contributed, letters or certificates from activity supervisors, or other proof of the Servicemember's volunteer services may be attached as enclosures to the recommendation.

e. The rules for processing award of the MOVSM are as follows:

(1) Recommendations for award of the MOVSM will be submitted through official military channels using memorandum format. The MOVSM template is available at https://www.hrc.army.mil//tagd/awards/%20AND%20Decorations%20Templates .

(2) The Soldier's commander will certify that the eligibility requirements have been met and that the service was honorable throughout the award period.

(3) When contemplating award of the MOVSM, the following issues should be taken into consideration:

(a) Servicemember must be performing services on a voluntary basis, not detailed or tasked.

(b) Services performed may not be part of any military mission (for example a unit project), and may not result in any personal gain for the Servicemember.

(4) No more than one MOVSM will be awarded to any Servicemember. For subsequent periods of community service justifying award of the medal, a bronze service star will be worn on the suspension and service ribbon of the medal (see para 6-8 for further information on the bronze service star).

(5) The MOVSM may be awarded posthumously.

(6) The MOVSM will be worn immediately after the HSM.

(7) The MOVSM is categorized as a service medal and, as such, no orders are issued to announce its approval. In addition, there is no award certificate for the MOVSM.

(8) The MOVSM is not authorized for award to foreign personnel.

Chapter 3
U.S. Army Individual Decorations

Section I
Overview

3-1. Intent

a. U.S. Army military decorations are awarded in recognition of heroism, meritorious achievement, or meritorious service.

b. In peacetime, U.S. Army military decorations recognize achievements, which have significantly contributed to the readiness or effectiveness of a unit or organization, or have made notable contributions to the morale or esprit de corps of units or organizations. Exceptional command or leadership of a crew, team, section, squad, or similar unit may be considered meritorious achievement or service. Recommendations for awards must be based on specific achievement.

c. The decision to award an individual a decoration and the decision as to which award is appropriate are both subjective decisions made by the commander having award approval authority. Awards for meritorious achievement or service will not be based upon the grade of the intended recipient. Rather, the award should reflect both the individual's level of responsibility and his or her manner of performance. The degree to which an individual's achievement or service enhanced the readiness or effectiveness of his or her organization will be the leading factor.

d. No individual is automatically entitled to an award upon departure from an assignment. Awards presented in conjunction with a PCS will be limited to exceptional cases. Certificates of achievement and letters of commendation or appreciation are appropriate means to recognize departing personnel.

e. No preconditions for an award may be established, such as, for example, when Soldiers are informed in advance that attainment of specific goals will result in the automatic award of a given decoration. Military decorations will not be used as prizes in contests.

f. Limiting awards to a specific number per unit is not authorized.

3-2. Decorations authorized and order of precedence

a. The U.S. Army decorations authorized and the order of precedence are as follows:

(1) MOH.

(2) DSC.

(3) DSM.

(4) SS.

(5) LM.

(6) DFC.

(7) SM.

(8) BSM.

(9) MSM.

(10) AM.

(11) ARCOM.

(12) AAM.

b. The above awards are outlined in tables 3-1 , 3-2 , 3-3 , and 3-4 .

Table 3-1. United States military decorations
Decorations listed in order of
precedence
Awarded for
heroism
Awarded for achievement or service Awarded to U.S. military Awarded to foreign military Awarded to U.S. civilian Awarded to
foreign civilian
MOH Combat N/A War 1 N/A N/A N/A
DSC Combat N/A War War N/A N/A
DSM War War
Peace
War
Peace
War
Peace
War 2 War 2
SS Combat N/A War War War 2 War 2
LM N/A War
Peace
War
Peace
War
Peace 3
N/A N/A
DFC Combat
Noncombat 4
War
Peace 4
War
Peace 4
War N/A N/A
SM Noncombat N/A War
Peace 4
War
Peace 4
N/A N/A
BSM Combat 5 War
Peace 4
War
Peace 4
War
Peace 4
War 2 War 2
PH For wounds received as the result of hostile action N/A War
Peace 5
N/A N/A N/A
MSM Combat
Noncombat
War 6
Peace
War 6
Peace
War 6
Peace
N/A N/A
AM Combat 7
Noncombat 4
War
Peace 4
War
Peace 4
War
Peace 4
War 8 War 8
ARCOM Combat 7, 9
Noncombat
War 9
Peace 9
War 9
Peace 9
War 9
Peace 9
N/A N/A
AAM Combat
Noncombat
War 6, 9
Peace 9
War 6, 9
Peace 9
War 6, 9
Peace 9
N/A N/A

Notes:
1. The MOH is awarded only to members of the Armed Forces of the United States.
2. Under limited circumstances. Recommendations will be forwarded to HRC (AHRC-PDP-A) for processing.
3. Awarded to foreign military personnel in one of four degrees (see para 1-38 and table 1-3 for approval authority).
4. Awarded for peacetime when no formal war has been declared but the United States is engaged in military operations against an armed enemy.
5. Awarded to military personnel wounded by terrorists or while members of a peacekeeping force.
6. Awarded as an exception to policy as noted in paragraphs 3-15 c and 3-18 d .
7. Awarded with a bronze "V" device for valor in combat.
8. Approval authority is the SECARMY.
9. Not awarded to general officers.

3-3. Personnel eligible

Decorations are awarded primarily to military personnel for services performed while in active Federal military service. However, established criteria for some decorations authorize awards to personnel in other categories. The following additional instructions apply:

a. The SECARMY may award specific decorations to members of the RCs of the Army not in active Federal service. Award recognition is to recognize exceptionally meritorious service or singular acts of heroism or achievement directly related to performance of duty as a member of such RCs. The SECARMY may also, at his or her discretion, award an appropriate decoration during occasional periods of active military service. To qualify, these acts, achievements, or services must not be related directly to membership in the RC. They must clearly be of significant benefit to the mission accomplishment of the Army.

b. Specific decorations may be awarded to U.S. citizen civilian personnel who are determined to be "serving with" the U.S. Army in a combat zone (see table 3-1 ).

c. Specific decorations may be awarded to foreign personnel for acts or services deemed to be beneficial to the U.S. Government (see para 1-38 ).

d. Award of medals may be made posthumously.

3-4. Who may recommend

a. The recommending official must have been senior in grade or have first-hand personal knowledge of the event, at the time of the action(s) or service, to the individual being recommended for an award. Additionally, the recommending official must have knowledge of all of the action(s) or service cited. That is, the recommending official must have either observed the actions or been provided information by an individual who observed the actions.

b. Recommending officials who did not personally witness the action must have been associated, by virtue of their position in the command, with the incident and/or the individual being recommended for the award. If the recommending official is not the commanding officer, the commander, if available, must endorse the recommendation. If it is no longer possible to route the recommendation through the commander (for example, the commander is deceased), a signed statement to the effect must be included. In this case, another officer who has knowledge of the action(s), and who was senior in the chain of command of the individual being recommended during the period for which recognition is desired, may endorse the recommendation.

c. The Army does not allow self-recognition (including spouses or other family members), therefore, a Soldier may not recommend himself or herself for award of a decoration. Recommendations for the award of Army decorations to members of another Service branch will be submitted by Army personnel only.

3-5. Peacetime award approval authority

a. Awards for peacetime service are made by the President, the Secretary of Defense, and the SECARMY. When peacetime criteria apply, authority to award decorations is automatically delegated as shown in table 3-2 .

b. Approval authorities must be in command or serving as head of a principal HQDA agency. Authority is extended to include those individuals occupying vacant command positions of approval authorities listed in table 3-2 , regardless of grade. For example, a LTC/O-5 assigned on orders as a brigade commander (an authorized COL/O-6 position) is authorized to act on recommendations for award of the ARCOM. This authority may not be delegated to subordinate officials (that is, executive officer, chief of staff, deputy commander, and so forth). In instances where the incumbent commander is not available to act on recommendations (for example, hospitalization, extended TDY, or leave) the acting commander, regardless of rank, may take final action provided their assumption of command has been officially documented. In such cases, the acting commander will sign documents using the title "Acting Commander." A copy of the assumption of command orders will be filed with the DA Form 638 . Rear detachment commanders are not authorized awards approval authority if the command is deployed forward. In this situation award recommendations will be forwarded to the next higher command awards approval authority.

c. All CGs may delegate peacetime awards approval authority to their DCGs commensurate with the DCG's rank. DCGs are further defined as an Army officer in the grade of BG/O-7 (including COL/O-6 promotable (P) in a general officer billet) and above.

d. The delegation of military awards approval authority to certain senior civilian leaders is governed by DA Memo 600-8-22 from the AASA.

e. Commanders having authority to approve an award may delegate disapproval authority (to include downgrade) to their immediate subordinate commanders, provided those subordinate commanders have authority to approve the next lower award. This delegation must be in writing and will be accomplished with each change of command. Commanders (ACOMs, ASCCs, DRUs) reporting directly to HQ, HRC for awards approval purposes, and officials reporting directly to a principal HQDA agency are delegated disapproval authority for current recommendations for award of the DFC, SM, and AM. Such commanders and HQDA officials may also disapprove service and other achievement award recommendations, provided they have authority to approve the next lower award. This disapproval authority includes awards for non-Army personnel.

f. The CSA and Vice CSA have authority to disapprove all recommendations of the DSM. In addition, four-star Army commanders have authority to disapprove or downgrade all recommendations of the DSM (to include general officers). Commanders and HQDA principal officials may recommend disapproval of a recommendation for the DSM (to include general officer).

g. Awards approval authority applies equally to Army element commanders in joint, unified, and combined commands in accordance with the grade of the Army element commander and applies only within the headquarters concerned for approval of Army awards to Army personnel assigned to that headquarters. If an individual is recommended for an award higher than the Army element commander may approve, the recommendation will be processed through joint command channels to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408, or to an intermediate joint headquarters in which the senior U.S. commander is a U.S. Army general officer with the requisite approval authority for final action. In those cases where the Army element commander is not the senior U.S. commander in the headquarters, concurrence of that senior commander, regardless of branch of Armed Forces, will be obtained prior to approval of the award. Army awards approval authority does not apply within the Office of Secretary of Defense or the Organization of the Joint Chiefs of Staff but does include Defense Organization of the Joint Chiefs of Staff activities. Where an Army element commander has not been formally designated, the senior Army general officer within the headquarters will exercise awards approval authority commensurate with his or her grade.

h. All ACOM, ASCC, and DRU commanders and CONUS armies, with awards approval authority, are authorized to award applicable decorations to unit and nonunit RC personnel under their command in accordance with the authorized grade of the commanders concerned. For individual mobilization augmentation or nonunit Reserve personnel attached to USAR or Active Army units for ADT, active duty for operational support, inactive duty training, or in Active Guard Reserve (AGR) status, whose records are maintained by HRC, the unit of attachment will obtain concurrence from Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408, and information concerning any previous awards, proper oak leaf cluster, period of award, derogatory information, flagging action and/or other applicable information from personnel files. A copy of the PO granting the award will be provided the Commander, HRC (AHRC-PDP-A), for inclusion in the individual's AMHRR.

i. Army State Adjutants General and commanders of ARNG and USAR commands may award applicable decorations to personnel under their command, including Active Army and full-time AGR personnel performing full-time duty under their command. All ARNG awards above the approval authority of the Army State Adjutant General will be forwarded to the Director, ARNG.

j. The SECARMY has delegated awards approval authority to the military and civilian program, project, and product managers and program executive officers assigned to the Assistant Secretary of the Army for Acquisition, Logistics, and Technology (ASA (ALT)); and the military product managers assigned to the U.S. Army Materiel Command. The approval authorities are outlined in table 3-3 .

Table 3-2. Delegation of award approval authority - peacetime criteria
Commanders and principal officials of HQDA agencies May award To
CSA DSM and all lesser decorations All U.S. Army personnel and personnel of other Services 1 .
General LM 1, 2
MSM, ARCOM, and AAM
1. U.S. Army personnel.
2. Servicemembers of the other U.S. Services in the rank of COL/O-6 and below who are assigned or attached to their command or agency 1 .
LTG LM 1, 2
MSM, ARCOM, and AAM
1. U.S. Army personnel assigned or attached for duty to their command or agency in ranks of COL/O-6 and below.
2. Servicemembers of other U.S. Services in the rank of COL/O-6 and below who are assigned or attached to their command or agency 1 .
Major general (MG/O-8) LM 1, 2, 3 , MSM, ARCOM, and AAM 1. U.S. Army personnel assigned or attached for duty to their command or agency in ranks of COL/O-6 and below.
2. Servicemembers of other U.S. Services in the rank of COL/O-6 and below who are assigned or attached to their command or agency 1 .
BG/O-7 MSM, ARCOM, and AAM 1. U.S. Army personnel assigned or attached for duty to their command or agency in ranks of COL/O-6 and below.
2. Servicemembers of other U.S. Services in the rank of COL/O-6 and below who are assigned or attached to their command or agency 1 .
COL/O-6 ARCOM and AAM 1. U.S. Army personnel assigned or attached for duty to their command or agency.
2. Servicemembers of other U.S. Services in the rank of COL/O-6 and below who are assigned or attached to their command or agency 1 .
LTC/O-5 AAM 1. U.S. Army personnel assigned or attached for duty to their command or agency.
2. Servicemembers of other U.S. Services in the rank of COL/O-6 and below who are assigned or attached to their command or agency 1 .

Notes:
1. See
paragraph 1-36 for instructions on awarding Army decorations to Servicemembers of other U.S. Services (MSM and below only).
2. See paragraph 1-38 for instructions on awarding Army decorations to foreign military personnel (LM approved by Secretary of Defense only).
3. All ACOM and ASCC commanders and principal officials of HQDA agencies in the grade of MG/O-8 have authority to approve award of the LM to retiring and deceased persons, other than general officers, assigned to their command or agency.


Table 3-3. Delegation of award approval authority to project, program and product managers, and program
Project, program and product managers, and
program executive officers
May award To
MGs/O-8s and their civilian equivalent senior executive service MSM, ARCOM, and AAM Servicemembers assigned or attached to their projects. 1, 2
BGs/O-7s and their civilian equivalent senior executive service MSM, ARCOM, and AAM Servicemembers assigned or attached to their projects. 1, 2
COLs/O-6s and their civilian equivalent general schedule 15 ARCOM and AAM Servicemembers assigned or attached to their projects. 1, 2
LTCs/O-5s AAM Servicemembers assigned or attached to their projects. 1, 2

Notes:
1. See
paragraph 1-36 for instructions on awarding Army decorations to Servicemembers of other U.S. Services (MSM and below only).
2. Awards approval authority only applies to the civilian and military product managers and program executive officers assigned to ASA (ALT) and the military product managers assigned to the Army Materiel Command.

3-6. Wartime conditions award approval authority

a. The MOH is awarded only by the President of the United States. Other decorations are awarded by the President, the Secretary of Defense, and the SECARMY. When wartime conditions erupt, authority to further delegate decorations approval authority will be requested from the SECARMY or his or her designee. Initial delegation will be requested consistent with the award approval authority outlined in table 3-4 . Initial delegation authority is not absolute, but is provided for contingency planning purposes only. Award authority is gradually increased as the length and intensity of conflict increases, and the number of Soldiers committed to the combat theater increases.

b. When authorizerd by the SECARMY or his or her designee, CGs may delegate wartime awards approval authority to their DCGs commensurate with the DCG's rank. DCGs are defined as Army officers in the grade of BG/O-7 (including COL/O-6 (P) in a general officer billet) and above.

c. Combat and wartime conditions present opportunities and events which lead to award of decorations, service medals, and badges to Soldiers. Most of these awards and decorations are inactive until the commencement of hostilities. The immediate requirement by commanders to recognize deserving personnel generates heavy administrative requirements throughout all echelons.

(1) To help meet the demand and to expedite recognition of combat deeds, delegation of wartime awards approval authority commences and is delegated to Army commanders based on level of command (see table 3-4).

(2) As larger elements or armies are committed, authority to approve higher level awards is granted based on the seniority level of Army commanders and their command.

(3) Delegated awards authority creates the requirement for additional reporting of approved awards.

(4) Special reporting and tracking procedures will be necessary for all MOH recommendations.

d. Commands are required to notify HRC, ADB when there is a known change of leadership that will affect the wartime awards delegation (preferably a minimum of 90 days prior to the change).

Table 3-4. Delegation of award approval authority - wartime criteria
Award Approval authority May further delegate to Awarded to
MOH President of the United States N/A U.S. military personnel
DSC and all lesser decorations SECARMY or others as designated by the SECARMY N/A a. U.S. Army active and RC personnel.
b. Servicemembers of the other U.S. Services with the concurrence of the appropriate Service Secretary 1 .
DSC and all lesser decorations CG of a U.S. Army Force (serving in the rank of general). 1, 2 SS, LM (for U.S. personnel), DFC, and SM to SAC of a separate force in the rank of lieutenant general (LTG). DSC and LM may not be further delegated. U.S. Army personnel, Servicemembers of the other U.S. Services and members of the armed forces of friendly foreign nations in the rank of COL/O-6 and below provided concurrence is obtained from that Service or foreign government 1 .
SS, LM, DFC, BSM, AM, and ARCOM SAC and commanders of a separate force serving in the rank of LTG. 1, 2 a. BSM, AM, and ARCOM to U.S. Army commanders serving in the rank of MG/O-8 (or BG/O-7 serving in MG/O-8 positions) and above; and ARCOM to U.S. Army commanders serving in the rank of COL/O-6. 1, 3

b. BSM, and ARCOM to U.S. Army commanders serving in the rank of BG/O-7 (or COL/O-6(P) serving in a BG/O-7 position) and above. 1, 3
U.S. Army personnel, Servicemembers of the other armed Services and members of the armed forces of friendly foreign nations in the rank of COL/O-6 and below provided concurrence is obtained from that Service or foreign government 1 .
PH CG of any separate unit and regional medical command (RMC) commanders receiving casualties. 4 To any field commander (BG/O-7 (or COL/O-6 (P) serving in a BG/O-7 position) who has orders issuing authority. U.S. Army personnel.
Presidential Unit Citation (PUC), Valorous Unit Award (VUA), and Meritorious Unit Commendation (MUC) As outlined in paragraphs
7-13 , 7-14 , and 7-15 .
The PUC may not be further delegated. The VUA and MUC may be delegated by the SECARMY. U.S. and foreign allied units (see paras 7-13 , 7-14 , and 7-15 ).
Campaign participation credit SAC serving in the rank of LTG or higher (see para 7-18 , table 7-3 ). Not further delegated. Only eligible U.S. Army and RC units called to active duty.
Assault-landing credit SAC serving in the rank of LTG or higher (see para 7-24 ). Not further delegated. Only eligible U.S. Army and RC units called to active duty.
Combat badges U.S. Army CG of any separate unit and RMC commanders receiving casualties. 4 U.S. Army COL/O-6-level commanders and above. See chapter 8 for eligibility requirements for other combat badges. See also table 8-2 on who may be awarded these badges.

Notes:
1. See
paragraph 1-37 for instructions on awards to Servicemembers of other U.S. Services and paragraph 1-38 for awards to members of Allied Forces.
2. The SAC, upon arrival in the theater of operations or as soon thereafter as practical, will submit a memorandum to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408, requesting wartime awards approval authority be activated.
3. Authority to approve award of the ARCOM under wartime criteria may be delegated to COL/O-6-level commanders.
4. Effective 24 June 2008, RMC commanders may award the PH and CAB only to casualties received from a combat theater.

3-7. Stability operations

a. Overview. Army policy is to appropriately recognize the meritorious service, achievements, and valorous and heroic acts of personnel and units performed when they are participating in stability operations. Stability operations is defined as an overarching term encompassing various military missions, tasks, and activities conducted outside the United States in coordination with other instruments of national power to maintain or reestablish a safe and secure environment, provide essential governmental services, emergency infrastructure reconstruction, and humanitarian relief. Determining the appropriate awards to recognize service members for participation in stability operations is extremely difficult because these operations include, but are not limited to, arms control, combating terrorism, national assistance, noncombatant evacuations operations, peace operations, humanitarian service, insurgency support operation, counterdrug operations, riot control, and civil support operations. Additionally, stability operations are often conducted jointly with other Services and/or international or multinational organizations (for example, NATO, the UN). Often, even if a stability operation involves armed conflict, the operation is not explicitly referred to as a "combat" operation. Accordingly, it is difficult for commanders to determine if valor awards (for example, the MOH, DSC, SS, Bronze Star with "V" device, PUC, VUA, and so forth) may be used to recognize participation in a specific stability operation.

b. Evaluation of award criteria. Award recommendations for stability operation must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis to determine if award criteria in chapter 3 , section II are met. However, as a general rule, valorous unit and personal awards may be awarded only for specific actions while engaged in action against an enemy of the United States, while engaged in military operations involving conflict with an opposing foreign force, or while serving with friendly foreign forces engaged in armed conflict against an opposing armed force in which the United States is not a belligerent party. If the litmus test for a valorous award is met, then it is likely that the BSM without "V" device is appropriate to recognize meritorious service in conjunction with that specific stability operation. However, caution must be exercised because a stability operation may begin with armed conflict that meets valor award criteria, but then changes into an operation without armed conflict, for which valor awards are not appropriate.

c. Rules for processing awards under stability operations. Award recommendations submitted under stability operations conditions will be authenticated and verified via endorsement by the requesting commander. The nominating official should provide specific evidence, official documents of the operations, and identify the specific action for which the award is considered. Commanders will verify that award recommendations meet the criteria for each award in accordance with chapter 3, section II and other policies published by higher headquarters for that specific operation or contingency. Recommendations from the theater of operations will be submitted from the task force commander or theater commander through the commander of the operations to the Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. HQDA will approve all recommendations unless the Secretary of the Army delegates award approval authority to the operational commander.

(1) Recommendations will be submitted from the recommender with appropriate endorsement (brigade, division, or corps commander) to the operational commander. The operational commander will process all recommendations through the peacetime G-1/S1 with all supporting documents to the Commander, HRC.

(2) Extracts or full copies of the deployment directives, task force organization, and operations orders will be used to substantiate the events for the award and must accompany each recommendation. Documents that are marked for official use only or classified will be submitted through appropriate channels with prior coordination with the Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A).

d. Award of the Purple Heart for stability operations. The PH may be awarded to individuals who are wounded as the direct result of enemy action and will continue to be processed by the Commander, HRC (AHRC-PDP-A). HQDA will approve all recommendations unless the Secretary of the Army delegates award approval authority to the operational commander. Commanders are required to submit detailed information about the operations, threat or hostile force, and armed force or struggle that resulted in the casualty or injury. For command and unit awareness, information on factions, hostile forces, or threat may be in the form of the following and must be included in the "enemy or threat annex" of the operational order or operational plan:

(1) Threat of terrorism. Submit the documents that specify the terrorists and their activities causing threat of the operation.

(2) Threat from foreign intelligence. Provide evidence that details the threat from the foreign intelligence operatives.

e. Rules for requesting delegation of awards authority. Commanders may continue to authorize awards they have approval authority for in accordance with peacetime criteria in table 3-5 . In the event that hostilities erupt, authority to delegate awards approval authority will be requested from the Secretary of the Army as follows:

(1) The SAC will submit a request through the Commander, HRC (AHRC-PDP-A). Initial delegation will be requested consistent with the award approval authority outlined in chapter 3 , table 3-4 .

(2) When supporting a Joint task force, the Joint Staff will provide policy on all awards to be issued to the force. The Army will provide input as appropriate.

(3) Awards for personnel of other Services will be processed in accordance with paragraph 1-37 .

f. Awards to foreign military personnel. Foreign military personnel may be recommended for an award, provided that the Secretary of the Army or designee has granted an approved delegation. See paragraph 1-38 .

g. Campaign and service medals. Campaign and service medals, such as the AFEM or AFSM, may be requested in accordance with existing regulations. Commanders will justify their request by submitting complete documents, as required in paragraph 3-7c . Other medals or decorations may be authorized by the Chairman of the Joint Chief of Staff. The office of the Joint Chief of Staff will coordinate with the Army on awards initiated by their headquarters.

h. Unit awards. Unit awards during stability operations are considered on a case-by-case basis. Commanders have four unit awards to consider: PUC, VUA, MUC, and Army Superior Unit Award (ASUA). See chapter 7 for criteria and submission requirements.

Section II
U.S. Army Individual Decorations-Authority and Criteria

3-8. Medal of Honor

a. The MOH, 10 USC 3741, was established by Joint Resolution of Congress, 12 July 1862 (amended by Acts of 9 July 1918 and 25 July 1963).

b. The MOH is awarded by the President of the United States in the name of Congress to a person who, while a member of the Army, distinguishes himself or herself conspicuously by gallantry and intrepidity at the risk of his or her life above and beyond the call of duty while engaged in an action against an enemy of the United States; while engaged in military operations involving conflict with an opposing foreign force; or while serving with friendly foreign forces engaged in an armed conflict against an opposing armed force in which the United States is not a belligerent party. The deed performed must have been one of personal bravery or self-sacrifice so conspicuous as to clearly distinguish the individual above his or her comrades and must have involved risk of life. Incontestable proof of the performance of the service will be exacted and each recommendation for the award of this decoration will be considered on the standard of extraordinary merit.

3-9. Distinguished Service Cross

a. The DSC, 10 USC 3742, was established by Act of Congress,9 July 1918 (amended by Act of 25 July 1963).

b. The DSC is awarded to a person who, while serving in any capacity with the Army, distinguished himself or herself by extraordinary heroism not justifying the award of a MOH; while engaged in an action against an enemy of the United States; while engaged in military operations involving conflict with an opposing or foreign force; or while serving with friendly foreign forces engaged in an armed conflict against an opposing armed force in which the United States is not a belligerent party. The act or acts of heroism must have been so notable and have involved risk of life so extraordinary as to set the individual apart from their comrades.

3-10. Distinguished Service Medal

a. The DSM, 10 USC 3743, was established by Act of Congress 9 July 1918. The DSM is awarded to any person who, while serving in any capacity with the U.S. Army, has distinguished himself or herself by exceptionally meritorious service to the government in a duty of great responsibility. The performance must be such as to merit recognition for service that is clearly exceptional. Exceptional performance of normal duty will not alone justify an award of this decoration.

b. For service not related to actual war, the term "duty of great responsibility" applies to a narrower range of positions than in time of war and requires evidence of conspicuously significant achievement. However, justification of the award may accrue by virtue of exceptionally meritorious service in a succession of high positions of great importance.

c. Awards may be made to persons other than Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States for wartime services only, and then only under exceptional circumstances with the express approval of the President in each case.

3-11. Silver Star

a. The SS, 10 USC 3746, was established by Act of Congress 9 July 1918 (amended by Act of 25 July 1963).

b. The SS is awarded to a person who, while serving in any capacity with the U.S. Army, is cited for gallantry in action against an enemy of the United States while engaged in military operations involving conflict with an opposing foreign force, or while serving with friendly foreign forces engaged in armed conflict against an opposing armed force in which the United States is not a belligerent party. The required gallantry, while of a lesser degree than that required for the DSC, must nevertheless have been performed with marked distinction.

c. Those individuals who, while serving in any capacity with the U.S. Army, received a citation for gallantry in action in World War I published in orders issued by a headquarters commanded by a general officer may convert the citation to the SS upon letter application to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

d. The SS is a valor award and will not be awarded for service.

3-12. Legion of Merit

a. The LM was established by Act of Congress 20 July 1942 ( PL 671-77 th Congress). EO 9260, 29 October 1942 prescribed the criteria for the award and was amended by EO 10600 , 15 March 1955.

b. The LM is awarded to any Servicemember of the Armed Forces of the United States or a friendly foreign nation who has distinguished himself or herself by exceptionally meritorious conduct in the performance of outstanding services and achievements.

c. Criteria for members of the Armed Forces of the United States are as follows:

(1) The performance must have been such as to merit recognition of key individuals for service rendered in a clearly exceptional manner. Performance of duties normal to the grade, branch, specialty, assignment, or experience of an individual is not an adequate basis for this award.

(2) For service not related to actual war, the term "key individuals" applies to a narrower range of positions than in time of war, which requires evidence of significant achievement. In peacetime, service should be in the nature of a special requirement or of an extremely difficult duty performed in an unprecedented and clearly exceptional manner. However, justification of the award may accrue by virtue of exceptionally meritorious service in a succession of important positions.

(3) Award will be made without reference to degree.

d. Criteria for members of Armed Forces of foreign nations are in paragraph 1-38 .

3-13. Distinguished Flying Cross

a. The DFC, 10 USC 3749, was established by Act of Congress 2 July 1926.

b. The DFC is awarded to any person who, while serving in any capacity with the Army of the United States, distinguished himself or herself by heroism or extraordinary achievement while participating in aerial flight. The performance of the act of heroism must be evidenced by voluntary action above and beyond the call of duty. The extraordinary achievement must have resulted in an accomplishment so exceptional and outstanding as to clearly set the individual apart from his or her comrades or from other persons in similar circumstances. Awards will be made only to recognize single acts of heroism or extraordinary achievement and will not be made in recognition of sustained operational activities against an armed enemy.

3-14. Soldier's Medal

a. The SM was established by Act of Congress 2 July 1926, as amended by 10 USC 3750.

b. The SM is awarded to any person of the Armed Forces of the United States or of a friendly foreign nation who, while serving in any capacity with the Army of the United States, including RC Soldiers not serving in a duty status, as defined in 10 USC 101(d), at the time of the heroic act, who distinguished himself or herself by heroism not involving actual conflict with an enemy. The same degree of heroism is required as that of the award of the DFC. The performance must have involved personal hazard or danger and the voluntary risk of life under conditions not involving conflict with an armed enemy. Awards will not be made solely on the basis of having saved a life.

c. A SM recommendation that is downgraded will be approved as an ARCOM.

3-15. Bronze Star Medal

a. The BSM was established by EO 9419 , 4 February 1944 (superseded by EO 11046 , 24 August 1962, as amended by EO 13286 , 28 February 2003 and PL 111-383 , Section 571 of the 2011 National Defense Authorization Act).

b. The BSM is awarded to any person who, while serving in any capacity in or with the Armed Forces of the United States, or a friendly foreign nation, after 6 December 1941, distinguished himself or herself by heroic or meritorious achievement or service, not involving participation in aerial flight, in connection with military operations against an armed enemy; or while engaged in military operations involving conflict with an opposing armed force in which the United States is not a belligerent party. 10 USC 1133 limits award of the BSM to Servicemembers receiving imminent danger pay and members of a friendly military force who are serving in a geographic area in which special pay is authorized under 37 USC 310 or 37 USC 351(a) (1) and (3) or special pay under any of the following circumstances:

(1) While engaged in an action against an enemy of the United States.

(2) While engaged in military operations involving conflict with an opposing foreign force.

(3) While serving with friendly foreign forces engaged in an armed conflict against an opposing armed force in which the United States is not a belligerent party.

c. Awards may be made for acts of heroism, performed under circumstances described above, which are of lesser degree than required for the award of the SS.

d. When the BSM is awarded for heroism, a bronze letter "V" (for valor) is worn on the suspension and service ribbon of that medal.

e. A BSM recommendation that is downgraded will be approved as an ARCOM.

f. The BSM may be awarded for meritorious achievement or meritorious service according to the following:

(1) Awards may be made to recognize single acts of merit or meritorious service. The lesser degree than that required for the award of the LM must nevertheless have been meritorious and accomplished with distinction.

(2) Award may be made to each Servicemember of the Army who, after 6 December 1941, has been cited in orders or awarded a certificate for exemplary conduct in ground combat against an armed enemy between 7 December 1941 and 2 September 1945, inclusive, or whose meritorious achievement has been otherwise confirmed by documents executed prior to 1 July 1947. For this purpose, an award of the CIB or CMB is considered as a citation in orders. Award of the BSM from these documents will not negate the original award or the CIB or CMB. Documents executed since 4 August 1944 in connection with recommendations for the award of decorations of higher degree than the BSM will not be used as the basis for an award under this paragraph. Veterans and retirees may submit letter application to National Personnel Records Center (NPRC-MPR), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002. Soldiers who retired or were discharged after 1 October 2002 and the primary next of kin of Soldiers who died after 1 October 2002 should send their letter application to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. The letter application should include documentary evidence, if possible.

(3) Upon letter application, award of the BSM may be made to eligible Soldiers who participated in the Philippine Islands Campaign between 7 December 1941 to 10 May 1942. Performance of duty must have been on the island of Luzon or the Harbor Defenses in Corregidor and Bataan. Only Soldiers who were assigned or attached to units that were awarded the Distinguished Unit Citation (redesignated as the PUC) may be awarded this decoration. Letter application should be sent to National Personnel Records Center (NPRC-MPR), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002.

3-16. Meritorious Service Medal

a. The MSM was established by EO 11448 , 16 January 1969 as amended by EO 12312 , 2 July 1981, as amended by EO 13286 , 28 March 2003. It is awarded to any Servicemember of the Armed Forces of the United States or to any member of the armed forces of a friendly foreign nation who has distinguished himself or herself by outstanding meritorious achievement or service.

b. After 16 January 1969 but prior to 11 September 2001, the MSM is authorized to be awarded only for meritorious service or achievement while serving in a noncombat area.

c. Effective 11 September 2001 to a date to be determined, the DCS, G-1 granted an exception to policy to award the MSM in a combat theater for noncombat meritorious achievement and service for the Global War on Terrorism era. This exception does not authorize the MSM to be used as an upgrade or downgrade to or from a recommended BSM.

d. An MSM recommendation that is downgraded will be approved as an ARCOM.

3-17. Air Medal

a. The AM was established by EO 9158 , 11 May 1942, as amended by EO 9242-A , 11 September 1942.

b. The AM is awarded to any person who, while serving in any capacity in or with the Armed Forces of the United States, who has distinguished himself or herself by meritorious achievement while participating in aerial flight. Awards may be made to recognize single acts of merit or heroism, or for meritorious service as described below:

(1) Awards may be made for acts of heroism in connection with military operations against an armed enemy or while engaged in military operations involving conflict with an opposing armed force in which the United States is not a belligerent party, which are of a lesser degree than required for award of the DFC.

(2) Awards may be made for a single act of meritorious achievement, involving superior airmanship, which are of a lesser degree than required for award of the DFC, but nevertheless were accomplished with distinction beyond that normally expected.

(3) Awards for meritorious service may be made for sustained distinction in the performance of duties involving regular and frequent participation in aerial flight for a period of at least 6 consecutive months (a month is considered 30 calendar days). In this regard, accumulation of a specified number of hours and missions will not serve as the basis for award of the AM. Criteria in paragraph 3-17 b (1) concerning conditions of conflict are applicable to award of the AM for meritorious service.

c. Award of the AM is primarily intended to recognize those personnel who are on current crewmember or non-crewmember flying status which requires them to participate in aerial flight on a regular and frequent basis in the performance of their primary duties. However, it may also be awarded to certain other individuals whose combat duties require regular and frequent flying in other than a passenger status, or individuals who perform a particularly noteworthy act while performing the function of a crewmember, but who are not on flying status as prescribed in AR 600-106 . These individuals must make a discernible contribution to the operational land combat mission or to the mission of the aircraft in flight. Examples of personnel whose combat duties require them to fly include those in the attack elements of units involved in air-land assaults against an armed enemy and those directly involved in airborne command and control of combat operations. Involvement in such activities, normally at the brigade and/or group level and below, serves only to establish eligibility for award of the AM; the degree of heroism, meritorious achievement, or exemplary service determines who should receive the award. Awards will not be made to individuals who use air transportation solely for the purpose of moving from point to point in a combat zone.

d. Numerals, starting with 2, will be used to denote second and subsequent awards of the AM (see para 6-4 ).

e. Operators of unmanned aerial vehicles may only be awarded the AM if they are physically on an aircraft during the cited period and meet the above criteria for the AM. The intent of this addition is not to award the AM for unmanned aerial vehicles operations, but rather to recognize unmanned aerial vehicles operators for their actions in flight under conditions that warrant the AM.

f. All AM recommendations that are downgraded will be approved as an ARCOM.

3-18. Army Commendation Medal

a. The ARCOM was established by War Department Circular 377, 18 December 1945 (amended in DAGO 1960-10 , 31 March 1960).

b. The ARCOM is awarded to any Servicemember of the Armed Forces of the United States who, while serving in any capacity with the Army after 6 December 1941, distinguishes himself or herself by heroism, meritorious achievement, or meritorious service. Award may be made to a member of the armed forces of a friendly foreign nation who, after 1 June 1962, distinguishes himself or herself by an act of heroism, extraordinary achievement, or meritorious service, which has been of mutual benefit to a friendly nation and the United States.

c. The ARCOM may be awarded for combat related service or achievement after 29 February 1964.

d. Awards of the ARCOM may be made for acts of valor performed under circumstances described above which are of lesser degree than required for award of the BSM. These acts may involve aerial flight.

e. The ARCOM may be awarded for acts of noncombatant-related heroism which do not meet the requirements for an award of the SM or for acts of aerial flight which do not meet the requirements for award of the AM.

f. The ARCOM will not be awarded to general officers.

g. Award of the ARCOM may be made to any individual commended after 6 December 1941 and before 1 January 1946 in a letter, certificate, or order of commendation, as distinguished from letter of appreciation, signed by an officer in the rank or position of a MG/O-8 or higher. Veterans and retirees may submit letter applications to National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002. Soldiers who retired or were discharged after 1 October 2002 will send their letter application to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. Awards of the Army Commendation Ribbon and of the Commendation Ribbon with Metal Pendant were redesignated by DAGO 1960-10 , as awards of the ARCOM, without amendment of orders previously issued.

3-19. Army Achievement Medal

a. The AAM was established by the SECARMY, 10 April 1981, as announced in DAGO 1990-15 .

b. The AAM is awarded to any member of the Armed Forces of the United States, or to any member of the armed forces of a friendly foreign nation, who distinguished himself or herself by meritorious service or achievement of a lesser degree than required for award of the ARCOM.

c. The AAM will not be awarded to general officers.

d. Effective 11 September 2001 to a date to be determined, the DCS, G-1 granted an exception to policy to award the AAM in a combat theater for noncombat meritorious achievement and service for the Global War on Terrorism era.

Section III
Process DA Form 638

3-20. Rules for processing DA Form 638

a. DA Form 638 will be used to initiate, process, and approve award recommendations of all U.S. Army individual decorations, to include valor and heroism decorations.

b. Statutory and regulatory time limits for processing valorous awards are in paragraph 1-14 .

c. Criteria for the various valor awards are as shown in this chapter under the respective decoration.

d. Approval authorities may make award decisions without referral to a local awards board. Awards boards are optional and are at the discretion of the approval authority.

e. Permanent award orders are an authorized part of the DA Form 638. Permanent award orders authority may be delegated to award approval authorities who would not normally publish POs. This delegation should be in writing. POs filing will include a master set filed at the issuing headquarters; see AR 600-8-105 , formats 320, 700, and 705. Approved awards of the MOH and DSC will be confirmed in DAGOs.

f. Amendments, rescissions, or revocation of permanent award orders will be prepared on a separate order (see 600-8-105, formats 700 and 705 and paras 1-29 through 1-31, of this regulation). Award orders issued and/or announced on the DA Form 638 will be amended or revoked using a separate PO in accordance with AR 600-8-105 (format 700 or 705).

g. Approval authorities for individual decorations are in tables 1-3 , 3-2 , 3-3 and 3-4 .

h. Commanders may disapprove (to include downgrade) the next higher award normally associated with their rank, provided such authority has been delegated to them. This delegation must be in writing (refer to para 3-5 e) .

i. Orders publication authority for awards may be delegated by MSM approval authorities (BG/O-7 and above) to commanders exercising lower award approval authority. Such delegation will allow those commanders (COL/O-6 or LTC/O-5) with ARCOM or AAM approval authority to issue award orders once the award is approved. The documentation and control requirements in AR 600-8-105 must be established by the commander before publishing award orders.

j. Each headquarters and organizations will establish internal procedures to ensure that every award recommendation is processed with a minimum of delay. Recommendations requiring action by HRC or higher authority should arrive no later than 60 days prior to the desired presentation date. All other recommendations should be approved or disapproved within command channels within 60 days of initiation.

k. When an award recommendation contains classified information, no classified information will be entered on the DA Form 638 . Supporting and allied documents will bear a security classification and/or protective markings. The packet will be prepared, processed, and protected according to AR 380-5 . Proposed and approved citations will be prepared to contain no classified information. When documents containing classified information are transmitted electronically, they will only be transmitted using the Secret Internet Protocol Router Network.

l. A separate recommendation will be submitted for each proposed award of a decoration and only one proposed awardee will be named in a single recommendation.

m. The recommender will, to the extent possible, verify data on the DA Form 638 concerning the awardee from official Army personnel documents.

n. Recommendations submitted to HRC, ADB (AHRC-PDP-A) will be submitted with a copy of all supporting documents.

o. Premature disclosure of information to the public, or to the individual being recommended for an award is a potential source of embarrassment to recommending officials and should be strongly discouraged. Prior disclosure of approved awards should also be discouraged since it would diminish the impact of ceremonies when the award is ultimately presented.

p. All recommendations placed in official channels must be forwarded through command channels to the designated commander authorized to approve or disapprove the award. Where appropriate, intermediate endorsing officials or commanders may recommend disapproval or comment on the propriety of lesser or higher awards if they do not favor the requested decoration. Placement in official channels is defined as "signed by the initiating official and endorsed by a higher official in the chain of command."

q. Typing the recommendation is not required. Recommendations may be handwritten or hand-printed, but must be clearly legible. Use only black ink for machine readability (copier, facsimile, or microfiche). If the form is typed, the limited resources of the human resources office should not be used for this purpose.

r. Narrative description of meritorious service or achievement for awards of the MSM, ARCOM, and AAM will be in bullet format in the space allowed on the DA Form 638 . Narratives are required for all other awards and will be added as an addendum to the recommendation. Proposed narratives and citations should be completed on DA Form 638, which is located on the enclosure tab of the form. Narrative should be prepared on 8 1/2 by 11-inch bond paper and is limited to one typewritten page, except for recommendations of the DSM and above. Narratives for valor must contain a description of the following elements:

(1) The terrain and weather of the area in which the action took place.

(2) The enemy conditions, to include morale, proximity, firepower, casualties and situation prior to, during and after the act.

(3) The effect of the act on the enemy.

(4) The action of comrades in the immediate vicinity of the act and the degree of their participation in the act.

(5) If the act occurred in aerial flight, the type and position of the aircraft, and the individual's crew position.

(6) The degree to which the act was voluntary.

(7) The degree to which the act was outstanding and exceeded what was normally expected of the individual.

(8) All unusual circumstances.

(9) Overall effects or results of the act.

s. Heroism award recommendations will contain statements of eyewitnesses, preferably in the form of certificates, affidavits, or sworn statements; extracts from official records; sketches; maps; diagrams; photographs; and so forth, which support and amplify stated facts for the heroism award.

t. All MOH recommendations must be forwarded to HRC for action, regardless of the recommendations by field and intermediate level commanders. MOH recommendations will be processed on a priority basis and will not be interrupted before they are referred to HRC, ADB. All MOH recommendations will be processed and controlled as "For Official Use Only" material, and will be saved electronically onto an appropriate medium that will be forwarded along with the MOH recommendation. Classified portions of the recommendations will be provided in paper copy. Premature disclosure of MOH action is not authorized. The MOH recommendation will contain, when appropriate, the endorsement of the subordinate unified commander; commander, joint task force; and unified or specified commander involved. Additionally, pending MOH recommendations are pre-decisional and are exempt from release under Freedom of Information Act requests. In order to ensure uniformity in the processing of MOH recommendations and to ensure priority handling and visibility during every step of the process, the following requirements for tracking recommendations will be followed:

(1) The first LTC/O-5-level commander in the recommendation process will submit a copy of the DA Form 638 to HRC, Awards and Decorations Branch for tracking purposes at usarmy.knox.hrc.mbx.tagd-awards@mail.mil .

(2) Each subsequent commander in the recommendation process will submit a copy of the DA Form 638 to HRC, Awards and Decorations Branch when they take action on the request.

(3) The HRC, Awards and Decorations Branch will follow up with the recommending command every 30 days after receipt of the initial award recommendation until HRC receives the completed MOH recommendation.

u. Properly constituted award recommendations will include the following:

(1) DA Form 638.

(2) Narrative justification as explained above.

(3) Proposed citation.

(4) All supporting documents (optional for BSM and lesser awards).

(5) Eyewitness statements in the form of certificates, affidavits, or sworn statements (optional for BSM and lesser awards).

(6) Records, extracts, sketches, maps, diagrams, and photographs which support and amplify the award of heroism. Supporting documents that were originally in color will be provided in color, not as black and white photocopies. Documents that are difficult to read will be transcribed and the transcription will be included in the recommendation along with the original document (optional for BSM and lesser awards).

(7) Recommendations from all intermediate level commanders

v. Posthumous valor awards must always reflect accurately the actual events and circumstances for which the award is being presented. Effective 18 April 2006, prior to taking any action on a posthumous valor award recommendation, the award approval authority must review the completed AR 15-6 collateral investigation, to ensure the accuracy of the awards process. The approval authority must also indicate with comments in block 26i of DA Form 638 that the completed AR 15-6 investigation was reviewed.

w. For historical purposes, both the DA Form 638 indicating approval, disapproval and/or downgrading and the certificate for the award will be Web uploaded via the Integrated Personnel Electronic Records Management System for filing in the AMHRR.

x. See table 3-6 for preparing Army awards certificates.

3-21. Preparing and processing awards using DA Form 638

The steps for preparing and processing awards using electronic DA Form 638 are in table 3-5 .

Table 3-5. Steps for preparing and processing awards using the DA Form 638
Step Who Required action
1 Soldier Perform a valorous or heroic act, meritorious achievement, or meritorious service.
2 Recommender Complete parts I, II, and III of electronic DA Form 638 .
3 Recommender Enter the address of the final approval authority in block 1.
4 Recommender Enter the address of the Soldier's immediate commander in block 2.
5 Recommender Enter date in block 3. This field is automatically completed once the user signs block 19.
6 Recommender Click the "SET NAME" button in block 4 and enter Soldier's complete name, then clicks "SAVE NAME."
7 Recommender Enter Soldier's rank in block 5 or clicks the drop down menu and selects a rank.
8 Recommender Enter Soldier's social security number and unit in blocks 6 and 7, respectively.
9 Recommender List all previous individual decorations to include oak leaf clusters or numerals in block 8 (for example, AAM-2OLC). If no award, state "NO AWDS." The user will click on the "PREVIOUS AWARDS" button to complete.
10 Recommender Use block 9 for recommendations for award to members of other U.S. Armed Forces and foreign military personnel. For Servicemembers of the other U.S. Armed Forces, enters the Service (for example, USAF). For foreign military personnel enters the country (for example, Federal Republic of Germany).
11 Recommender Enter recommended award, to include oak leaf cluster or number of award (in case of the AM) in block 10.
12 Recommender Enter the period covered by proposed award in block 11. The date format is YYYYMMDD. In addition, the user will click on "SET DATE" button to complete the field.
13 Recommender Enter reasons for the recommended award in block 12. Specifies if the award is for valor, heroism, meritorious achievement, or meritorious service. If interim award was made, states award given. See glossary for definitions of valor, heroism, meritorious achievement and meritorious service.
14 Recommender Check yes or no in block 12c for posthumous award.
15 Recommender Enter the proposed presentation date in block 13. The date format is YYYYMMDD. In addition, the user will click on "SET DATE" button to complete the field.
16 Recommender Complete blocks 14 through 19. (Block 18 serves to clarify the status of the recommender, particularly in cases where someone outside the chain of command is making a recommendation.) For historical purposes, it is imperative that the recommender sign the original DA Form 638 in block 19. The user cannot digitally sign this field until the first page is completed (includes blocks 20 and 21).
17 Recommender For award of the MSM, ARCOM, and AAM uses bullet statements to list the individual's meritorious achievements or Service in block 20. This block allows up to four separate achievements to be listed. A maximum of four lines may be completed. For awards of the LM and above, a narrative justification (not to exceed one page) is required and will be added as an addendum (enclosure) to the DA Form 638. (See paragraph 3-20 for heroism and valor awards).
18 Recommender Complete the proposed citation in block 21. Citations for award of the MSM, ARCOM, and AAM are limited to six lines and will be restricted to the space allowed on the DA Form 638. All other awards are limited to nine lines and may be submitted on 8 1/2 by 11-inch bond paper. Awards of the DSM and above may be up to 19 lines.
19 Recommender Submit the proposed award to the individual's immediate commander or supervisor for further action.
20 Commander or
supervisor
Forward the DA Form 638 to personnel office for verification of eligibility (flagging) data.
21 Personnel office Check to see if Soldier is flagged. If flagged, check AR 600-8-22 for award eligibility. If eligible, certifies by signature in block 22 and returns to commander or supervisor. If ineligible, return the DA Form 638 through commander or supervisor to recommender.
22 Commander or
supervisor
Complete block 23 of the DA Form 638 to approve, disapprove, upgrade, or downgrade the award recommendation (one block must be checked). If recommending downgrade or upgrade, ensures to indicate which award next to the appropriate block. Take final action and complete block 26 if authorized to do so or forward to next higher commander, supervisor, or headquarters.
23 Intermediate authority Complete blocks 24 and 25, as applicable. If the chain is such that more blocks are required, the addendum page to DA Form 638 must be completed.
24 Award approval
authority
Final award approval authority will complete block 26. If award is approved, downgraded to a lesser award, or upgraded, forwards the DA Form 638 to orders issuing authority (personnel office) for completion of part V-orders data.
25 Personnel office If award is disapproved (no award), makes copies of the DA Form 638 for Soldier's records and returns the original through the intermediate commander (if any) or assigned headquarters. The personnel office will make copies for the recommender, individual, and BN (unit) files. Sends copy of the DA Form 638 for filing in Soldier's AMHRR.
26 Personnel office If award is downgraded, prepares part V, orders data to include issuing headquarters block, PO number, date, and approved award. Prepares award certificate as outlined in table 3-2 for approval authority to sign. Sends a copy of the DA Form 638 for filing in the Soldier's AMHRR.
27 Personnel office If award is approved, prepare part V, orders data to include issuing headquarters block, PO number, date, and approved award. Prepare award certificate as outlined in table 3-2 for approval authority to sign. Send a copy of the DA Form 638 and certificate for filing in the Soldier's AMHRR.
28 Personnel office Print orders approval authority's name and grade in block provided. Use of signature stamp is authorized.
29 Personnel office Sign name of orders approval authority block (award approval authority designee).
30 Personnel office Complete distribution in block 31 of the DA Form 638 using the following example: Soldier (1) AMHRR (1) Unit (1) Files (1).
31 Personnel office Prepares the award certificate (see table 3-6 ).
32 Personnel office Obtain the approval authority's (commander's) signature on the certificate. (Ensures approved DA Form 638 is forwarded to approval authority with the certificate.)
33 Personnel office Make four copies of the DA Form 638 and certificate.
34 Personnel office Place the original certificate and Soldier's copy of the DA Form 638 into the green award binder for presentation to the Soldier.
35 Personnel office Send one copy of the DA Form 638 and certificate to the AMHRR for filing.
36 Personnel office Provide one copy of the DA Form 638 and certificate to the unit for the Soldier' s S1or unit file.
37 Personnel office File original DA Form 638 in awards orders file of orders issuing headquarters.
38 Personnel office Submit transaction for entry of award on ERB for enlisted personnel and DA Form 4037 for officers.

Section IV
Prepare Award Certificates

3-22. Rules for preparing Army award certificates

a. Proposed certificate citations submitted to HRC, ADB for approval of heroism awards (SM and higher) and for the DSM will be typed double-spaced, no more than 12-inch font, on 8 1/2 by 11-inch paper, and may be continued on one double-spaced typewritten page. Do not submit actual certificates to HRC.

b. Certificate citations for the LM, BSM, AM with "V" device and ARCOM with "V" device are limited to a maximum of nine lines, 12-inch font.

c. Certificate citations for the MSM, ARCOM, and AAM are limited to six lines.

d. Army policy does not restrict the use of abbreviations and acronyms in award citations. However, due to the inherent historical value of the award certificate and the acts or service it represents, it is imperative that it be prepared with care so that its appearance is professional and dignified. It is also recommended that only the most commonly known abbreviations and acronyms be used in the citation. The abbreviation and/or acronym should be spelled out the first time and followed by the abbreviation and/or acronym in parenthesis. Certificates should include a brief descriptive narrative, but should not be so brief as to distract from its meaning, and should be prepared on a letter quality printer or equivalent.

e. Effective 4 March 1993, certificates for award of the MSM, ARCOM, and AAM will no longer require the overprinted signature of the SECARMY. Effective 5 May 2003, certificates for award of the LM will no longer require the overprinted signature of the SECARMY.

3-23. Preparing Army awards certificates

The steps for preparing Army award certificates are contained in table 3-6 .

Table 3-6. Steps for preparing Army awards certificates
Step Who Required action
1 Personnel office Type Soldier's standard name (with rank) centered to the right of the "TO" line.
2 Personnel office Type unit name one line below standard name line.
3 Personnel office Type a centered, six-line narrative citation (from part III block 21 of the DA Form 638.
4 Personnel office For the MSM and below, type the inclusive dates for the award one line below the narrative.
5 Personnel office Type the complete date line (for example, " This 21st day of January 2000"), centered just above the Army seal. This date will be the date the award was approved.
6 Personnel office Certificates with the overprinted signature of the SECARMY will be prepared as follows:

-Type the approval authority signature block on the left side of certificate.

-Obtain approval authority signature on the certificate.

Certificates for the LM, MSM, ARCOM, and AAM without the overprinted signature of the SECARMY will be prepared as follows:

-Type the approval authority signature block on the right lower side of the certificate. The approval authority will sign on the line above his or her signature block (for example:
Dennis R. Jones, Colonel, USA, Commanding).

-Type the PO number and date on the line on the left side of the certificate (for example, PO 1-99, 1 January 1993).

-Type the approval authority's unit and location below the line on the left side of the certificate (for example, Headquarters, 9th Infantry Division, Fort Lewis, Washington).

Chapter 4
Good Conduct Medal and Army Reserve Components Achievement Medal

Section I
Army Good Conduct Medal

4-1. Intent

The AGCM was established by EO 8809 , 28 June 1941 and was amended by EO 9323 , 1943 and by EO 10444 , 10 April 1953. It is awarded for exemplary behavior, efficiency, and fidelity in active Federal military service. It is awarded on a selective basis to each Soldier who distinguishes himself or herself from among his or her fellow Soldiers by exemplary conduct, efficiency, and fidelity throughout a specified period of continuous enlisted active Federal military service, as outlined in this chapter. There is no right or entitlement to the medal until the immediate commander has approved the award and the award has been announced in POs (see glossary for definition of "active Federal military service").

4-2. Personnel eligible

a. Active component enlisted Soldiers. Enlisted AGR personnel serving on extended periods of active duty (other than for training) 10 USC and 32 USC, are eligible for award of the AGCM for qualifying service beginning on or after 1 September 1982, provided no period of the service has been duplicated by the same period of service for which the Soldier has been awarded the ARCAM. The AGCM qualification period may commence anytime during the 3 years immediately preceding the 1 September 1982 effective date provided no portion of service for the AGCM is included in a period of service for which the ARCAM was awarded.

b. Retroactively, to eligible Army of the United States enlisted personnel.

c. Other Army enlisted personnel as directed by the SECARMY.

d. Ready Reserve enlisted personnel ordered to active duty under 10 USC.

4-3. Award approval authority

a. Unit commanders are authorized to award the AGCM to enlisted personnel serving under their command jurisdiction who meet the established criteria. Where necessary, to correct conflicting or duplicate awards, previously issued general or POs may be revoked and new orders published by the unit commanders, citing this paragraph as authority. Requests for award of the AGCM for veterans will be forwarded to National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002.

b. Requests for award of the AGCM for ARNG and USAR members for periods of active duty based on qualifying prior active Federal military service (regular Army and Army of the United States) will be forwarded through normal command channels to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

c. The separation transfer points will review the records of enlisted personnel being separated to determine whether they qualify for the AGCM. Where possible, reasonable effort should be made to contact the unit commander before awarding the medal to qualified Servicemembers.

4-4. Basis for approval

The immediate unit commander's decision to award the AGCM will be based on his or her personal knowledge of, and the individual's official records for, periods of service under previous commanders during the period for which the award is to be made. The lack of official disqualifying comment by previous commanders does not disqualify use of award period by the current commander for awarding the AGCM.

4-5. Qualifying periods of service

Any one of the following periods of continuous enlisted active Federal military service qualifies for award of the AGCM or of an AGCM Clasp (see para 4-9 ) in conjunction with the criteria in paragraph 4-6 :

a. Each 3 years completed on or after 27 August 1940.

b. For first award only, 1 year served entirely during the period 7 December 1941 to 2 March 1946.

c. For first award only, upon termination of service on or after 27 June 1950, of less than 3 years but more than 1 year.

d. For first award only, upon termination of service, on or after 27 June 1950, of less than 1 year when final separation was by reason of physical disability incurred in line of duty.

e. For first award only, for those individuals who died before completing 1 year of active Federal military service or if the death occurred in the line of duty.

4-6. Character of service

Throughout a qualifying period, each enlisted Soldier must meet all of the following criteria for an award:

a. The immediate commander evaluates the Soldier's character as above reproach.

b. The record of service indicates that the Soldier has —

(1) Willingly complied with the demands of the military environment.

(2) Been loyal and obedient to his or her superiors.

(3) Faithfully supported the goals of his or her organization and the Army.

(4) Conducted himself or herself in an exemplary manner as to distinguish him or her from fellow Soldiers.

c. While any record of non-judicial punishment could be in conflict with recognizing the Soldier's service as exemplary, such record should not be viewed as automatically disqualifying. The commander will analyze the record, giving consideration to the nature of the infraction, the circumstances under which it occurred and when. Conviction by court-martial terminates a period of qualifying service; a new period begins following the completion of sentence imposed by court-martial.

d. In terms of job performance, the Soldier's efficiency must be evaluated and must meet all requirements and expectations for that Soldier's grade, MOS, and experience.

e. Individuals whose retention is not warranted under standards prescribed in AR 380-67 , or for whom a bar to reenlistment has been approved under the provisions of AR 601-280 are not eligible for award of the AGCM.

4-7. Additional implementing instructions

a. Qualifying periods of service must be continuous enlisted active Federal military service. When an interval in excess of 24 hours occurs between enlistments, that portion of service before the interruption is not creditable toward an award.

b. Release from enlisted status for entry into service as a cadet or midshipman at any U.S. Service academy, or discharge from enlisted status for immediate entry on active duty in an officer status is considered termination of service for awarding the AGCM. A minimum of 12 months enlisted service is required and must have been completed for first award of the AGCM (see para 4-5 ); otherwise, the full 3 years of qualifying enlisted service is required.

c. A qualified person scheduled for separation from active Federal military service should receive the award at his or her last duty station, the award is authorized up to 30 days before the Soldier's departure en route to a separation processing installation in CONUS or overseas. Orders announcing such advance awards will indicate the closing date for the award prefixed with date of separation, on or about, as the response to the "dates or period of service" lead line (for example, from 31 October 1977 to date of separation on or about 30 October 1980). For Soldiers who are granted terminal leave prior to retirement or ETS, orders awarding second and subsequent awards of the AGCM may be issued up to 90 days before retirement or ETS date.

d. An award made for any authorized period of less than 3 years must be for the total period of obligated active Federal military service. This applies to first award only; all other awards of the AGCM require 3 full years qualifying service.

e. Discharge under provisions of AR 635-200 for immediate (re)enlistment is not termination of service.

4-8. Disqualification for the Army Good Conduct Medal

a. Conviction by courts-martial terminates a period of qualifying service; a new period begins the following day after completion of the sentence imposed by the court-martial.

b. Individuals whose retention is not warranted or for whom a bar to reenlistment has been approved under the provisions of AR 601-280 (specifically for the reasons enumerated in AR 601-280) are not eligible for award of the AGCM.

c. In instances of disqualification as determined by the unit commander, the commander will prepare a memorandum stating the rationale for his or her decision. This memorandum will include the period of disqualification and will be referred to the individual according to AR 600-37 . The unit commander will consider the affected individual's statement. If the commander's decision remains the same, the records manager will Web upload the memorandum and the individual statement for filing in the Soldier's AMHRR.

d. Disqualification for an award of the AGCM can occur at any time during a qualifying period (for example, when manner of performance or efficiency declines). The personnel office will establish the new "beginning date" for the Soldier's eligibility for award of the AGCM, enter the new date and code on the Soldier's eMILPO record, and submit the eMILPO transaction. These procedures do not apply if Soldier is disqualified under the provisions of paragraph 4-8b .

4-9. Subsequent awards and clasps

A clasp is authorized for wear on the AGCM to denote second or subsequent awards. Clasps authorized for second and subsequent awards are in table 4-1 .

Table 4-1. Clasps authorized for second and subsequent award of the Army Good Conduct Medal
Award: 2d
Clasps: Bronze, 2 loops
Award: 3d
Clasps: Bronze, 3 loops
Award: 4th
Clasps: Bronze, 4 loops
Award: 5th
Clasps: Bronze, 5 loops
Award: 6th
Clasps: Silver, 1 loop
Award: 7th
Clasps: Silver, 2 loop
Award: 8th
Clasps: Silver, 3 loops
Award: 9th
Clasps: Silver, 4 loops
Award: 10th
Clasps: Silver, 5 loops
Award: 11th
Clasps: Gold, 1 loop
Award: 12th
Clasps: Gold, 2 loops
Award: 13th
Clasps: Gold, 3 loops
Award: 14th
Clasps: Gold, 4 loops
Award: 15th
Clasps: Gold, 5 loops

4-10. Army Good Conduct Medal certificate policy

a. The DA Form 4950 (Good Conduct Medal Certificate) may be presented to enlisted Soldiers only on the following occasions:

(1) Concurrent with the first award of the AGCM earned on or after 1 January 1981.

(2) Concurrent with retirement on or after 1 January 1981.

b. When presented at retirement, the DA Form 4950 will reflect the last approved award of the AGCM earned by the Soldier before retirement. The number of the last earned will be centered immediately beneath the line "THE GOOD CONDUCT MEDAL;" for example, "Sixth Award." The period shown on the certificate will be the period cited in the last award earned by the Soldier. The words "UPON HIS OR HER RETIREMENT" may be typed below the Soldier's name.

c. DA Form 4950 will not be presented for second or subsequent awards of the AGCM except as provided in paragraph 4-10 a (2) .

4-11. Retroactive award

a. Retroactive award of the AGCM to enlisted personnel and to officer personnel, who qualified in an enlisted status, will be processed by the unit commander, provided evidence is available to establish qualification. If sufficient evidence is not available, and Soldier has not separated from the Army, check Soldier's AMHRR for supporting documents to confirm eligibility. Upon receipt of eligibility information the commander should take action to confirm retroactive award of the AGCM by publication of orders, or should inform the Soldier of findings of ineligibility, as appropriate.

b. Requests for retroactive awards of the AGCM for veterans and retirees will be submitted to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

Section II
Process Award of the Army Good Conduct Medal

4-12. Rules for processing the Army Good Conduct Medal

a. Management of the AGCM is an automation-assisted program for the Active Army.

b. The eMILPO generated AGCM Roster (AAA-199) provides commanders a tentative list of personnel eligible.

c. Periodic record screens and personnel audits may also be used to identify Soldiers who are potentially eligible for award of the AGCM.

d. Eligibility requirements for the AGCM are previously shown within this chapter.

e. Disapproval and disqualification processing for the AGCM are shown in this chapter and must be strictly adhered to protect the best interests of the Soldier and the Army alike.

4-13. Steps for processing award of the Army Good Conduct Medal

The steps for processing award of the AGCM are in table 4-2 .

Table 4-2. Steps for processing award of the Army Good Conduct Medal
Step Who Required action
1. Soldier Becomes eligible for consideration for the AGCM.
2. Unit personnel office Generates a quarterly AAA-199 that contains Soldier names of those eligible for consideration for the next 90 days.
3. Unit personnel office Ensures each unit that has Soldiers on the AAA-199 roster receives a copy of the AAA-199 roster.
4. Company headquarters Receives the AAA-199 roster with names of the eligible Soldiers.
5. Company headquarters Verifies that all Soldiers on the AAA-199 roster are currently in the unit. Advises personnel office of any problems with the AAA-199 roster.
6. Unit personnel office Sorts the AAA-199 roster by company within the BN and forwards AAA-199 rosters to respective commanders for review and approval or disapproval. Maintains suspense copy to ensure action is accomplished within the established suspense date.
7. Company first sergeant (1SG) Receives the AAA-199 roster and review for potentially disqualified Soldiers. 1SG reviews for eligibility with the respective platoon sergeants.
8. Company 1SG Presents recommendations to the company commander.
9. Company commander Reviews the AAA-199 roster and indicates "YES" for approval or "NO" for disapproval and returns annotated AAA-199 roster to the BN personnel office.
10. Company commander If Soldier is disqualified, company commander will refer this decision to the Soldier and action will be processed per AR 600-37 and paragraph 4-8 .
11. Unit personnel office Reviews the AAA-199 roster to ensure all processing actions have been accomplished.
12. Unit personnel office Initiates "Request for orders" to award AGCM or clasp to recommended Soldier.
13. Unit personnel office Prepares DA Form 4950 for Soldiers who are receiving their first or last (retirement or separation) AGCM. (See AGCM certificate policy in para 4-10 .)
14. Unit personnel office When a Soldier has been disqualified for award of the AGCM the data code entry will be made in eMILPO.
15. Unit personnel office Forwards disqualification documents to Soldier's AMHRR (HRC) per paragraph 4-8 c .
16. Unit personnel office Annotates and files a suspense copy of the AAA-199 roster. Submits eMILPO transaction to update eligibility data fields.
17. Unit personnel office Distributes AGCM orders as follows:
a. Soldier-three copies.
b. AMHRR-one copy.
c. Unit-one copy.
d. File-one copy.
18. Unit personnel office Sends award elements, certificates, and orders to the appropriate unit.
19. BN/company commander Conducts award ceremony per paragraphs 1-32 and 4-10 .

Section III
Army Reserve Components Achievement Medal

4-14. Intent

The ARCAM was established by the SECARMY on 3 March 1971 ( DAGO 1971-30 ), and amended by DAGO 1974-4 . It is awarded for exemplary behavior, efficiency, and fidelity while serving as a member of an ARNG unit or USAR TPU or as an IMA. The first design bears the inscription "United States Army Reserve," the other design bears the inscription "Army National Guard."

4-15. Personnel eligible

The ARCAM is authorized for award to Army personnel in the rank of COL/O-6 and below. The individual must have been a member of an ARNG unit or USAR TPU. The medal is also awarded to USAR Soldiers serving as IMAs after completing qualifying service and on recommendation of the unit commander or HQDA official to which the IMA is assigned. AGR Soldiers and officers are not authorized award of the ARCAM. AGR Soldiers (enlisted) are eligible for the AGCM under the provisions of paragraph 4-2 .

4-16. Award approval authority

a. Approval authority for award of the ARCAM for ARNG Man-Day (M-DAY) units and USAR TPU Soldiers is the Soldier's unit commander.

b. Approval authority for award of the ARCAM to USAR IMA Soldiers is Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5100.

c. Orders are not published for the award of this medal. ARCAM approval is announced using an official memorandum. The records custodian will annotate the Soldier's records and place the memorandum in the Soldier's AMHRR via the Integrated Personnel Electronic Records Management System.

4-17. Peacetime and wartime applicability

a. The ARCAM is applicable to Army RC Soldiers during peacetime and wartime. However, during periods of war, the length of qualifying service is subject to change at the discretion of the SECARMY.

b. The AGCM is applicable to RC enlisted Soldiers ordered to active duty under 10 USC, in support of peacetime and wartime contingency operations. Refer to paragraphs 4-2, 4-5 , and 4-6. When qualifying periods of TPU service are broken by such mobilization, the periods of service prior to the mobilization will be added to the period following the mobilization for ARCAM eligibility. The qualifying time for awarding of the ARCAM served prior (refer to para 4-18 c (3)) to activation and/or mobilization will not be lost and will continue to count toward award of the ARCAM once personnel are no longer activated and/or mobilized. The period of service used to award the AGCM cannot be used toward award of the ARCAM. This change is retroactive to 11 September 2001.

4-18. Basis or criteria for approval

a. Between 3 March 1972 and 28 March 1995, the ARCAM was authorized on completion of 4 years of service with a RC unit. A qualifying year of service is one in which a Reserve Soldier earns a minimum of 50 retirement points during his or her retirement year. Qualifying service for computation purposes is based only by retirement ending year dates.

b. Effective 28 March 1995, the period of qualifying service for award of the ARCAM was reduced from 4 years to 3 years. That is, Soldiers completing 3 years of qualified service on or after 28 March 1995 are eligible for ARCAM consideration. This change is not retroactive.

c. All awards of the ARCAM must be made under the following conditions:

(1) Such years of qualifying service must have been consecutive except for the wartime provisions noted in paragraph 4-17 . A period of more than 24 hours between Reserve enlistments or an officer's service will be considered a break in service. Credit toward earning the ARCAM must begin anew after a break in service. Service while attending Officer Candidate School or Warrant Officer Candidate School will be considered enlisted service and termination will occur when the Soldier is commissioned or appointed a warrant officer.

(2) Although only unit service may be credited for award of the ARCAM, consecutive Ready Reserve service between periods of unit service will not be considered as a break in service. Ready Reserve consists of units or reserves, or both, liable for active duty as prescribed by law (10 USC 12301 and 12302). Creditable service in the first unit may be added to a subsequent unit to determine total qualifying service.

(3) Enlisted Soldiers who are ordered to active duty or mobilized in support of ongoing operations from the ARNG, USAR TPU, or as a USAR IMA for 365 days or more (not for training) will be awarded the ARCAM if they have completed 2 of the 3 years of qualifying service. Eligibility for the AGCM starts on the effective date of the active duty order. Note: Soldiers with less than 2 years of qualifying service will not be awarded the ARCAM. Service lost may be recovered if the Soldier is separated honorably from the active duty or mobilization tour and reverts back to TPU service. For example, a Soldier serves 1 year and 6 months of qualifying service and is ordered to active duty. This qualifying service is not sufficient for award of the ARCAM. When the Soldier completes the active duty tour, that 1 year and 6 months is applied towards the next award of the ARCAM. Enlisted Soldiers (except AGR) whose periods of active duty do not meet the criteria outlined in paragraphs 4-2 , 4-5 , and 4-6 (AGCM), will continue to receive credit of qualified time toward the award of the ARCAM.

(4) All officers (COL/O-6 and below) who are ordered to active duty (not for training) from the ARNG, USAR TPU, or IMA will continue to receive credit of qualified time towards the award of ARCAM.

(5) The member must have exhibited honest and faithful service as is in accordance with the standards of conduct, courage, and duty required by law and customs of the service of a member of the same grade as the individual to whom the standard is being applied.

(6) A member must be recommended for the award by his or her unit commander whose recommendation is based on personal knowledge of the individual and the individual's official records of periods of service under prior commanders during the period for which the award is made. A commander may not delay award or extend the qualifying period for misconduct. A determination that service is not honorable as prescribed negates the entire period of the award.

4-19. Unqualified service

a. Service performed in the RC of the USAF, USN, USMC, or USCG may not be credited for award of the ARCAM.

b. Release from Army RC status for entry into service as a cadet or midshipman at any U.S. Service academy or discharge from Army RC for immediate entry in the Active Army, in an officer or enlisted status, is considered termination of service for the purpose of qualifying for the ARCAM.

c. Service while in an enlisted AGR status may not be credited toward award of the ARCAM. RC Soldiers whose service qualifies them for award of the AGCM are not eligible for award of the ARCAM.

4-20. Subsequent awards and oak leaf clusters

Second and succeeding awards of the ARCAM are denoted by oak leaf clusters.

Section IV
Process Award of the Army Reserve Components Achievement Medal

4-21. Rules for processing the Army Reserve Components Achievement Medal

a. Management of the ARCAM is a partially automation-assisted program.

b. Each unit is responsible to generate a monthly suspense roster of potential USAR Soldiers who are eligible for award of the ARCAM based on the anniversary date of qualifying years of service.

c. Periodic record screens and personnel audits may also be used to identify Soldiers who are potentially eligible for award of the ARCAM.

d. Eligibility criteria for the ARCAM are previously shown within this chapter.

e. Commanders will consider all Soldiers eligible for the ARCAM and approve the ARCAM when appropriate.

f. The Soldier's unit will publish the memorandum awarding the ARCAM and make the following distribution:

(1) One copy to Servicemember.

(2) One copy to AMHRR.

g. The Soldier will ensure his or her DA Form 2-1 (Personnel Qualification Record) reflects the award of the ARCAM.

h. Soldiers will be promptly notified, with reasons therefore, whenever they are disapproved for award of an ARCAM.

i. New beginning dates for qualifying service will be expeditiously put into the Total Army Personnel Database-Reserve whenever there are changes, that is, recent award, disqualification, and break in qualifying service.

j. Award of the ARCAM to ARNG Soldiers will be governed by the criteria established for the decoration, and the processing will follow the general rules listed above.

k. Specific detailed step-by-step procedures for award of the ARCAM to ARNG Soldiers will be governed and established by the separate State and Territorial adjutants general and the CG, District of Columbia ARNG.

4-22. Steps for processing award of the Army Reserve Components Achievement Medal for troop program unit Soldiers

The steps for processing award of the ARCAM for TPU Soldiers are in table 4-3 .

Table 4-3. Steps for Processing Award of the Army Reserve Components Achievement Medal for troop program unit Soldiers
Step Who Required action
1 Soldier Becomes eligible for consideration for the ARCAM.
2 Unit personnel office Generates a monthly AAA-199 roster of Soldiers by unit.
3 Unit personnel office Ensures each unit that has Soldiers on the AAA-199 roster receives a copy of the roster.
4 Unit personnel office Receives the AAA-199 roster with names of the eligible Soldiers.
5 Unit personnel office Verifies that all Soldiers on the AAA-199 roster are currently in the unit. Advises BN personnel office of any problems with the AAA-199 roster.

Section V
Award of the Army Reserve Components Achievement Medal to Individual Mobilization Augmentation Soldiers

4-23. Guidance

Award of the ARCAM to IMA Soldiers will be governed by the criteria established for the decoration, and processing will follow the rules in paragraph 4-21 and steps in table 4-3 .

4-24. Procedures

Award of the ARCAM to IMA Soldiers will be performed by the personnel office for the unit where the IMA Soldier is assigned. The unit personnel office will ensure the ARCAM is awarded to all IMA Soldiers assigned, which will include the verification of creditable qualifying service as noted in paragraph 4-18 . If the IMA Soldier is eligible for award of the ARCAM, the unit personnel office will prepare and complete the award documentation for the ARCAM (memorandum format) and provide a completed copy of the order to the Soldier for his or her records.

Chapter 5
Service Medals and Service Ribbons

Section I
Overview

5-1. Intent

Service (campaign) medals and service ribbons denote honorable performance of military duty within specified limited dates in specified geographical areas. With the exception of the Medal of Humane Action, the AFRM, the NCOPDR, the Army Service Ribbon, and the ARCOTR are awarded only for active Federal military service. Orders are not published for service medals, but they are annotated in personnel records. Award of U.S. service medals (sec II, of this chapter) does not preclude award of foreign and international service medals (chap 9, sec II). Refer to chapter 2 for DOD service medals and service ribbons.

5-2. Service medals and ribbons awarded by other U.S. Services

Service medals and ribbons awarded by other U.S. Services may be worn on the Army uniform except the Air Force Longevity Service Award Ribbon and Air Force and Navy Marksmanship ribbons. Service and training ribbons awarded by other U.S. Services will be worn after U.S. Army service and training ribbons and before foreign awards. Refer to AR 670-1 for additional guidance.

Section II
U.S. Service Medals and Ribbons Available for Issue

5-3. Army Reserve Components Overseas Training Ribbon

a. The ARCOTR was established by the SECARMY on 11 July 1984 as announced in DAGO 1990-15 . It is awarded to members of the RC of the Army (ARNG and USAR), for successful completion of annual training or ADT for a period not less than 10 consecutive duty days on foreign soil. All ARNG and USAR Soldiers who accompany the RC unit (including unit cells) to which they are assigned or attached as active duty for operational support during overseas training are also eligible for the award. Effective 11 July 1984, all members of the ARNG and USAR are eligible for this award if they were active Reserve status members of the ARNG, USAR (not on active duty in the Active Army), or AGR Soldiers at the time their unit underwent annual training or ADT on foreign soil.

b. All AGR personnel, not assigned to a TPU, are also eligible for award of the ARCOTR provided they are ordered overseas specifically as advance party to, simultaneously with, or in support of operations of RC units training overseas. Ten consecutive days overseas must be met. Other AGR members overseas for any other reason are not eligible for the ARCOTR.

c. The ARCOTR may be awarded retroactively to those personnel who successfully completed annual training or ADT on foreign soil in a Reserve status prior to 11 July 1984 provided they have an active status as defined above on or after 11 July 1984.

d. Soldiers must be credited with completion of at least 10 consecutive duty days outside the 50 States, the District of Columbia, and U.S. possessions and territories in the performance of duties in conjunction with Active Army, Joint services, or Allied Forces. The day of departure counts; the day of return does not.

e. The ARCOTR is a training ribbon, which does not conflict with service medals or decorations.

f. Numerals will be used to denote second and subsequent awards of the ARCOTR (see para 6-4 ).

5-4. Overseas Service Ribbon

a. The OSR was established by the SECARMY on 10 April 1981 as announced in DAGO 1990-15 . It is awarded to Servicemembers of the U.S. Army for successful completion of overseas tours.

b. Effective 1 August 1981, all Servicemembers of the Active Army, ARNG, and USAR in an active Reserve status are eligible for this award. The ribbon may be awarded retroactively to those personnel who were credited with a normal overseas tour completion before 1 August 1981 provided they had an Active Army status as defined above on or after 1 August 1981.

c. Soldiers must be credited with a normal overseas tour completion in accordance with AR 614-30 . Servicemembers who have overseas service with another branch of the U.S. Armed Forces must be credited with a normal overseas tour completion by that Service to qualify for award of the Army OSR.

d. As an exception to paragraph 5-4c , RC Soldiers who were mobilized and dispatched overseas to locations outside the theater of operations during Operations DESERT SHIELD and DESERT STORM (2 August 1990 to 11 April 1991) are eligible for award of the OSR without regard to the time served overseas as long as the overseas service is not recognized with another U.S. service medal.

e. Numerals will be used to denote second and subsequent awards of the OSR (see para 6-4).

f. For first award of the OSR only, an individual may be posthumously awarded (on or after 1 August 1981) the OSR before completion of the overseas tour, provided the Soldier's death is ruled "Line of duty-Yes."

5-5. Army Service Ribbon

a. The Army Service Ribbon was established by the SECARMY on 10 April 1981 as announced in DAGO 1990-15 . It is awarded to Servicemembers of the U.S. Army for successful completion of initial entry training.

b. Effective 1 August 1981, all members of the Active Army, ARNG, and USAR in an active Reserve status are eligible for this award. The ribbon may be awarded retroactively to those personnel who completed the required training before 1 August 1981 provided they had an Active Army status as defined above on or after 1 August 1981.

c. Officers will be awarded this ribbon upon successful completion of their basic and/or orientation or higher level course. For those officer personnel assigned a specialty, specialty skill identifier (SSI), or MOS based on civilian or other service acquired skills, this ribbon will be awarded upon honorable completion of 4 months active service.

d. Enlisted Soldiers will be awarded this ribbon upon successful completion of their initial MOS producing course. For those enlisted Soldiers assigned a MOS based on civilian or other service- acquired skills, this ribbon will be awarded on honorable completion of 4 months active service.

e. Only one award of the Army Service Ribbon is authorized, regardless of whether a Soldier completes both officer and enlisted initial entry training.

f. An individual may be posthumously awarded (on or after 1 August 1981) the Army Service Ribbon prior to completion of the requisite training or time in service, provided the Soldier's death is ruled "Line of duty-Yes."

5-6. Noncommissioned Officer Professional Development Ribbon

a. The NCOPDR was established by the SECARMY on 10 April 1981 as announced in DAGO 1990-15 . It is awarded to members of Active Army, ARNG, and USAR Soldiers for successful completion of designated NCO professional development courses.

b. Soldiers must successfully complete one or more of the courses listed in AR 350-1 , chapter 3 , which are further described on the Army Training Requirements and Resources System Web site ( https://www.atrrs.army.mil/ ).

c. Acceptable evidence of graduation is a diploma, certificate, or a letter signed by an appropriate Service school official. Graduates of NCO Academy courses conducted prior to 1976 for the Active Army, and 1980 for RCs, will be given credit for the primary level only.

d. Effective 1 August 1981, all Active Army, ARNG, and USAR Soldiers in an active status are eligible for this award for satisfactory completion of the respective NCO Education System or RC-NCO Education System courses. The NCOPDR consists of the basic ribbon with numeral devices of 2, 3, or 4, which signify satisfactory completion of the respective levels of NCO professional development courses as outlined in table 5-1 .

e. Soldiers who have been authorized by their local commanders to attend local NCO courses or training conducted by the other Services, except the Sergeants Major Course and who qualify for or are awarded another Service's training ribbon will not wear the other Service's ribbons on the Army uniform nor will they be granted Army course equivalency recognition.

f. A change approved in February 1989 completely revised the wear policy of numerals on ribbons and award suspension elements. Simultaneously, U.S. Army Training and Doctrine Command (TRADOC) announced that the First Sergeant Course was not a recognized element of the NCO Professional Development Training System. Because of the impact of these two far-reaching policy changes, no grandfathering is allowed for Active Army or RC Soldiers concerning the wear of numerals on the NCOPDR. Only the numerals 2, 3, and 4 are authorized for wear on the ribbon.

Table 5-1. Noncommissioned Officer Education System creditable courses for award Noncommissioned Officer's Professional Development Ribbon and devices
Level Current creditable course Former creditable courses Device
Primary 1 Warrior Leaders Course Primary Noncommissioned Course
Primary Leadership Course
Primary Technical Course
Primary Leadership Development Course
Basic ribbon
Basic 1 Advanced Leaders Course Basic Noncommissioned Course
Basic Technical Course
Numeral 2
Advanced 1 Senior Leaders Course Advanced Noncommissioned Officer Course Numeral 3
Senior 1 Sergeants Major Course U.S. Army Sergeants Major Academy Numeral 4 2

Notes:
1. Once a Servicemember has been awarded the NCOPDR upon graduation from the Warrior Leaders Course, subsequent appropriate numerals will be awarded to identify completion of higher level NCO Education System.
2. Senior NCOs selected by the U.S. Army Sergeants Major Academy who complete equivalent resident courses conducted by the other Services will wear the NCOPDR with numeral 4.

5-7. Army Sea Duty Ribbon

On 17 April 2006, the Principal Deputy ASA (M&RA) approved the establishment of the ASDR. It is awarded to Servicemembers of the Active Army, and members of the ARNG and USAR for completion of designated periods of sea duty aboard Class A and Class B U.S. Army Vessels, as defined in AR 56-9 . The ASDR is also authorized to be awarded for duty aboard other qualifying vessels when the vessels meet the requirements of AR 600-88 (see other qualifying vessels).

a. Description. The ASDR consists of the basic ribbon with service star appurtenances, which signify the completion of respective periods of qualifying sea duty.

b. Requirements for award.

(1) For active duty Servicemembers. Active duty Servicemembers must complete 2 years of qualified sea duty on a Class A or B U.S. Army Vessel or duty aboard other qualifying vessels when such vessels meet the requirements of AR 600-88, to be awarded the ASDR. Subsequent awards are authorized upon completion of each additional 2 years of qualified sea duty up to 20 years of sea duty, as outlined in table 5-2 .

(2) For Army National Guard and U.S. Army Reserve members. Members of the ARNG and USAR must have 2 creditable years in a U.S. Army watercraft unit, which must include a minimum of 25 days underway during each year and two annual training exercises underway on a Class A or B U.S. Army Vessel or a 90-day deployment aboard a U.S. Army Vessel, underway. Subsequent awards are authorized upon completion of additional qualifying periods of sea duty as outlined above.

(3) For mobilized Soldiers. One year of sea duty as a mobilized Soldier will be credited toward 1 creditable year as long as the minimum underway requirement is met.

(4) For Servicemembers of other Services. Servicemembers of other Services are authorized to be awarded the ASDR as outlined in paragraphs 5-7b(1) and (2), consistent with their respective Service policies and concurrence, in accordance with paragraph 1-36 .

c. Posthumous award. For first award only, an individual may be posthumously awarded the ASDR prior to completion of service criteria as defined above, provided the individual's death is ruled in the line of duty.

d. Award approval authority. The Chief, Maritime Qualification Division, is the approval authority for award of the ASDR to eligible Servicemembers. Eligible Servicemembers or their next of kin may submit requests for the ASDR to Chief, Maritime Qualification Division, Career Sea Pay Office, 461 Kerr Road, Fort Eustis, VA 23604-5403.

e. Retroactive award. The ASDR may be awarded retroactively to those personnel who were credited with service as defined in paragraph 5-7 b after 1 August 1952, the activation date of the first heavy boat company in the Transportation Corps. Eligible personnel or their next of kin may submit requests for the ASDR to Chief, Maritime Qualification Division, Career Pay Office, 461 Kerr Road, Fort Eustis, VA 23604-5403. Requests should include the individual's full name, social security number or serial number, dates of service, DD Form 214 (Certificate of Release or Discharge from Active Duty) (if applicable), and information concerning the individual's qualifying sea service duty.

Table 5-2. Service stars authorized for second and subsequent award of the Army Sea Duty Ribbon
Award: 2d (4 years of qualified service)
Service Star: 1 Bronze Service Star
Award: 3d (6 years of qualified service)
Service Star: 2 Bronze Service Stars
Award: 4th (8 years of qualified service)
Service Star: 3 Bronze Service Stars
Award: 5th (10 years of qualified service)
Service Star: 4 Bronze Service Stars
Award: 6th (12 years of qualified service)
Service Star: 1 Silver Service Star
Award: 7th (14 years of qualified service)
Service Star: 1 Silver and Bronze Service Star
Award: 8th (16 years of qualified service)
Service Star: 1 Silver Service Star and 2 Bronze Service Stars
Award: 9th (18 years of qualified service)
Service Star: 1 Silver Service Star and 3 Bronze Service Stars
Award: 10th and final
Service Star: 1 Gold Star

5-8. Armed Forces Reserve Medal

a. The AFRM was established by EO 10163 , as announced in DA Bulletin 15, 1950, and was amended by EO 10439 , announced in DA Bulletin 3, 1953 and EO 13013 , dated 6 August 1996. The reverse of this medal is struck in two designs for award to personnel whose RC service has been primarily in the organized Reserve or primarily in the National Guard. The first design portrays the Minute Man from the Organized Reserve Crest; the other design portrays the National Guard insignia.

b. The AFRM is awarded for honorable and satisfactory Service as a member or former member of one or more of the RCs of the Armed Forces of the United States, including the USCG Reserve and the USMC Reserve, for a period of 10 years under the following conditions:

(1) Such years of service must have been performed within a period of 12 consecutive years.

(2) Each year of active or inactive status honorable service prior to 1 July 1949 in any RC listed in AR 135-180 , will be credited toward award. For service performed on or after 1 July 1949, a member must accumulate, during each anniversary year, a minimum of 50 retirement points as prescribed in AR 135-180.

(3) Service in a Regular Component of the Armed Forces, including the USCG, is excluded except that service in a RC which is concurrent in whole or in part with service in a Regular Component will be included. (Officers holding Reserve commissions serving on the active duty list are, by statute, members of the RC. Time served as a Reserve officer on the active duty list counts toward eligibility for the AFRM. For example, if a Reserve officer on active duty list serves 10 active years prior to going Active Army, or also received retirement points for other RC service, which, when added together with their active duty list service adds up to 10 years, then that officer is eligible for the AFRM.)

(4) Any period during which Reserve service is interrupted by one or more of the following will be excluded in computing, but will not be considered as a break in the period of 12 years:

(a) Service in a Regular Component of the Armed Forces.

(b) During tenure of office by a State official chosen by the voters of the entire State, territory, or possession.

(c) During tenure of office of member of the legislative body of the United States or of any State, territory, or possession.

(d) While serving as judge of a court of record of the United States, or of any State, territory, possession, or the District of Columbia.

(5) On or after 1 August 1990, the member was called to active duty and served under 10 USC 12301(a), 12302, 12304, 12406, or, in the case of the USCG Reserve, 14 USC 712. The member volunteered and served on active duty in support of specific U.S. military operations or contingencies designated by the Secretary of Defense, as defined in 10 USC 101(a)(13). An AGR member who receives orders changing his or her current duty status (legal authority under which he or she performs duty), duty location, or assignment to support a contingency operation is eligible for the award of the "M" device.

c. The 10-year-device is authorized for wear on the AFRM to denote each 10-year-period as follows:

(1) A bronze hourglass will be awarded upon completion of the first 10-year-period award.

(2) A silver hourglass will be awarded upon completion of the second 10-year-period award.

(3) A gold hourglass will be awarded upon completion of the third 10-year-period award.

(4) A gold hourglass, followed by a bronze hourglass will be awarded upon completion of the fourth 10-year-award.

d. The "M" device is authorized for wear on the AFRM by members of the RCs who are called to or who volunteer and serve on active duty in support of specific U.S. military operations or contingencies designed by the Secretary of Defense, as defined in 10 USC 101(a)(13).

(1) When a member qualifies for the "M" device, the Bronze "M" will be awarded, positioned on the ribbon and medal, and a number will be included on the ribbon and medal. No more than one AFRM may be awarded to any one person. Multiple periods of service during one designated contingency (under provisions of paragraph 5-8 b (4)(a) and (b)) will count as one "M" device award. Designated contingency operations are outlined in table 6-1 .

(2) If no "M" device is authorized, the appropriate hourglass will be positioned in the center of the ribbon. If no hourglass is authorized, the "M" device will be positioned in the center of the ribbon, followed by Arabic numerals indicating the number of times the device has been awarded, starting with the second award, no number is worn for the first award.

(3) If both the hourglass and the "M" device are awarded, the hourglass will be positioned in first position on the ribbon (at the wearer's right), the "M" device in the middle position, and the number of times the "M" device has been awarded in the remaining position (at the wearer's left).

(4) For additional information on the "M" device, refer to paragraph 6-6 .

e. The steps for processing award of the AFRM are outlined in paragraph 5-35 and table 5-2 .

5-9. Korean Service Medal

a. The KSM was established by EO 10179 , dated 8 November 1950, as amended by EO 13286 , 28 February 2003. It is awarded for service between 27 June 1950 and 27 July 1954, under any of the following conditions:

(1) Within the territorial limits of Korea or in waters immediately adjacent thereto.

(2) With a unit under the operational control of the Commander in Chief, Far East, other than one within the territorial limits of Korea, which has been designated by the Commander in Chief, Far East, as having directly supported the military efforts in Korea.

(3) Was furnished an individual certificate by the Commander in Chief, Far East, testifying to material contribution made in direct support of the military efforts in Korea.

b. The service prescribed must have been performed under any of the following conditions:

(1) On permanent assignment.

(2) On TDY for 30 consecutive days or 60 nonconsecutive days.

(3) In active combat against the enemy under conditions other than those prescribed in paragraphs 5-9b(1) and (2), provided a combat decoration has been awarded or an individual certificate has been furnished by the commander of an independent force or of a division, ship, or air group, or comparable or higher unit, testifying to such combat credit.

c. One bronze service star is authorized for each campaign under the following conditions:

(1) Assigned or attached to and present for duty with a unit during the period in which it participated in combat.

(2) Under orders in the combat zone and in addition meets any of the following requirements:

(a) Awarded a combat decoration.

(b) Furnished a certificate by a CG of a corps, higher unit, or independent force that the Soldier actually participated in combat.

(c) Served at a normal post of duty (as contrasted to occupying the status of an inspector, observer, or visitor).

(d) Aboard a vessel other than in a passenger status and furnished a certificate by the home port commander of the vessel that the Soldier served in the combat zone.

(3) Was an evader or escapee in the combat zone or recovered from a prisoner-of-war status in the combat zone during the time limitations of the campaign. Prisoners of war will not be accorded credit for the time spent in confinement or while otherwise in restraint under enemy control (see para 6-8 for further information on the bronze service star).

d. The arrowhead device is authorized for wear on the KSM to denote participation in a combat parachute jump, helicopter assault landing, combat glider landing, or amphibious assault landing, while assigned or attached as a member of an organized force carrying out an assigned tactical mission. Additional information on the arrowhead device is in paragraph 6-9 .

5-10. Medal of Humane Action

a. The Medal of Humane Action was established by an Act of Congress 20 July 1949 (63 Statue (Stat) 477). It is awarded to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States and to other persons when recommended for meritorious participation, for service while participating in the Berlin Airlift or in direct support thereof.

b. Service must have been for at least 120 days during the period between 26 June 1948 and 30 September 1949, inclusive, with the following prescribed boundaries of area of Berlin Airlift operations:

(1) The northern boundary is the 54th parallel north latitude.

(2) The eastern boundary is the 14th meridian east longitude.

(3) The southern boundary is the 48th parallel north latitude.

(4) The western boundary is the 5th meridian west longitude.

c. Posthumous award may be made to any person who lost his life while, or as a direct result of, participating in the Berlin Airlift, without regard to the length of such service, if otherwise eligible.

d. See DA Pam 672-1 for the list of Army units entitled to the Berlin Airlift device.

5-11. Army of Occupation Medal

a. The Army of Occupation Medal was established by War Department General Orders 32, 1946. It is awarded for service for 30 consecutive days at a normal post of duty (as contrasted to inspector, visitor, courier, escort, passenger, TDY, or detached service) while assigned to any of the following:

(1) Army of Occupation of Germany (exclusive of Berlin) between 9 May 1945 and 5 May 1955. (Service between 9 May and 8 November 1945 will be counted only if the European-African-Middle Eastern Campaign Medal was awarded for service before 9 May 1945.)

(2) Service for the prescribed period with a unit, which has been designated in DAGOs as having met the requirement for the Berlin Airlift device.

(3) Service for which the individual was awarded the Berlin Airlift device in orders issued by appropriate field authority.

(4) Army of Occupation of Austria between 9 May 1945 and 27 July 1955. (Service between 9 May and 8 November 1945 will be counted only if the European-African-Middle Eastern Campaign Medal was awarded for service before 9 May 1945.)

(5) Army of Occupation of Berlin between 9 May 1945 and 2 October 1990. (Service between 9 May and 8 November 1945 will be counted only if the European-African-Middle Eastern Campaign Medal was awarded for service before 9 May 1945.)

(6) Army of Occupation of Italy between 9 May 1945 and 15 September 1947 in the compartment of Venezia Giulia E. Zara or Province of Udine or with a unit in Italy as designated in DAGO 1947-4 . (Service between 9 May and 8 November 1945 will be counted only if the European-African-Middle Eastern Campaign Medal was awarded for service before 9 May 1945.)

(7) Army of Occupation of Japan between 3 September 1945 and 27 April 1952 in the four main islands of Hokkaido, Honshu, Shikoku, and Kyushu, the surrounding smaller islands of the Japanese homeland, the Ryukyu Islands, and the Bonin-Volcano Islands. (Service between 3 September 1945 and 2 March 1946 will be counted only if the Asiatic-Pacific Campaign Medal was awarded for service before 3 September 1945. In addition, service that meets the requirements for the KSM as prescribed in para 5-8 will not be counted in determining eligibility for this medal.)

(8) Army of Occupation of Korea between 3 September 1945 and 29 June 1949, inclusive. (Service between 3 September 1945 and 2 March 1946 will be counted only if the Asiatic-Pacific Campaign Medal was awarded for service before 3 September 1945.)

b. The Army of Occupation Medal Clasps and the Berlin Airlift device are authorized for wear on the Army of Occupation Medal. They are as follows:

(1) The Army of Occupation Medal Clasp. Soldiers who served in the European Theater during the occupation of Europe will wear the clasp inscribed "Germany." Soldiers who served in the Far East Theater during the occupation of the Far East will wear the Clasp inscribed "Japan." Clasps bearing other inscriptions are not authorized. (The Army of Occupation Medal Clasp is described in para 6-7 .)

(2) The Berlin Airlift device. This device is awarded for service of 92 consecutive days with a unit credited with participation in the Berlin Airlift, or by competent field authority on an individual basis. Qualifying service must have been entirely within the period from 26 June 1948 to 30 September 1949, inclusive. Orders announcing award of the Berlin Airlift device will specifically award the Army of Occupation Medal to persons not otherwise eligible.

5-12. World War II Victory Medal

The World War II Victory Medal was established by an Act of Congress 6 July 1945 (59 Stat 461). It is awarded for service between 7 December 1941 and 31 December 1946, both dates inclusive.

5-13. European-African-Middle Eastern Campaign Medal

a. The European-African-Middle Eastern Campaign Medal was established by EO 9265 , announced in War Department Bulletin 56, 1942, as amended by EO 9706 , 15 March 1947. It is awarded for service within the European-African-Middle Eastern Theater between 7 December 1941 and 8 November 1945 under any of the conditions as prescribed in this paragraph.

b. The boundaries of European-African-Middle Eastern Theater are as follows:

(1) The eastern boundary is coincident with the western boundary of the Asiatic-Pacific Theater (see para 5-14 ).

(2) The western boundary is coincident with the eastern boundary of the American Theater (see para 5-15 ).

c. One bronze service star is authorized for each campaign under the following conditions:

(1) Assigned or attached to, and present for duty with, a unit during the period in which it participated in combat.

(2) Under orders in the combat zone and in addition meets any of the following requirements:

(a) Awarded a combat decoration.

(b) Furnished a certificate by a CG of a corps or higher unit or independent force that the Soldier actually participated in combat.

(c) Served at a normal post of duty (as contrasted to occupying the status of an inspector, observer, or visitor).

(d) Aboard a vessel other than in a passenger status and furnished a certificate by the home port commander of the vessel that the Soldier served in the combat zone.

(3) Was an evadee or escapee in the combat zone or recovered from a prisoner-of-war status in the combat zone during the time limitations of the campaign. Prisoners of war will not be accorded credit for the time spent in confinement or while otherwise in restraint under enemy control.

d. The arrowhead is authorized for wear on this medal to denote participation in a combat parachute jump, helicopter assault landing, combat glider landing, or amphibious assault landing, while assigned or attached as a member of an organized force carrying out an assigned tactical mission. (The arrowhead is described in para 6-9 )

5-14. Asiatic-Pacific Campaign Medal

a. The Asiatic-Pacific Campaign Medal was established by EO 9265 (War Department Bulletin 56, 6 November 1942), as amended by EO 9706 , 15 March 1946. It is awarded for service with the Asiatic-Pacific Theater between 7 December 1941 and 2 March 1946 under any of the following conditions:

(1) On permanent assignment in the Asiatic-Pacific Theater.

(2) In a passenger status or on TDY for 30 consecutive days or 60 nonconsecutive days.

(3) In active combat against the enemy and was awarded a combat decoration or furnished a certificate by the CG of a corps or higher unit or independent force showing that the Soldier actually participated in combat.

b. Boundaries of Asiatic-Pacific Theater.

(1) The eastern boundary is coincident with the western boundary of the American Theater (see para 5-15 ).

(2) The western boundary is from the North Pole south along the 60th meridian east longitude to its intersection with the east boundary of Iran, then south along the Iran boundary to the Gulf of Oman and the intersection of the 60th meridian east longitude, then south along the 60th meridian east longitude to the South Pole.

c. One bronze service star is authorized for each campaign under the conditions outlined in paragraph 5-12 c (see para 6-8 for further information on the bronze service star).

d. The arrowhead is authorized for wear on this medal to denote participation in a combat parachute jump, helicopter assault landing, combat glider landing, or amphibious assault landing, while assigned or attached as a member of an organized force carrying out an assigned tactical mission. (The arrowhead is described in para 6-9 .)

5-15. American Campaign Medal

a. The American Campaign Medal was established by EO 9265 (War Department Bulletin 56, 1942), as amended by EO 9706 , 15 March 1946. It is awarded for service within the American Theater between 7 December 1941 and 2 March 1946 under any of the following conditions:

(1) On permanent assignment outside the continental limits of the United States.

(2) Permanently assigned as a member of a crew of a vessel sailing ocean waters for a period of 30 consecutive days or 60 nonconsecutive days.

(3) Outside the continental limits of the United States in a passenger status or on TDY for 30 consecutive days or 60 nonconsecutive days.

(4) In active combat against the enemy and was awarded a combat decoration or furnished a certificate by the CG of a corps, higher unit, or independent force that the Soldier actually participated in combat.

(5) Within the continental limits of the United States for an aggregate period of 1 year.

b. The boundaries of American Theater are as follows:

(1) The eastern boundary is located from the North Pole, south along the 75th meridian west longitude to the 77th parallel north latitude, then southeast through Davis Strait to the intersection of the 40th parallel north latitude and the 35th meridian west longitude, then south along the meridian to the 10th parallel north latitude, then southeast to the intersection of the Equator and the 20th meridian west longitude, then south along the 20th meridian west longitude to the South Pole.

(2) The western boundary is located from the North Pole, south along the 141st meridian west longitude to the east boundary of Alaska, then south and southeast along the Alaska boundary to the Pacific Ocean, then south along the 130th meridian to its intersection with the 30th parallel north latitude, then southeast to the intersection of the Equator and the 100th meridian west longitude, then south to the South Pole.

c. One bronze service star is authorized for wear on the American Campaign Medal to denote participation in the antisubmarine campaign. The individual must have been assigned or attached to, and present for duty with, a unit credited with the campaign. Information on the antisubmarine campaign is in appendix B .

5-16. Women's Army Corps Service Medal

The Women's Army Corps Service Medal was established by EO 9365 , announced in War Department Bulletin 17, 1943. It is awarded for service in both the Women's Army Auxiliary Corps between 10 July 1942 and 31 August 1943 and the Women's Army Corps between 1 September 1943 and 2 September 1945.

5-17. American Defense Service Medal

a. The ADSM was established by EO 8808 , announced in War Department Bulletin 17, 1941. It is awarded for service between 8 September 1939 and 7 December 1941 under orders to active duty for a period of 12 months or longer.

b. A clasp, with the inscription "Foreign Service", is worn on the ADSM to denote service outside the continental limits of the United States, including service in Alaska, as a member of a crew of a vessel sailing ocean waters, flights over ocean waters, or as an assigned member of an organization stationed outside the continental limits of the United States. Possession of a clasp is denoted by the wearing of a bronze service star on the service ribbon. (See chap 6 for descriptions of the clasp and service stars.)

5-18. Army of Occupation of Germany Medal

The Army of Occupation of Germany Medal was established by an Act of Congress 21 November 1941, (55 Stat 781). It is awarded for service in Germany or Austria-Hungary between 12 November 1918 and 11 July 1923.

5-19. World War I Victory Medal

a. The World War I Victory Medal was established by War Department General Order 48, 1919. The medal is awarded for service between 6 April 1917 and 11 November 1918 or with either of the following expeditions:

(1) American Expeditionary Forces in European Russia between 12 November 1918 and 5 August 1919.

(2) American Expeditionary Forces Siberia between 23 November 1918 and 1 April 1920.

b. Battle clasps, service clasps, and service stars are authorized appurtenances to be worn on the World War I Victory Medal. (See chap 6 for specific details.)

Section III
U.S. Service Medals and Ribbons No Longer Available

The following service medals and ribbons are no longer available for issue:

5-20. Civil War Campaign Medal

This medal was established by War Department General Order 12, 1907. It is awarded for service between 15 April 1861 and 9 April 1865, or in Texas between 15 April 1861 and 20 August 1866.

5-21. Indian Campaign Medal

This medal was established by War Department General Order 12, 1907. It is awarded for service in a campaign against any tribes or in any areas listed below, during the indicated period.

a. Southern Oregon, Idaho, northern California, and Nevada between 1865 and 1868.

b. Comanche and confederate tribes in Kansas, Colorado, Texas, New Mexico, and Indian Territory between 1867 and 1875.

c. Modoc War in 1872 and 1873.

d. Apaches in Arizona in 1873.

e. Northern Cheyenne and Sioux in 1876 and 1877.

f. Nez Perce' War in 1877.

g. Bannock War in 1878.

h. Northern Cheyenne in 1878 and 1879.

i. Sheep-Eaters, Paiutes, and Bannocks between June and October 1879.

j. Ute in Colorado and Utah between September 1879 and November 1880.

k. Apache in Arizona and New Mexico in 1885 and 1886.

l. Sioux in South Dakota between November 1890 and January 1891.

m. Hostile Indians in any action in which U.S. troops were killed or wounded between 1865 and 1891.

5-22. Spanish Campaign Medal

This medal was established by War Department General Order 5, 1905. It is awarded for service ashore in, or on the high seas en route to, any of the following countries:

a. Cuba between 11 May and 17 July 1898.

b. Puerto Rico between 24 July and 13 August 1898.

c. Philippine Islands between 30 June and 16 August 1898.

5-23. Spanish War Service Medal

This medal was established by an Act of Congress of 9 July 1918 (40 Stat. 873). It is awarded for service between 20 April 1898 and 11 April 1899, to persons not eligible for the Spanish Campaign Medal.

5-24. Army of Cuban Occupation Medal

This medal was established by War Department General Order 40, 1915. It is awarded for service in Cuba between 18 July 1898 and 20 May 1902.

5-25. Army of Puerto Rican Occupation Medal

This medal was established by War Department Compilation of Orders, changes 15, 4 February 1919. It is awarded for service in Puerto Rico between 14 August and 10 December 1898.

5-26. Philippine Campaign Medal

This medal was established by War Department General Order 5, 1905. It is awarded for service in the Philippine Islands under any of the following conditions:

a. Ashore between 4 February 1899 and 4 July 1902.

b. Ashore in the Department of Mindanao between 4 February 1899 and 31 December 1904.

c. Against the Pulajanes on Leyte between 20 July 1906 and 30 June 1907, or on Samar between 2 August 1904 and 30 June 1907.

d. With any of the following expeditions:

(1) Against Pala on Jolo between April and May 1905.

(2) Against Datu Ali on Mindanao in October 1905.

(3) Against hostile Moros on Mount Bud-Dajo, Jolo, March 1906.

(4) Against hostile Moros on Mount Bagsac, Jolo, between January and July 1913.

(5) Against hostile Moros on Mindanao or Jolo between 1910 and 1913.

e. In any action against hostile natives in which U.S. troops were killed or wounded between 4 February 1899 and 31 December 1913.

5-27. Philippine Congressional Medal

This medal was established by an Act of Congress 29 June 1906 (34 Stat 621). It is awarded for service meeting all the following conditions:

a. Under a call of the President, entered the Army between 21 April and 26 October 1898.

b. Served beyond the date on which entitled to discharge.

c. Ashore in the Philippine Islands between 4 February 1899 and 4 July 1902.

5-28. China Campaign Medal

This medal was established by War Department General Order 5, 1905. It is awarded for service ashore in China with the Peking Relief Expedition between 20 June 1900 and 27 May 1901.

5-29. Army of Cuban Pacification Medal

This medal was established by War Department General Order 96, 1909. It is awarded for service in Cuba between 6 October 1906 and 1 April 1909.

5-30. Mexican Service Medal

This medal was established by War Department General Order 155, 1917. It is awarded for service in any of the following expeditions or engagements:

a. Vera Cruz Expedition in Mexico between 24 April and 26 November 1914.

b. Punitive Expedition in Mexico between 14 March 1916 and 7 February 1917.

c. Buena Vista, Mexico, 1 December 1917.

d. San Bernardino Canon, Mexico, 26 December 1917.

e. Le Grulla, Texas, 8 and 9 January 1918.

f. Pilares, Mexico, 28 March 1918.

g. Nogales, Arizona, 1 to 5 November 1915 or 27 August 1918.

h. El Paso, Texas, and Juarez, Mexico, 15 and 16 June 1919.

i. Any action against hostile Mexicans in which U.S. troops were killed or wounded between 12 April 1911 and 7 February 1917.

5-31. Mexican Border Service Medal

This medal was established by an Act of Congress 9 July 1918 (40 Stat 873). It was awarded for service between 9 May 1916 and 24 March 1917, or with the Mexican Border Patrol between 1 January 1916 and 6 April 1917, to persons not eligible for the Mexican Service Medal.

5-32. Replacement

The medals listed in section III are no longer issued by DA. They may be purchased from civilian dealers in military insignia and some Army exchanges at no expense to the U.S. Government.

Section IV
Process Award of Army Service Medals and Service Ribbons

5-33. Rules for processing Army service medals and service ribbons

a. There are no statutory or regulatory time limits pertaining to award of service medals and ribbons. However, issue or replacement of service medals or ribbons before the World War I Victory Medal is no longer accomplished. These award elements are no longer available from the Federal supply system.

b. Criteria for service medals and ribbons are shown in the previous sections of this chapter.

c. These awards may be granted posthumously to the primary next of kin, at no expense, for the initial award only (see para 1-47 for reissue and replacement instructions).

d. Service medals and ribbons do not require the publication of orders to announce their approval.

e. Approval of service medals and ribbons are based on administrative determinations rendered by the commander or servicing personnel officer. These decisions should, however, be reflected in an appropriate memorandum, letter, or form addressed to the affected Soldiers.

f. A single service medal or ribbon request from an Active Army Soldier or USAR and/or ARNG Soldier should be submitted through channels to the servicing personnel officer. Supporting source documents (that is, assignment orders, TDY orders, pay documents, travel documents, affidavits, and so forth) should accompany the request. The burden of proof rests with the Soldier to provide adequate information on which to base a decision.

g. Campaigns or expeditions which are recognized by approval of service medals or ribbons that affect large numbers of Soldiers may be processed and approved by computer-generated lists and unit rosters. However, each Soldier must meet the announced criteria.

h. Approval authority for retroactive service medals and ribbons for Army retirees, former Army Soldiers, other personnel granted creditable U.S. Army service, and posthumous awards to the primary next of kin of the above personnel, is National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002. Approval authority for Soldiers who retired or were discharged after 1 October 2002 is Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

i. Formal awards ceremonies are not mandatory for presentation of service medals and ribbons. Ceremonies may be conducted at the discretion of the commander.

j. Individually submitted requests for approval of a service medal or ribbon will be processed under the rules and guidance prescribed above.

5-34. Steps for processing award of Army service medals and service ribbons

The steps for processing award of Army service medals and service ribbons are in table 5-3 .

Table 5-3. Steps for processing award of Army service medals and service ribbons
Step Who Required action
1 HQDA Announces approval of and criteria for award of a service medal or ribbon.
2 ACOM/personnel office Further provides the criteria to commanders of affected units along with computer-generated alphabetical rosters of potentially eligible Soldiers.
3 Personnel office Breaks down rosters by unit and dispatches to unit commander.
4 Unit Commander annotates personnel eligible, makes deletions, and returns roster to personnel office.
5 Personnel office Consolidates rosters and forwards to servicing personnel office.
6 Personnel office Acknowledges personnel eligible and expeditiously informs commanders to notify Soldiers of the approved service medal or ribbon.
7 BN/unit Conducts ceremonies, as appropriate.
8 Personnel office Submits eMILPO transaction, annotates ERB or DA Form 2-1 and posts to local personnel files per AR 600-8-104 .

5-35. Steps for processing award of the Armed Forces Reserve Medal

The steps for processing award of the AFRM are in table 5-4 .

Table 5-4. Steps for processing award of the Armed Forces Reserve Medal
Step Who Required action
1 Soldier Becomes eligible for consideration of the AFRM.
2 Personnel office Generates a monthly personnel actions suspense roster (AAC-C20), which contains names of Soldiers who are eligible for consideration during the next 60 days.
3 Personnel office Prepares memorandum; attaches two copies of the AAC-C20 roster and forwards to all BN personnel offices for unit commanders' approval or disapproval.
4 BN personnel office Receives the AAC-C20 roster with names of eligible Soldiers.
Verifies that all Soldiers on the AAC-C20 roster are currently in the unit. Advises personnel office of any problems with the AAC-C20 roster.
Sorts the AAC-C20 roster by company within the BN and forwards AAC-C20 rosters to respective commanders for review and approval or disapproval.
5 Company commander Reviews the AAC-C20 for eligible personnel in the company and annotates AAC-C20 roster "YES" for approval and "NO" for disapproval.
Returns annotated AAC-C20 roster to BN personnel office.
If Soldier is disqualified, the company commander will notify Soldier with reasons for disapproval and action will be processed per AR 600-37 , if applicable. A copy of all disapproved AFRM actions will be sent to BN personnel office.
6 Unit personnel office Upon receipt of approved annotated AAC-C20 rosters, prepares memorandum to Soldier awarding the AFRM.
Sends memorandum and AFRM elements to company commander for presentation to the Soldier.
Forwards copies of approved memoranda and annotated AAC-C20 rosters to personnel office.

Chapter 6
Appurtenances, Lapel Buttons, and Miniature Decorations

Section I
Overview

6-1. Intent

a. Appurtenances are devices affixed to service or suspension ribbons or worn instead of medals or ribbons. They are worn to denote additional awards, participation in a specific event, or other distinguished characteristics of the award. The MOH flag is categorized as an appurtenance of the MOH.

b. Commanders authorized to approve the various decorations, service medals, service ribbons, and lapel buttons will likewise requisition (see para 1-45 ) and provide the applicable accoutrements described in this chapter to personnel who are so recognized.

c. The issue, reissue, and replacement of these devices will be governed by the same provisions that apply to the issue, reissue, and replacement of the basic decoration (see para 1-47 ).

6-2. Service ribbons

a. Service ribbons are identical to the suspension ribbon of the medals they represent, mounted on bars equipped with attaching devices, and are issued for wear in place of medals.

b. The MOH is the only decoration authorized a neck ribbon. The service ribbon for the MOH is the same color as the neckband, showing five stars in the form of an "M". (See AR 670-1 for wear of service ribbons.)

Section II
Service Ribbon Accouterments

6-3. Oak leaf clusters

A bronze or silver twig of four oak leaves with three acorns on the stem, 13/32-inch long for the suspension ribbon, and 5/16-inch long for the service ribbon bar and the unit award emblem is issued to denote award of second and succeeding awards of decorations (other than the AM), the ARCAM, and unit awards. A silver oak leaf cluster is worn instead of five bronze oak leaf clusters. If the number of authorized oak leaf clusters exceeds four, a second ribbon is authorized for wear. When wearing the second ribbon, place it after the first ribbon; the second ribbon counts as one award. Wear no more than four oak leaf clusters on each ribbon. If the receipt of future awards reduces the number of oak leaf clusters sufficiently (that is, a silver oak leaf clusters for five awards), remove the second ribbon and place the appropriate number of devices on a single ribbon. Oak leaf clusters are not issued for the LM awarded in degrees to foreign nationals. Five-sixteenths inch oak leaf clusters joined together in series of 2, 3, and 4 clusters are authorized for optional purchase and wear on service ribbons, and unit award emblems.

6-4. Numerals

a. Arabic numerals 3/16 inch in height are issued instead of a medal or ribbon for second and succeeding awards of the AM, Multinational Force and Observers Medal, OSR, the NCOPDR, AFRM, and the ARCOTR. The ribbon denotes the first award and numerals starting with the numeral 2 denote the number of subsequent awards. The numeral worn on the NCOPDR will denote the highest completed level of NCO development (see para 5-6 ). The numerals are to be centered on the suspension ribbon of the medal or the ribbon bar.

b. See AR 670-1 for proper placement of numerals on service ribbons.

6-5. "V" device

The "V" device is a bronze block letter, V, 1/4-inch high with serifs at the top of either side of the V. It is worn to denote participation in acts of heroism involving conflict with an armed enemy. It was originally worn only on the suspension and service ribbons of the BSM to denote an award made for heroism (valor). Effective 29 February 1964, the "V" device was also authorized for wear on the AM and ARCOM for heroic acts or valorous deeds not warranting awards of the DFC or the BSM with "V" device. Effective 25 June 1963, the "V" device was authorized additionally for wear on the Joint Service Commendation Medal when the award is for acts of valor (heroism) during participation in combat operations. In the case of multiple "V" devices for the same award, only one "V" device is worn on the service ribbon.

6-6. "M" device

a. The "M" device is a bronze letter, M, 1/4-inch high with serifs at the bottom of either side of the M. It is authorized for wear on the AFRM by members of the RCs who are called to or who volunteer and serve on active duty in support of specific U.S. military operations or contingencies designated by the Secretary of Defense, as defined in 10 USC 101(a)(13). An AGR member who receives orders changing his or her current duty status (legal authority under which they perform duty), duty location, or assignment to support a contingency operation is also eligible for award of the "M" device (see para 5-8d ).

b. On or after 1 August 1990, Servicemembers who volunteered and served on active duty in support of specific U.S. military operations or contingencies as designated by the Under Secretary of Defense (Personnel and Readiness) are authorized the "M" device. Operations are listed in table 6-1 .

Table 6-1. U.S. military and/or contingency operations
Operation(s) Location
Operations DESERT SHIELD and DESERT STORM Persian Gulf
Operation RESTORE HOPE Somalia
Operation UPHOLD DEMOCRACY Haiti
OJE, OJG, and OJF Bosnia
Operations DESERT FOX, ONW, and OSW Persian Gulf
Operation ALLIED FORCE Kosovo
Global War on Terrorism Operation NOBLE EAGLE United States
Global War on Terrorism OEF Afghanistan
Global War on Terrorism OIF Iraq
Global War on Terrorism OND Iraq
Global War on Terrorism OFS Afghanistan
Global War on Terrorism OIR Various locations

Notes:
. If an operation is not officially named but it results in an involuntary call to active duty, the AFRM with "M" device is authorized.

c. When a Soldier qualifies for the "M" device, the bronze "M" will be awarded, positioned on the ribbon and medal, and a number will be included on the ribbon and medal.

d. Multiple periods of service during one designated contingency (for example, multiple deployments in support of any Global War on Terrorism operation(s) are only eligible for one "M" device) will count as one "M" device award.

6-7. Clasps

Clasps are authorized for wear on the AGCM, World War I Victory Medal, ADSM, Army of Occupation Medal, and Antarctica Service Medal. All clasps, except the AGCM clasp, are worn only on the suspension ribbon of the medal. The clasp is described as follows:

a. The AGCM clasp is a bar 1/8-inch by 1 3/8 inches, of bronze, silver, or gold, with loops indicative of each period of service. Paragraph 4-9 describes the clasps authorized for second and subsequent awards of the AGCM.

b. The World War I Victory Medal battle clasp is a bronze bar 1/8-inch by 1 1/2 inches with the name of the campaign or the words "Defensive Sector," and with a star at each end of the inscription. The campaigns are as follows:

(1) Cambrai.

(2) Somme, Defensive.

(3) Lys.

(4) Aisne.

(5) Montdidier-Noyon.

(6) Champagne-Marne.

(7) Aisne-Marne.

(8) Somme, Offensive.

(9) Oise-Aisne.

(10) Ypres-Lys.

(11) St. Mihiel.

(12) Meuse-Argonne.

(13) Vittorio-Veneto.

(14) Defensive Sector.

c. The World War I Victory Medal service clasp is a bronze bar 1/8-inch by 1 1/2 inches inscribed with the name of the country in which the service was performed. The service clasps authorized are as follows:

(1) England.

(2) France.

(3) Italy.

(4) Russia.

(5) Siberia.

d. The ADSM clasp is a bronze bar 1/8-inch by 1 1/2 inches with the words "Foreign Service" and with a star at each end of the inscription.

e. The Army of Occupation Medal clasp is a bronze bar 1/8-inch by 1 1/2 inches inscribed with the word "Germany" or "Japan", to denote occupation duty rendered in Europe and/or the Far East.

f. The Antarctica Service Medal is a clasp bearing the words "Wintered Over" for wear on the suspension ribbon of the medal awarded in bronze for the first winter, in gold for the second winter, and in silver for the third winter.

6-8. Service stars (campaign and/or battle stars)

a. Service stars are worn on campaign and service medals to denote participation in a named campaign (for example, SWASM) and on the service ribbons (for example the NDSM) to denote an additional award. A service star is a bronze or silver five-pointed star 3/16-inch in diameter. A silver service star is worn instead of five bronze service stars. The bronze service star is also affixed to the Parachutist Badge to denote participation in a combat parachutist jump, retroactive to 7 December 1941, and the Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge to denote participation in a combat military free-fall jump, retroactive to 1 October 1994. See paragraph 8-11 for criteria for award of the Parachutist Badge and paragraph 8-16 for the Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge (combat jump). See AR 670-1 for proper wear of the service stars.

b. Service stars are authorized for wear on the following campaign and service medals and/or ribbons:

(1) World War I Victory Medal.

(2) ADSM.

(3) American Campaign Medal.

(4) Asiatic-Pacific Campaign Medal.

(5) European-African-Middle Eastern Campaign Medal.

(6) POW Medal.

(7) NDSM.

(8) KSM.

(9) AFEM.

(10) VSM.

(11) SWASM.

(12) KCM.

(13) ACM.

(14) ICM.

(15) AFSM.

(16) HSM.

(17) MOVSM.

(18) ASDR.

6-9. Arrowhead

The arrowhead is a bronze replica of an Indian arrowhead 1/4-inch high. It denotes participation in a combat parachute jump, helicopter assault landing, combat glider landing, or amphibious assault landing, while assigned or attached as a member of an organized force carrying out an assigned tactical mission. A Soldier must actually exit the aircraft or watercraft, as appropriate, to receive assault-landing credit. Individual assault-landing credit is tied directly to the combat assault-landing credit decision (see para 7-24 ) for the unit to which the Soldier is attached or assigned at the time of the assault. If a unit is denied assault-landing credit, no assault-landing credit will accrue for the individual Soldiers of that unit. It is worn on the service and suspension ribbons of the Asiatic-Pacific Campaign Medal, European-African-Middle Eastern Campaign Medal, KSM, VSM, AFEM, GTOWEM, ACM, and the ICM. Only one arrowhead will be worn on any ribbon.

6-10. Ten-Year device

The 10-year device is authorized for wear on the AFRM to denote each 10-year period as follows:

a. A bronze hourglass will be awarded upon completion of the first 10-year period award.

b. A silver hourglass will be awarded upon completion of the second 10-year period award, denoting 20 years of Reserve service.

c. A gold hourglass will be awarded upon completion of the third 10-year period award, denoting 30 years of Reserve service.

d. A gold hourglass, followed by a bronze hourglass will be awarded upon completion of the fourth 10-year period award, denoting 40 years of Reserve service.

e. Additional guidance on the AFRM is located in paragraph 5-8 .

6-11. Berlin Airlift device

The Berlin Airlift device is a gold-colored metal miniature of a C-54 type aircraft of 3/8-inch wingspan, other dimensions proportionate. It is worn on the service and suspension ribbons of the Army of Occupation Medal (see para 5-11 ).

6-12. Army Astronaut device

The Army Astronaut device is a gold-colored device, 7/16 inches in length, consisting of a star emitting three contrails encircled by an elliptical orbit. It is awarded by the CSA to personnel who complete a minimum of one operational mission in space (50 miles above earth) and is affixed to the appropriate Army Aviator Badge, Flight Surgeon Badge, or Aviation Badge awarded to the astronaut. Individuals who have not been awarded one of the badges listed above but who meet the other astronaut criteria will be awarded the Basic Aviation Badge with Army Astronaut device.

6-13. Gold star device

The gold star device is worn on the ASDR to denote the tenth and final award of the ribbon, which is equivalent to 20 years of sea service. The gold star device is a shiny gold star 5/16-inch in diameter. Refer to paragraph 5-7 on the ASDR.

Section III
Lapel Buttons

6-14. Intent

Lapel buttons are miniature replicas of military decorations; service medals and ribbons; and identification badges. Lapel buttons are worn only on civilian clothing. The buttons will be worn on the left lapel of civilian clothing for male personnel and in a similar location for female personnel (see AR 670-1 for wear of lapel buttons).

6-15. Lapel buttons for military decorations

Lapel buttons for military decorations are issued in the following two forms:

a. A rosette, 1/2-inch in diameter, for the MOH.

b. A colored enamel replica (1/8-inch by 21/32-inch) for the service ribbon for other decorations.

6-16. Lapel buttons for badges

The only badges that have an approved lapel button are the identification badges listed below:

a. Presidential Service Badge.

b. Vice Presidential Service Badge.

c. Office of the Secretary of Defense Identification Badge.

d. Joint Chiefs of Staff Identification Badge.

e. Army Staff Identification Badge.

6-17. Lapel buttons for service

a. World War I Victory Button. A five-pointed star 5/8-inch in diameter on a wreath with the letters "U.S." in the center. For persons wounded in action, the lapel button is silver; for all others, the lapel button is bronze. Eligibility requirements are the same for the World War I Victory Medal.

b. Honorable Service Lapel Button (World War II Victory Medal). A button of gold-colored metal depicting an eagle perched within a ring composed of a chief and 13 vertical stripes. The button is 7/16-inch high and 5/8-inch wide. Eligibility requirements are honorable Federal military service between 8 September 1939 and 31 December 1946.

c. Lapel button for service prior to 8 September 1939. (Not issued or sold by DA) A button 7/16-inch high and 5/8-inch wide, of gold-colored metal that depicts an eagle perched within a ring which displays seven white and six red vertical stripes and a blue chief bearing the words "National Defense." It may be worn only by a person who served honorably before 8 September 1939 as an enlisted Soldier, warrant officer, nurse, contract surgeon, veterinarian, or commissioned officer, in the regular Army or a Citizen's Military Training Camp for 2 months, or in the National Guard, Enlisted Reserve Corps, or Senior Reserve Officers' Training Corps for 1 year, or in Junior Reserve Officers' Training Corps for 2 years.

d. Army Lapel Button. The Army Lapel Button is a gratuitous issue item made up of a gold-colored Minute Man on a red enamel disk surrounded by 16 pointed gold rays with an outside diameter of 9/16-inch.

(1) Eligibility requirements are as follows:

(a) Soldiers transitioning with an honorable characterization of service (those being transferred to another component for completion of a military service obligation, and those receiving an DD Form 256A (Honorable Discharge Certificate)).

(b) Nonadverse separation provision.

(c) Minimum 9 months continuous service (a break is 24 hours or more).

(d) Active Federal service on or after 1 April 1984; or, service in a Ready Reserve unit organized to serve as a unit (ARNG unit or USAR TPU) on or after 1 July 1986.

(e) Retroactive issuance is not authorized.

(f) No Soldier separating from the Service is to be awarded more than one Army Lapel Button.

(2) Issuance requirements are as follows:

(a) All eligible Soldiers will receive the Army Lapel Button.

(b) Awarded by unit commander or representative in the rank of captain or above.

(c) Awarded at troop formations or other suitable ceremonies.

(3) Orders will not be published.

(4) Eligible Soldiers who were not originally awarded the Army Lapel Button, or replacement of Army Lapel Button, should refer to paragraph 1-47 for additional guidance.

(5) Soldiers receiving adverse separations (see AR 635-200 ) will not receive an Army Lapel Button. Adverse separations include:

(a) Unsatisfactory performance.

(b) Entry-level status performance and conduct.

(c) Misconduct.

(d) Drug or alcohol abuse including rehabilitation failure.

(e) For the good of the service including retention not in the best interests of the United States.

(f) Security reasons.

(g) Concealment of arrest record.

(h) Void service.

(i) Fraudulent entry including conditions, which would have precluded an appointment.

(j) Court-martial.

(k) Involuntary relief as a result of a DA Active Duty Board.

(l) Moral or professional dereliction.

(m) Separation instead of elimination.

(n) Absent without leave from initial ADT.

(o) Soldiers not able to enter initial ADT.

(p) Illegal Alien not lawfully admitted to the United States.

(q) Secretarial separation for any adverse reasons.

e. U.S. Army Retired Lapel Button. Retired Army personnel who are in possession of DD Form 2S (RET) (U.S. Uniformed Services Identification Card) (Retired) are eligible to wear the Army Retired Lapel Button. Commanders will present the U.S. Army Retired Lapel Button to Army personnel at an appropriate ceremony before they retire. The button is a gold rectangle, consisting of a black background, displaying a black star surmounted by a white star; attached above and below the device a black rectangular scroll inscribed "RETIRED" above and "U.S. ARMY" below in gold. The dimensions are 1 inch in height and 3/4-inch in width.

f. Active Reserve Lapel Button. The Active Reserve Lapel Button is authorized for active membership in the Ready Reserve of the Army. It is made up of a Minute Man in gold color on a bronze color base and is 11/16-inch in length. The button is an optional purchase item, not issued or sold by DA. It is not worn on the uniform.

g. Lapel Button for Korean Augmentation to the United States Army. The Korean Augmentation to the United States Army (KATUSA) Lapel Button (KLB) was approved by the SECARMY on 22 March 1988 as a gratuitous issue item. The KLB is a round disk with an outside diameter of 9/16-inch that is comprised of a Korean Taeguk that consists of the characteristics from both the U.S. and Republic of Korea National Flags resting on a white background. The words "Honorable Service KATUSA" are situated on the border of the outer edge of the KLB.

(1) The following requirements must be met to be eligible for award of the KLB:

(a) Individual must have been a Republic of Korea Army Soldier who has been assigned as a KATUSA Soldier to a U.S. Army unit or activity for minimum of 9 months of continuous honorable active service on or after 22 March 1988.

(b) Must be separating from active duty with the Republic of Korea Army.

(c) Disqualifying characterization of service for the award of the KLB is identical with that used for the Army Lapel Button.

(2) Issuance requirements are as follows:

(a) The KLB will be awarded to all eligible KATUSA Soldiers.

(b) The U.S. Army unit commander will coordinate with the appropriate Republic of Korea staff officer and/or NCO to obtain Republic of Korea Army concurrence prior to presentation of the KLB.

(c) Presentation will normally be made by the U.S. Army unit commander to which last assigned prior to separation from active service or by a designated U.S. Army commissioned officer representative during a troop formation or other appropriate ceremony.

(3) Orders will not be published to confirm award of the KLB.

6-18. Gold Star Lapel Button

The Gold Star Lapel Button was established by Act of Congress ( PL 80-306 ) 1 August 1947, in order to provide an appropriate identification for widows, widowers, parents, and next of kin of Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the U.S. who lost their lives during World War I, 6 April 1917 to 3 March 1921; World War II, 8 September 1939 to 25 July 1947; any subsequent period of armed hostilities in which the United States was engaged before 1 July 1958 (including UN action in Korea, 27 June 50 to 27 July 54); or who lost their lives after 30 June 1958, while engaged in an action against an enemy of the United States; or while engaged in military operations involving conflict with an opposing foreign force; or while serving with friendly foreign forces engaged in an armed conflict in which the United States is not a belligerent party against an opposing armed force; or who lost or lose their lives after 28 March 1973, as a result of an international terrorist attack against the United States or a foreign nation friendly to the United States, recognized as such an attack by the Secretary of Defense; or while serving in a military operation while serving outside the United States (including the commonwealths, territories, and possessions of the United States) as part of a peacekeeping force.

a. The Gold Star Lapel Button consists of a gold star on a purple circular background, bordered in gold and surrounded by gold laurel leaves. On the reverse is the inscription "United States of America, Act of Congress, August 1966." Gold Star Lapel Buttons inscribed August 1947 may be issued until present inventories are exhausted.

b. One Gold Star Lapel Button will be furnished without cost to the widow or widower, to each of the parents, each child, stepchild, child through adoption, brother, half-brother, sister, and half-sister of a Servicemember of the Armed Forces who lost his or her life while in active military service during the periods indicated above. The term "widow or widower" includes those who have since remarried, and the term "parents" includes mother, father, stepmother, stepfather, mother through adoption, father through adoption, and foster parents who stood in loco parentis. Request for replacement of the Gold Star Lapel Button (lost, destroyed, or unserviceable) will be submitted on DD Form 3 (Application for Gold Star Lapel Button) to National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002.

c. Each casualty area commander and overseas commanders in the rank of MG/O-8 and above will stock Gold Star Lapel Buttons and ensure that casualty assistance officers are provided them for issuance to eligible primary next of kin. Normally, delivery should not be made before the first visit to the primary next of kin following interment or inurnment.

6-19. Lapel Button for Primary Next of Kin of Deceased Personnel

The Lapel Button, Next of Kin of Deceased Personnel is provided to widows and widowers, parents, and primary next of kin of armed Servicemembers who lost their lives while serving on active duty or while assigned in USAR or ARNG units in a drill status.

a. The button consists of a gold star within a circle (commemorating honorable service) surrounded by sprigs of oak (referring to the Army, USMC, USN, USAF, and USCG).

b. One lapel button will be furnished without cost to the widow or widower, to each of the parents, each child, stepchild, child through adoption, brother, half-brother, sister, and half-sister of a Servicemember of the Armed Forces who lost his or her life while on active duty. The term "widow or widower" includes those who have since remarried, and the term "parents" includes mother, father, stepmother, stepfather, mother through adoption, father through adoption, and foster parents who stood in loco parentis.

c. Casualty area commands will stock the button and ensure that survivor assistance officers issue them to eligible next of kin. The Lapel Button, Next of Kin of Deceased Personnel is authorized for issue retroactive to 29 March 1973. The next of kin of Soldiers who died since that date may request issue of the button by writing to National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002. Furnish the name, grade, social security number, and date of death of the deceased Soldier. The names and relationships of the next of kin must also be provided.

6-20. Army Superior Unit Award Lapel Pin

The ASUA Lapel Pin is authorized for issue and wear by DA civilians in the employ of a unit awarded the ASUA. The lapel pin is also authorized for optional purchase and wear on civilian clothing by qualified military personnel. Permanent and temporary wear of this lapel pin is governed by AR 670-1 . Refer to paragraph 7-16 for additional information on the ASUA.

Section IV
Miniature Medals

6-21. Miniature decorations

Miniature replicas of all medals except the MOH and the LM in the Degrees of Chief Commander and Commander are authorized for wear on certain uniforms instead of the issued medals. Miniatures of decorations are issued only to foreign nationals and with the award of the DSM to U.S. personnel.

6-22. Miniature badges

Replicas of combat and special skill badges in miniature size are authorized for wear on certain uniforms instead of the full-size badges (see AR 670-1 ).

Section V
Medal of Honor Flag

6-23. Medal of Honor flag description and symbolism

a. Description. A light blue flag with gold fringe bearing thirteen white stars in a configuration as on the Medal of Honor ribbon.

b. Symbolism. The flag commemorates the sacrifice and blood shed for our freedoms and gives emphasis to the Medal of Honor being the highest award for valor by an individual serving in the Armed Forces of the United States.

6-24. Medal of Honor flag requirements

Eligibility requirements for the MOH flag:

a. The MOH flag is authorized by 36 USC 903. Presentation of the MOH flag is authorized by 10 USC 3755, 6257, and 8755 and 14 USC 505 to each Servicemember of the U.S. Armed Forces to whom a MOH is awarded after 23 October 2002.

b. Section 8143 of PL 107-248 authorizes presentation of the MOH flag to living recipients, regardless of the date they were awarded the MOH.

c. Section 555 of PL 109-364 expanded eligibility for the MOH flag, upon written application, to the primary next of kin of deceased MOH recipients who did not previously receive a MOH flag.

Chapter 7
United States Unit Awards

Section I
Overview

7-1. Intent

Awards are made to organizations when the heroism displayed or meritorious service performed is a result of group effort. The following unit awards are authorized as recognition of certain types of service, usually during war, as a means of promoting esprit de corps:

a. Unit decorations.

b. Campaign participation credit and campaign streamer.

c. War service credit.

(1) War service streamer.

(2) Smaller streamer (guidon).

d. Infantry and medical streamers.

7-2. Announcement of unit awards

a. All unit awards approved at HQDA will be announced and confirmed in DAGOs.

b. During wartime, commanders authorized to approve unit awards will announce awards in POs of their headquarters and forward a copy (electronic preferred) of each order to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. A copy (electronic preferred) of the POs will be sent to the U.S. Army Center of Military History (AAMH-FPO), 103 Third Avenue, Fort McNair, DC 20319-5058. POs published to announce the award of a unit decoration will contain the citation of the award, official designation of the unit or units, and inclusive dates. These awards will be confirmed in DAGOs.

c. Commanders must ensure that unit awards that are submitted by the parent organization are coordinated with subordinate elements to ensure that subordinate units will not submit duplicate recommendations for unit awards.

d. An approved unit award is for the designated unit and is authorized to members of that unit who participated in the cited action. Personnel who did not participate in the designated action, but who are assigned to the cited unit, are authorized temporary wear of the unit award. Additional information on wearing unit award emblems is contained in AR 670-1 .

7-3. Confirmation in a Department of the Army General Orders

All unit awards approved by authorized commanders and foreign governments, unit awards from the other Services, and all campaign participation credits announced by authorized commanders, will be confirmed in DAGOs.

7-4. Presentation of awards

Unit awards will be presented at an appropriate formal ceremony at the earliest practicable date after the award is announced and the streamer has been issued (when applicable).

Section II
Policy

7-5. Records

Appropriate documents concerning unit awards will be placed in the unit's organizational history file. (Refer to AR 870-5 .)

7-6. Restrictions

Not more than one unit decoration will be awarded for the same act of heroism or the same period of meritorious service, and recognized periods of valorous and meritorious service must not overlap. Units may submit additional recommendations for unit awards resulting from a single deployment as long as the dates do not conflict with those for previously approved (or pending) unit awards and the actions were not concurrent.

7-7. Unit award emblems

a. An individual unit award emblem is authorized for wear on the uniform for the PUC, Joint Meritorious Unit Award, VUA, MUC (Army), Air Force Outstanding Unit Award, Air Force Organizational Excellence Award and ASUA. AR 670-1 contains information on the temporary and permanent wear of U.S. and foreign unit awards.

b. Appurtenances for wear on unit award emblems are outlined below.

(1) Oak leaf cluster. An oak leaf cluster is authorized for wear for each additional award of the PUC (Army), Joint Meritorious Unit Award, VUA, MUC (Army), Air Force Outstanding Unit Award, Air Force Organizational Excellence Award, and the ASUA.

(2) A bronze or silver five-pointed star. A bronze or silver five-pointed star 3/16-inch in diameter is worn to denote second and succeeding awards of the PUC (Navy) and Navy Unit Commendation. The silver five-pointed star is worn instead of five bronze stars.

7-8. Unit citation and campaign participation credit register

a. DA Pam 672-1 contains the following types of information concerning all affected units for service during World War II and the Korean War:

(1) Campaign participation credits.

(2) Assault-landing credits.

(3) Distinguished Unit Citation (redesignated as PUC (Army) in 1966).

(4) PUCs.

(5) MUCs.

(6) Foreign unit decorations.

(7) USAF outstanding unit citations.

(8) Army of Occupation credits.

(9) Berlin Airlift credit.

b. Similar information for the Vietnam Conflict through September 1987 is contained in DA Pam 672-3. For periods after September 1987, see the HRC, ADB Web site at https://www.hrc.army.mil/site/active/TAGD/awards/index.htm .

c. Unit commanders and military records custodians are encouraged to use DA Pam 672-3 in conjunction with personnel records to determine and confirm entitlement of individual Servicemembers to wear the insignia pertinent to each type of unit recognition. All verified entitlements will be entered into the AMHRR of individuals concerned per AR 600-8-104 .

7-9. Unit decorations for U.S. Army advisory personnel

A U.S. Army advisor to a foreign unit is authorized to wear U.S. decorations awarded to the foreign unit, as long as the advisor was present and assigned to that unit during the cited action or service.

7-10. Supply of unit award emblems, streamers, and other devices

a. Streamers will be supplied upon approval of requisitions submitted to Commander, U.S. Army Tank-Automotive and Armaments Command, Clothing and Heraldry Product Support Integration Directorate, Post Office Box 57997, Philadelphia, PA 19111-7997. Unit decorations, campaign streamers, and war Service streamers will be issued by the Commander, U.S. Army Tank-Automotive and Armaments Command, Product Support Integration Directorate, Philadelphia, upon verification of entitlement by the Force Structure and Unit History Branch (AAMH-FPO), U.S. Army Center of Military History (CMH). To obtain verification of entitlement, requisitions submitted for these items must show the specific designation of the requiring unit and the appropriate inscription (that is, name of the campaign, war) if applicable.

b. See AR 725-50 and AR 840-10 for additional information on supply and requisition of streamers.

7-11. Issue to primary next of kin

When it is determined by HRC, ADB (AHRC-PDP-A) or the NPRC, an issue of unit decoration emblems may be made posthumously to the primary next of kin as indicated by official military records. The following order of precedence will govern: surviving spouse; eldest surviving child (natural or adoptive); father or mother, unless legal exclusive (sole) custody was granted to a person by reason of a court decree or statutory provision; blood or adoptive relative who was granted legal custody of the person by a court decree or statutory provision; eldest surviving brother or sister; eldest surviving grandparent; or eldest surviving grandchild. Duplicate issue will not be made to a primary next of kin when the records indicate previous issue was made to the living Servicemember or previous primary next of kin.

Section III
U.S. Unit Decorations

7-12. Description

a. The following U.S. unit decorations, in order of precedence, have been established to recognize outstanding heroism or exceptionally meritorious conduct in the performance of outstanding services:

(1) PUC (Army and Air Force).

(2) PUC (Navy and Marine Corps).

(3) PUC (Coast Guard).

(4) Joint Meritorious Unit Award.

(5) VUA.

(6) Navy Unit Commendation.

(7) Air Force Gallant Unit Citation.

(8) Coast Guard Unit Commendation.

(9) MUC (Army).

(10) MUC (Navy).

(11) Air Force Meritorious Unit Award.

(12) Coast Guard MUC.

(13) ASUA.

(14) Air Force Outstanding Unit Award.

(15) Coast Guard Meritorious Team Commendations.

(16) Navy "E" Ribbon.

(17) Air Force Organization Excellence Award.

(18) Coast Guard "E" Ribbon.

(19) Citation in Orders-Unit Recognition.

b. Refer to AR 670-1 for wear instructions for the PUC (Navy), PUC (Air Force), Joint Meritorious Unit Award, Navy Unit Commendation, Air Force Outstanding Unit Award, Coast Guard Unit Commendation, MUC (Air Force), MUC (Navy), Navy "E" Ribbon, Air Force Organizational Excellence Award, Coast Guard MUC and Coast Guard Meritorious Team Commendation.

7-13. Presidential Unit Citation (Army)

a. The Distinguished Unit Citation is the predecessor of the PUC (Army). On 3 November 1966, the Distinguished Unit Citation was redesignated the PUC (Army). The PUC is awarded to units of the Armed Forces of the United States and cobelligerent nations for extraordinary heroism in action against an armed enemy occurring on or after 7 December 1941. The unit must display such gallantry, determination, and esprit de corps in accomplishing its mission under extremely difficult and hazardous conditions as to set it apart from and above other units participating in the same campaign. The degree of heroism required is the same as that which would warrant award of a DSC to an individual. Extended periods of combat duty or participation in a large number of operational missions, either ground or air, is not sufficient. This award will normally be earned by units that have participated in single or successive actions covering relatively brief time spans. It is not reasonable to presume that entire units can sustain DSC performance for extended periods except under the most unusual circumstances and a written justification for an exception must be provided for recognition of any length over 30 days. Only on a rare occasions will a unit larger than a BN qualify for award of this decoration. Units larger than a BN must submit a memorandum of justification for the recommendation through the HRC, ADB (AHRC-PDP-A) to the SECARMY.

b. Recommendations for award of the PUC to Army units will be submitted on a DA Form 7594 (Unit Award Recommendation) and processed through normal military command channels to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. Recommendations will be initiated by a senior headquarters for the unit recommended for the award. Each recommendation will be submitted as promptly as practicable, supported by the following data:

(1) Operational orders and reports.

(2) Maps showing the terrain and the dispositions and actions of the opposing forces.

(3) Casualties sustained on both sides.

(4) A list of all units assigned and attached, actually present and participating in the action, and the inclusive dates of the period of service for each unit.

(5) The complete official unit designation and unit identification code (UIC) must be included for each unit. Include designations and derivative UICs for subordinate elements of parent units and for all elements comprising the task force organization. When less than the entire unit is involved, but more than 65 percent of the modified table of organization and equipment (MTOE) strength, it should be indicated by a minus sign (-) next to the unit designation. When the percentage involved is less than 65 percent of a unit's MTOE strength, the unit should be listed as a detachment of the parent unit.

(6) A statement from the commander certifying that more than 65 percent of each unit's MTOE strength participated in the action. If less than 65 percent participated, a detachment of the unit may be cited.

(7) Any other pertinent material.

(8) A proposed citation, naming all participating units, and the specific date and geographic location (map feature, town, province name, and so forth) of the action.

c. Each recommendation for the PUC unit award must be formally entered into official channels within 2 years from the date of the heroism or services performed. Recommendations made after the 3-year window will be submitted in accordance with the 10 USC 1130 process. Refer to paragraph 1-14 and appendix F .

(1) Recommendations for award of a unit decoration to a unit of the Armed Forces of the United States or a cobelligerent nation serving in a joint command will be submitted through command channels to the commander or military department having authority to make the award. When a recommendation covers more than one military Service, all or a portion of which were performed while the unit was operating under a joint commander; comments or a recommendation concerning the valorous actions of that unit will be obtained from the joint commander concerned.

(2) Intermediate level commanders will recommend approval or disapproval for each recommendation and forward it to the next higher headquarters. If disapproval is recommended, the reasons for disapproval will be cited.

d. The SECARMY, on behalf of the President of the United States, is the final approval authority for the PUC.

e. Recommendations for award of the PUC to a unit of another military Service permanently or temporarily assigned to the Army may be approved with written concurrence of that Service. The award must be approved prior to obtaining concurrence.

f. The award elements for the PUC (Army) are as follows: PUC Streamer (Army); Presidential Unit Emblem (Army); certificate and citation; and DAGO.

7-14. Valorous Unit Award

a. The VUA may be awarded to units of the Armed Forces of the United States and cobelligerent nations for extraordinary heroism in action against an armed enemy of the United States while engaged in military operations involving conflict with an opposing foreign force or while serving with friendly foreign forces engaged in an armed conflict against an opposing armed force in which the United States is not a belligerent party for actions occurring on or after 3 August 1963.

b. The VUA requires a lesser degree of gallantry, determination, and esprit de corps than that required for the PUC. Nevertheless, the unit must have performed with marked distinction under difficult and hazardous conditions in accomplishing its mission to set it apart from and above other units participating in the same conflict. The degree of heroism required is the same as that which would warrant award of the SS to an individual. Extended periods of combat duty or participation in a large number of operational missions, either ground or air, is not sufficient.

c. This award will normally be earned by units that have participated in single or successive actions covering relatively brief time spans, not to exceed 6 months (a month is considered 30 calendar days). It is not reasonable to presume that entire units can sustain SS performance for extended periods except under the most unusual circumstances. Only on a rare occasion will a unit larger than a BN qualify for award of this decoration. Units larger than a BN must attach a memorandum of justification for the recommendation through the HRC, ADB (AHRC-PDP-A) to the DCS, G-1.

d. Recommendations for award of the VUA to Army units will be submitted on a DA Form 7594 and processed through normal military command channels to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. Recommendations will be initiated by a senior parent headquarters to the unit recommended for the award. Each recommendation will be submitted as promptly as practicable, supported by the following data:

(1) Operational orders and reports.

(2) Maps showing the terrain and the dispositions and actions of the opposing forces.

(3) Casualties sustained on both sides.

(4) A list of all units assigned and attached, actually present and participating in the action, and the inclusive dates of the period of service for each unit.

(5) A statement from the commander certifying that more than 65 percent of each unit's MTOE strength participated in the action. If less than 65 percent participated, a detachment of the unit may be cited.

(6) The complete official unit designation and UIC must be included for each unit. Include designations and derivative UICs for subordinate elements of parent units and for all elements comprising the task force organization. When less than the entire unit is involved, but more than 65 percent of the MTOE strength, it should be indicated by a minus sign (-) next to the unit designation. When the percentage involved is less than 65 percent of a unit's MTOE strength, the unit should be listed as a detachment of the parent unit.

(7) Any other pertinent material.

(8) A proposed citation, naming all participating units, and the specific date and geographic location (map feature, town, province name) of the action.

e. Each recommendation for the VUA must be formally entered into official channels within 2 years from the date of the heroism or services performed. Recommendations made after the 3-year window will be submitted in accordance with the 10 USC 1130 process. (Refer to para 1-14 and app F .)

f. Recommendations for award of a unit decoration to a unit of the Armed Forces of the United States or a cobelligerent nation serving in a joint command will be submitted through command channels to the commander or military department having authority to make the award. When a recommendation covers more than one military Service, all or a portion of which were performed while the unit was operating under a joint commander; comments or a recommendation concerning the valorous actions of that unit will be obtained from the joint commander concerned.

g. Intermediate level commanders will recommend approval or disapproval for each recommendation and forward it to the next higher headquarters. If disapproval is recommended, the reasons for disapproval will be cited.

h. Recommendations for award of the VUA to a unit of another military Service permanently or temporarily assigned to the Army may be approved with written concurrence of that Service. The award must be approved prior to obtaining concurrence.

i. The DCS, G-1 is approval authority for the VUA. The exception to this is commanders that are delegated wartime awards approval authority by the SECARMY or his or her designee in writing. For all VUAs approved in theater, authorized commanders will provide a copy of the approved POs to HRC, ADB (AHRC-PDP-A). Refer to table 7-1 on initial coordinating and processing of the VUA.

j. Recommendations to downgrade the VUA to a MUC will not be approved.

k. The award elements for the VUA are as follows: VUA Streamer; VUA Emblem; certificate and citation; and DAGO.

7-15. Meritorious Unit Commendation (Army)

a. The MUC (Army) (previously called the Meritorious Service Unit Plaque) is awarded to units for exceptionally meritorious conduct in the performance of outstanding services for at least 6 continuous months during the period of military operations against an armed enemy occurring on or after 1 January 1944. Service in a combat zone is not required, but must be directly related to the combat effort. Units based in CONUS are excluded from this award, as are other units outside the area of operation. The unit must display such outstanding devotion and superior performance of exceptionally difficult tasks as to set it apart and above other units with similar missions. The degree of achievement required is the same as that which would warrant award of the LM to an individual. Recommendations for units larger than a brigade will not be submitted. For services performed during World War II, awards will be made only to service units and only for services performed between 1 January 1944 and 15 September 1946.

b. Effective 1 March 1961, the MUC was authorized for units and/or detachments of the Armed Forces of the United States for exceptionally meritorious conduct in performance of outstanding services for at least 6 continuous months in support of military operations. Service(s), as used in this paragraph, is interpreted to relate to combat service support type activities and not to the type of activities performed by senior headquarters, combat, or combat support units.

c. Effective 11 September 2001, the MUC is authorized for units and/or detachments of the Armed Forces of the United States for exceptionally meritorious performance for at least 6 continuous months (a month is considered 30 calendar days) during military operations against an armed enemy without regard to type of duties performed or the type of unit performing the duties.

d. Recommendations for award of the MUC to Army units will be submitted on a DA Form 7594 and processed through normal military command channels to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. Recommendations will be initiated by a senior parent headquarters to the unit recommended for the award. Each recommendation will be submitted as promptly as practicable, supported by the following data:

(1) List of tasks performed during the period.

(2) Record of absence without leave.

(3) Convictions by court-martial.

(4) Punishments under Article 15, UCMJ.

(5) A statement from the commander certifying that more than 65 percent of each unit's MTOE strength participated. If less than 65 percent participated, a detachment of the unit may be cited.

(6) A list of all units assigned and attached actually present and the inclusive dates of the period of service for each unit. Inclusive dates do not need to cover the entire deployment period.

(7) The complete official unit designation and UIC must be included for each unit. Include designations and derivative UICs for subordinate elements of parent units and for all elements comprising the task force organization. When less than the entire unit is involved, but more than 65 percent of the MTOE strength, it should be indicated by a minus sign (-) next to the unit designation. When the percentage involved is less than 65 percent of a unit's MTOE strength, the unit should be listed as a detachment of the parent unit.

(8) Any other pertinent information.

(9) A proposed citation, naming all participating units, and the specific date and geographic location (map feature, town, province name, and so forth) of the service being recognized.

e. Each recommendation for the MUC (Army) must be formally entered into official channels within 2 years from the date of the services performed. Recommendations made after the 3-year window will be submitted in accordance with the 10 USC 1130 process. Refer to paragraph 1-14 and appendix F .

f. Recommendations for award of the MUC (Army) to a unit of the Armed Forces of the United States or a cobelligerent nation serving in a joint command will be submitted through command channels to the commander or military department having authority to make the award. When a recommendation covers actions, all or a portion of which were performed while the unit was operating under a joint commander; comments or recommendation concerning the meritorious performance of that unit will be obtained from the joint commander concerned.

g. Intermediate level commanders will recommend approval or disapproval for each recommendation and forward it to the next higher headquarters. If disapproval is recommended, the reasons for disapproval will be cited.

h. Recommendations for award of the MUC (Army) to a unit of another military Service permanently or temporarily assigned to the Army may be approved with written concurrence of that Service. The award must be approved prior to obtaining concurrence.

i. The DCS, G-1 is approval authority for the MUC. The exception to this is commanders that are delegated wartime awards approval authority by the SECARMY or his or her designee, in writing. For all MUCs approved in theater, authorized commanders will provide a copy of the approved POs to HRC, ADB (AHRC-PDP-A). Refer to table 7-1 on initial coordinating and processing of the MUC.

j. The award elements for the MUC are as follows: MUC Streamer; MUC Emblem; certificate and citation; and DAGOs.

Table 7-1. Steps for processing the Valorous Unit Award and Meritorious Unit Commendation for Secretary of the Army delegated commanders
Step Who Required action
1 Commander (SECARMY delegated) Coordinates proposed POs with HRC prior to approval.
2 HRC (AHRC-PDP-A) Verifies and coordinates with the CMH (AAMH-FPO).
3 CMH Validates proposed POs based on information provided from the recommender (official designation, honors, and so forth). Replies to HRC with approval or necessary changes.
4 HRC (AHRC-PDP-A) Notifies SECARMY delegated commanders on CMH's decision or necessary changes for proposed theater POs.
5 Commander (SECARMY delegated) Approves PO for VUA and/or MUC and furnishes copy to HRC for the publication of DAGO.
6 HRC (AHRC-PDP-A) Processes DAGOs.

7-16. Army Superior Unit Award

a. The ASUA was established by the SECARMY on 8 April 1985 ( DAGO 1990-15 ) to recognize outstanding meritorious performance by a unit during peacetime of a difficult and challenging mission under extraordinary circumstances. Circumstances may be deemed to be extraordinary when they do not represent the typical day-to-day circumstances under which the unit normally performs, or may reasonably be expected to perform, its peacetime mission. The following additional criteria also applies:

(1) The unit must display such outstanding devotion and superior performance of exceptionally difficult tasks as to set the unit apart from and above other units with similar missions. For the purpose of this award, peacetime is defined as any period during which wartime or combat awards are not authorized in the geographical area in which the mission was executed. The ASUA may be awarded to units that distinguish themselves while conducting humanitarian missions for a minimum of 30 days and a maximum of 2 years; however, the ASUA will not be awarded if the same act or period of service has already been recognized by another unit award.

(2) The award applies to both TOE units and table of distribution and allowances (TDA) organizations of BN size or equivalent. All TDA organizations may be considered for this award, even if comprised mostly of civilians. As an exception to policy, organizations larger than BN size or equivalent may also be submitted, but the submitting headquarters must take care to highlight the logic associated with the request to justify an exception to policy.

b. Recommendations for award of the ASUA to Army units will be submitted on a DA Form 7594 and processed through normal military command channels to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408, unless it was disapproved earlier by a general officer in the chain of command. Recommendations will be initiated by a senior parent headquarters to the unit recommended for the award. Each recommendation will be submitted as promptly as practicable, supported by the following data:

(1) Detailed unit mission statement.

(2) Narrative outlining the period and basis for the award.

(3) Record of absence without leave.

(4) Convictions by courts-martial.

(5) Punishments under Article 15, UCMJ.

(6) A statement from the commander certifying that more than 65 percent of each unit's MTOE strength participated in the effort being recognized. If less than 65 percent participated, a detachment of the unit may be cited.

(7) A list of all units assigned and attached and the inclusive dates of the period of service for each unit.

(8) The complete official unit designation and UIC must be included for each unit. Include designations and derivative UICs for subordinate elements of parent units and for all elements comprising task force organizations. When less than the entire unit is involved, but more than 65 percent of the MTOE strength, it should be indicated by a minus sign (-) next to the unit designation. When the percentage involved is less than 65 percent of a unit's MTOE strength, the unit should be listed as a detachment of the parent unit.

(9) A proposed citation, naming all participating units, and the specific date and location of the service being recognized.

c. Each recommendation must be formally entered into military channels within 2 years from the completion of the mission or services. Achievements or service for which this award is intended to recognize will not normally exceed 12 months in duration. Recommendations made after the 3-year window will be submitted in accordance with the 10 USC 1130 process. (Refer to para 1-14 and app F ).

d. Only BN and smaller or comparable units organized under TOE and similar type units organized under TDA are recommended for and are eligible to receive the ASUA. Under most circumstances, headquarters type units would not be eligible for the award. Award to units larger than BN size would be infrequent.

e. Any general officer in the chain of command may disapprove an ASUA recommendation.

f. The DCS, G-1 is the approval authority for the ASUA.

g. The award elements for the ASUA are as follows: ASUA Emblem; certificate and citation; streamer; and DAGO.

h. The ASUA Lapel Pin is authorized for issue and wear by DA civilians in the employ of the decorated unit. Those individuals employed with the unit during the cited period may wear the lapel pin permanently. Those currently employed with a decorated unit, but who were not employed during the cited period, may wear the lapel pin on a temporary basis as long as they remain employed by the unit. The lapel pin is also authorized for optional purchase and wear on civilian clothing by qualified military personnel. Permanent and temporary wear is governed by the provisions of AR 670-1 .

7-17. Rules for processing DA Form 7594

a. DA Form 7594 will be used to initiate, process, and approve unit award recommendations.

b. HRC, ADB is the only authorized issuer of permanent unit award orders as part of DA Form 7594, unless this authority has been delegated by the SECARMY or his or her designee, in writing. Approved unit awards will also be confirmed in DAGOs at a later date. Records custodians may use the POs as authorization to update individual records.

c. Each headquarters will have procedures established to ensure that every recommendation is processed with minimum delay. Recommendations for unit awards should be sent to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408, and arrive no later than 120 to 180 days prior to the desired presentation date. Processing times may vary depending on current operations. Recommendation packets, to include DA Form 7594, may not be more than 25 pages.

d. Classified unit award recommendation packets will be prepared, processed, and protected according to AR 380-5 . The fourth and fifth page of the DA Form 7594 must be unclassified. Proposed and approved citations will be prepared to contain no classified information.

e. Recommendations submitted to HRC, ADB will be submitted with the original and a copy of all supporting documents.

f. Premature disclosure of information to the public, or to the unit being recommended for an award, is a potential source of embarrassment to recommending officials and should be strongly discouraged. Prior disclosure of approved unit awards should also be discouraged since it would diminish the impact of ceremonies when the award is ultimately presented. Once unit award recommendation is received, HRC, ADB will acknowledge receipt of the recommendation only.

g. Recommendations will be forwarded through command channels to HRC, ADB unless otherwise delegated in accordance with table 3-4 (except for the ASUA). Each intermediate commander will recommend approval or disapproval, and cite specific reasons whenever disapproval is recommended. In accordance with paragraph 7-16 , any general officer in the chain of command may disapprove an ASUA recommendation.

h. Narrative description for unit awards will be submitted in accordance with applicable recommended unit award paragraphs. The narrative may be submitted in 10, 11, or 12 pitch font on space provided on DA Form 7594 . If additional pages are required, continuation pages may be submitted on an 8 1/2 by 11-inch bond paper enclosed as an addendum to the form. Citations for unit awards must be meaningful, specific, and limited to 25 lines.

i. Steps for preparing and processing unit awards using the DA Form 7594 are outlined in table 7-2 .

Table 7-2. Steps for preparing and processing awards using the DA Form 7594
Step Who Required action
1 Unit Performs outstanding heroism or exceptionally meritorious conduct in the performance of outstanding services.
2 Recommender Completes blocks 1 through 20 of DA Form 7594 .
3 Recommender Enters the recommending command's complete address in block 1.
4 Recommender Enters recommending command's point of contact name and AKO email address in block 3.
5 Recommender Enters unit's defense switched network (DSN) and commercial telephone number in block 4.
6 Recommender Enters the official designation(s) of the recommended unit(s) in block 5 (refer to AR 220-5 as guidance).
7 Recommender Enters the UIC of the recommended unit in block 6.
8 Recommender Checks "YES" or "NO" in block 7.
9 Recommender Checks "YES" or "NO" in block 8. If applicable, complete block 20.
10 Recommender Enters recommended award, to include oak leaf cluster, in block 9.
11 Recommender Enters the campaign or operation (if applicable) in block 10 (for example, Operation IRAQI FREEDOM).
12 Recommender Enters geographical location in block 11.
13 Recommender Enters the period covered by proposed award in blocks12a and b.
14 Recommender For each recommended unit in the task, lists in block 13 all recently approved and pending unit awards and the dates recognized (for example, ASUA (20021111-20031103); Pending: ASUA (20040704 - 20050712)). If no award(s), state "NO AWDS." (The date format is YYYYMMDD).
15 Recommender Completes blocks 14a, b, and c.
16 Recommender Enters the narrative description (refer to para 7-17 i ) in block 17. If additional pages are required, continues on 8 1/2 by 11-inch bond paper and is enclosed as an addendum to the form.
17 Recommender Enters the UCMJ statistics in blocks 18a, b, and c.
18 Commander/supervisor Enters the proposed citation (no more than 25 lines) in block 19.
19 Personnel office Lists all participating units being recommended for the award, along with period of service, UIC(s), and if 65 percent of unit's MTOE strength in block 20. Units not 65 percent will be listed as a detachment of parent unit.
20 Commander/ supervisor Completes block 15.
21 Intermediate
authority
For ASUA only, disapproval authority will complete block 16.
22 Award approval authority Unit award approval authority will completes block 16.

Section IV
Campaign Credit, Streamers, and Other Unit Award Devices

7-18. Establishing campaign participation credit

a. Army units will be deemed to have participated in combat if they actually engaged the enemy in combat, if they were deployed in a designated combat zone, or if they performed duties either in the air or on the ground in any part of the combat zone at any time during the designated period of the respective battle, campaign, or expedition.

b. During the period of military operations against an armed enemy and for 1 year thereafter, the theater commander (Army), upon approval of SECARMY delegation, is authorized to grant campaign participation credit for named, closed campaigns to units under their command. This authority may not be further delegated. The theater commander will coordinate with HRC, ADB in regards to processing procedures on proposed campaign participation credit POs to be issued in theater. After HRC, ADB review of proposed POs, final coordination will be completed and POs may be issued by the theater commander.

c. In the absence of an order by the senior Army theater commander, units may submit requests for campaign credit for named campaigns to the Commander, U.S Army Human Resources Command (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

d. For designated named operations for which the Joint Chiefs of Staff has approved award of the AFEM, the SECARMY may authorize campaign participation credit. The SAC in a theater of operations may recommend units that participated in a named operation to be authorized campaign participation credit by submitting a request to the Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. The recommendation will include a list of all participating Army organizations (including designations, UICs, and deployed periods of service). The following criteria will be used in determining whether an operation qualifies for a campaign participation credit:

(1) The Joint Chiefs of Staff must have authorized award of the AFEM for the operation in accordance with paragraph 2-12 .

(2) The operation cannot have been included in or covered by any other named campaign.

(3) The scope and mission of the operation must have constituted a significant combat operation that involved an issue of strategic international policy or represented a particular action or series of actions of historical significance to the Army and the Nation. Training, presence, or security assistance deployments, even if to potentially hostile areas, do not normally meet this intent.

(4) The operation required deployment of substantial Army forces (typically defined as consisting of at least a brigade or equivalent of combat forces, provided they did not consist solely of provisional organizations) for at least 30 consecutive days.

(5) Army forces must have been involved in substantial combat or operations against a hostile force involving a combination of combat and the imminent threat of hostile action. Although not all forces deployed may have been directly engaged in combat operations, the operation as a whole must have presented a situation and threat that placed all deployed Army forces on a combat footing.

e. The U.S. Army CMH will review all requests submitted to the Commander, HRC using the following criteria to determine credit:

(1) In instances where units do not appear on the senior Army theater commander's list, an organization will be granted campaign participation credit if unit movement orders are provided as evidence of its participation in the campaign.

(2) An organization will be granted campaign participation credit if evidence is provided that 65 percent or more of its MTOE strength participated in the campaign.

(3) In the absence of unit movement orders or evidence that 65 percent of its MTOE strength participated, an organization will not be granted campaign participation credit. However, those unit members who did participate in a campaign will be entitled to wear bronze service stars on their campaign medal to denote participation in a campaign.

f. Commanders who are not delegated wartime awards approval authority will initiate requests for campaign participation credit that includes all wartime subordinate units (assigned or attached) to HRC, ADB. HRC will issue the PO announcing the campaign participation credit and it will be confirmed in a DAGO. The PO and DAGO will not be issued by HRC, ADB until the closing of the named campaigns with the exception to the Global War on Terrorism and Kosovo campaigns. Refer to table 7-3 on campaign participation credit processing.

g. In the absence of an order by the senior Army theater commander, the following rules apply:

(1) In instances where units do not appear on the senior Army theater commander's list, a unit will be granted campaign participation credit if unit/individual movement orders are furnished as evidence of its participation in the campaign.

(2) A unit will be granted campaign participation credit if evidence is furnished that 65 percent or more of its MTOE strength participated in the campaign.

(3) In the absence of unit/individual movement orders, and/or evidence of 65 percent of its MTOE strength having participated, an organization will not be granted campaign participation credit.

(4) Recommendation(s) will be submitted in accordance with table 7-3 .

h. The boundaries of the combat zone and time limitations of each campaign in World Wars I and II, the Korean War, and the operations in Grenada, Panama, SWA, and Dominican Republic have been announced in DAGOs. The Chief of the CMH determines the campaign participation credit for all wars prior to World War I and for the Vietnam Conflict.

i. See AR 840-10 (campaign streamers) for Civil War service.

j. Units that are or will be deactivated are recommended to submit a request for campaign participation credit as soon as possible upon the closing of the campaign. Requests for Global War on Terrorism and Kosovo may be submitted directly to HRC, ADB.

k. All requests for campaign participation credit for National Guard units must be submitted by email through the National Guard Bureau combat awards branch to ngbcombatawards@ng.army.mil . Upon National Guard Bureau approval, campaign participation credit request will be forwarded to the HRC, ADB.

l. For additional information on campaign participation credit see the HRC, ADB Web site at https://www.hrc.army.mil/TAGD/Campaign%20Participation%20Credit%20CPC .

m. A list of established campaigns is in appendix B .

Table 7-3. Steps for processing award of campaign participation credit and war service streamers
Step Who Required action
1 a. Theater unit (with SECARMY delegated authority)
b. Theater unit (without delegated authority)
a. Coordinates proposed POs with HRC (prior to approval) upon the closing of the named campaign(s).
b. Submits request for campaign participation credit (includes all unit requests) to HRC, ADB upon the closing of the named campaign(s).
2 Unit Submits the following upon the closing of the named campaign(s):
a. Deployment and/or redeployment (movement) orders of the unit/individuals.
b. Recommendation for campaign participation credit in memorandum format from the parent unit commander.
(1) Specific location (for example, Iraq, Afghanistan, or SWA).
(2) Actual dates the unit(s) was in theater (for example, Iraq, unit would like campaign participation credit for Iraq, recommendation will list dates to reflect when the unit was in Iraq only).
(3) All units that comply with the 65 percent MTOE strength that will be endorsed by a BG/O-7 or higher.
c. Brigade/Regiment/Task Force unit request for campaign participation credit in memorandum format endorsed by a COL/O-6 level or higher commander that will list the following:
(1) List of all units that were attached to the command during the deployment to include their dates of the deployment.
(2) Validate that all units have 65 percent MTOE strength for the period.
d. Unit lists:
(1) Unit name.
(2) Unit home station mailing address (if Army/Air Force Post Office is used, add DSN and installation information) to include unit point of contact.
(3) UIC/derivative UIC of deployed unit(s) (also add those units within the UIC that did not deploy to verify deployment status).
(4) ACOM, ASCC, DRU.
(5) Location (country the unit(s) were deployed to).
(6) Operation in support of (OEF, OND, OIF, and so forth).
(7) Dates of deployment (inclusive to and from).
(8) Personnel strength:
(a) Authorized strength (from MTOE prior to deployment).
(b) Assigned strength (number of Soldiers that deployed with the unit).
(c) Participation percentage (assigned strength divided by authorized strength).
(9) Component of unit (Active Army, USAR, ARNG).
3 HRC, ADB Coordinates with CMH (AAMH-FPO) to verify unit's information.
4 CMH Validates information provided from the recommender (official designation, honors, and so forth). Notifies HRC of potential changes.
5 a. Theater unit (with SECARMY delegated authority)
b. HRC, ADB
a. Publishes PO announcing the award of campaign participation credit and issues PO to unit and HRC.
b. Publishes PO for non-SECARMY delegated unit(s), issues POs to unit(s) and CMH.
6 1, 2 HRC, ADB Initiates action for the publication of DAGO and submits request to the tactical command for unit(s) campaign participation credit streamer for both SECARMY delegated and nondelegated unit(s).

Notes:
1. A DAGO will not be issued by HRC, ADB until the closing of the named campaigns.
2. Units will contact tactical command directly if requesting replacement streamers.



Figure 7-1. Flow chart for campaign participation credit


7-19. Campaign streamers

a. Campaign streamers are awarded for active Federal military service to units or organizations that are authorized an organizational color or distinguishing flag to recognize receipt of campaign participation credit. They will be awarded ceremoniously in recognition of campaign participation credit. (See TC 3-21.5.)

b. The campaign streamer will be in the pattern and colors of the battle, campaign or expedition the unit was awarded participation credit for in accordance with AR 840-10 .

c. See AR 840-10 (supply) for information on ordering streamers.

d. Announcement of the units' campaign participation must be confirmed in a DAGO.

7-20. War service streamers

A war service streamer is awarded to a unit authorized an organizational color, distinguishing flag or guidon to recognize active Federal military service in a theater or area of operations only when the unit is not authorized a campaign streamer for service in the same theater or area of operations during the same war or conflict. In every case, a war service streamer will be without inscription.

7-21. Combat Infantry Streamer

a. When 65 percent or more of the TOE strength of a separate infantry or ranger platoon, infantry or ranger company, BN or brigade has been awarded the CIB during military operations against an opposing foreign force in war, or in any military action where the CIB is authorized, the unit will be awarded a Combat Infantry Streamer. The Combat Infantry Streamer is authorized to be awarded to a unit for each separate war or military operation in which the requirements prescribed in this regulation have been met. A star embroidered on the Combat Infantry Streamer will represent each additional award. (See para 8-6 for criteria for award of the CIB.)

b. Effective 20 December 1989, SF units meeting the criteria above are eligible for award of the Combat Infantry Streamer. The Combat Infantry Streamer will not be retroactively awarded to SF units prior to 20 December 1989.

c. During the period of military operations against an armed enemy and for 1 year thereafter, commanders of infantry, ranger, or SF BNs, groups, regiments, or brigades are authorized to award the Combat Infantry Streamer to infantry, ranger, or SF companies under their command. During this same period, CGs of divisions, corps, and armies are authorized to award Combat Infantry Streamers to separate infantry, ranger, or SF platoons, BNs, groups, regiments, and brigades under their command when all other criteria are met. This authority may not be further delegated.

d. Combat Infantry Streamers will be supplied upon approval of requests submitted to the Clothing and Heraldry Product Support Integration Directorate. To submit a request for the Combat Action Streamer, commands should go to http://www.heraldry.army.mil to submit the online DD Form 1348-6 (DOD Single Line Item Requisition System Document (Manual - Long Form)). A letter signed by the unit's commanding officer requesting the streamer must be attached to the online application.

7-22. Combat Medical Streamer

a. When 65 percent or more of the TOE strength of a medical unit authorized a color, distinguishing flag, or guidon has been awarded the CMB during military operations in war or in any military action where the CMB is authorized, the unit will be awarded the Combat Medical Streamer. (See para 8-7 for criteria for award of the CMB).

b. During a period of military operations against an armed enemy and for 1 year thereafter, commanders of armies, corps, divisions, or separate brigades are authorized to award the Combat Medical Streamer to medical units under their command. This authority may not be further delegated.

c. The Combat Medical Streamer will be supplied upon approval of requests submitted to the Clothing and Heraldry Product Support Integration Directorate. To submit a request for the Combat Medical Streamer, commands should go to http://www.heraldry.army.mil to submit the online DD Form 1348-6 . A letter signed by the unit's commanding officer requesting the streamer must be attached to the online application.

7-23. Combat Action Streamer

a. When 65 percent or more of the MTOE assigned strength of a unit authorized a color, distinguishing flag, or guidon has been awarded the CAB during military operations in war or in any military action where the CAB is authorized, the unit will be awarded the Combat Action Streamer. The streamer will be awarded to a unit for each separate war or military operations in which the criteria for the award have been met.

b. Effective 18 September 2001, units meeting the criteria are eligible for award of the Combat Action Streamer. During the period of military operations against an armed enemy and for 1 year thereafter, commanders of BNs, group, regiments, and brigades are authorized to award the Combat Action Streamer to companies under their commands. During this same period, CGs of divisions, corps, and armies are authorized to award Combat Action Streamers to separate platoons, detachments, BNs, groups, regiments, and brigades under their command when all criteria are met. This authority may not be further delegated.

c. For Global War on Terrorism, only one streamer is authorized per unit, regardless of the number of times a unit deploys.

d. Award of the Combat Action Streamer is authorized from 18 September 2001 to a date to be determined.

e. Retroactive award of the Combat Action Streamer is not authorized prior to 18 September 2001.

f. The Combat Action Streamer will be supplied upon approval of requests submitted to the Clothing and Heraldry Product Support Integration Directorate. To submit a request for the Combat Action Streamer commands should go to http://www.heraldry.army.mil to submit the online DD Form 1348-6 . A letter signed by the unit's commanding officer requesting the streamer must be attached to the online application.

7-24. Assault- landing credit-arrowhead device

a. Assault-landing credit (award of the bronze arrowhead) may be made to units of the Army who, in the combat zone of a battle, campaign, or expedition as established by Joint Chiefs of Staff or DA, accomplish one of the following types of assault operations:

(1) Make a parachute jump into enemy-held territory as a part of an organized force carrying out an assigned tactical mission.

(2) Participate in the assault waves of an amphibious landing on enemy-held territory.

(3) Make a helicopter assault landing into enemy-held territory as a part of an organizational force carrying out an assigned tactical mission.

b. The assault operation will be of such scope as to warrant DA designation as a battle or campaign and be of such magnitude as to include tactical elements of at least one other Service. The forces committed should be spearheading a major assault into enemy-controlled territory. The operation will be such that the committed forces will ultimately control the area in which they have landed and not rely on immediate link-up with other forces or extrication after a hit-and-run type of mission. Day-to-day combat assault type missions in an already established combat zone do not qualify for award of the arrowhead device. For the individual Soldier to receive award of the arrowhead, the Soldier must physically exit the aircraft or watercraft during the assault landing.

c. The SAC, serving in the rank of LTG or higher, in the theater of operations may approve combat assault-landing credit for the purpose of qualifying for the arrowhead device. This authority may not be further delegated. No later than 60 days after approval of this credit, the data listed below will be submitted to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

(1) Size and composition of the force involved.

(2) Lists of units that participated in the assault landing.

(3) Mission.

(4) Length of the operations and the relationship to the tactical operations of the unified command controlling the operation.

(5) Date and time of the start of, and the date and time of the close of, the assault operation.

(6) Enemy situation and reaction.

(7) Specific location where the assault landing occurred.

(8) A statement certifying that more than 65 percent of each unit's MTOE strength participated in the assault landing. If less than 65 percent participated, a detachment of the unit may be cited.

(9) Complete official unit designation and UIC must be included for each unit. Include designations and derivative UICs for subordinate elements of parent units, and for all elements comprising task force organizations. When less than the entire unit is involved, but more than 65 percent of the MTOE strength, it should be indicated by a minus sign (-) next to the unit designation. When the percentage involved is less than 65 percent of the MTOE strength, the unit should be listed as a detachment of the parent unit.

d. The HRC, ADB will forward the information to Office of the DCS, G-3/5/7 and CMH for confirmation. HRC will then publish a DAGO announcing assault-landing credit.

e. Units who have individuals participating should maintain a master by-name roster of Soldiers who participated for record purposes. At the appropriate time, these records should be retired in accordance with the Army Records Information Management System.

f. Individual Soldier's recognition of an arrowhead does not require publication of orders. Soldier qualification records will be annotated for arrowhead credit per AR 600-8-104 . Once assault-landing credit is announced in a DAGO, POs may be published awarding individual Soldier's the Parachutist Badge and or the Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge with bronze star. See paragraphs 8-11 and 8-16 .

7-25. Expert Infantry Streamer

a. When 65 percent or more of the assigned strength (during an Expert Infantryman Badge (EIB) testing period) of a separate infantry, ranger, or SF platoon, company, BN, group, regiment, or brigade has been awarded the CIB or the EIB, the unit will be awarded an Expert Infantry Streamer. This streamer may be displayed by the organization for 1 year, at the expiration of which the unit must re-qualify under the above rules.

b. Commanders of infantry, ranger, or SF BNs, groups, regiment, or brigades may award the Expert Infantry Streamer to infantry companies under their command. All CGs may award the Expert Infantry Streamers to separate infantry, ranger, or SF platoons, infantry BNs and brigades under their command. This authority may not be further delegated.

c. Eligibility for award of the Expert Infantry Streamer to SF units accrues from 27 July 1988. Award is not retroactive before that date.

d. Expert Infantry Streamers will be supplied upon approval of requests submitted to the Clothing and Heraldry Product Support Integration Directorate. To submit a request for the Expert Infantry Streamer, commands should go to http://www.heraldry.army.mil to submit the online DD Form 1348-6 . A letter signed by the unit's commanding officer requesting the streamer must be attached to the online application.

7-26. Expert Medical Streamer

a. When 65 percent or more of the assigned strength (as of the date of the request) of a medical unit authorized a color, distinguishing flag, or guidon has been awarded the CMB or the Expert Field Medical Badge (EFMB), the unit will be awarded an Expert Medical Streamer. This streamer may be displayed by the organization for 1 year following the streamer approval date, at the expiration of which the unit must re-qualify under the above rules.

b. The CG, U.S. Army Medical Command, installation commanders, commanders of combat divisions, separate brigades, separate regiments, and separate groups may award the Expert Medical Streamer to medical units within their command under the above criteria. This authority may not be further delegated.

c. The Expert Medical Streamer will be supplied upon approval of requests submitted to the Clothing and Heraldry Product Support Integration Directorate. To submit a request for the Expert Medical Streamer commands should go to http://www.heraldry.army.mil to submit the online DD Form 1348-6 . A letter signed by the unit's commanding officer requesting the streamer must be attached to the online application.

7-27. Army Safety Excellence Streamer

a. The Army Safety Office is the proponent for the Army Safety Excellence Streamer. The Army Safety Office may be contacted by email at usarmy.pentagon.hqda-aso.mbx.army-safety-office@mail.mil or at the following address: The Army Safety Office, 9351 Hall Road, Building 1456, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-5860.

b. The Army Safety Excellence Streamer was established to visually recognize units authorized a color, distinguishing flag, or guidon that demonstrated safety excellence and met the eligibility criteria.

c. Eligibility for award of the streamer:

(1) Detachments and company size units must have completed 12 consecutive months without experiencing a Soldier and/or unit at-fault Class A or B accident and have 100 percent completion of Risk Management training within the last 24 months at the time of submission. The U.S. Army Combat Readiness/Safety Center Web-based training fulfills this requirement.

(2) All BNs, or equivalent, must have completed 12 consecutive months without experiencing a Soldier and/or unit at-fault Class A or B accident and have 100 percent completion of Risk Management training and 100 percent completion of the Army Readiness Assessment Program within the last 24 months at the time of submission. The U.S. Army Combat Readiness/Safety Center Web-based training fulfills this requirement.

(3) Brigades, or equivalent, must have completed 12 consecutive months without a Soldier and/or unit at-fault Class A or B accident.

(4) Divisions and installations must have completed 12 consecutive months without a Soldier and/or unit at-fault Class A or B accident.

d. Award of the Army Safety Excellence Streamer is effective immediately for organizations meeting the eligibility requirements. The streamer may be displayed by the organization for 1 year after award of the streamer, at the expiration of which the unit must re-qualify and resubmit a request for the streamer under the above elgibility criteria.

e. The COL/O-6 or above level commander of TOE or TDA organizations may award the Army Safety Excellence Streamer to subordinate units meeting eligibility criteria. This authority may not be delegated lower than the COL/O-6 level commander.

f. Local safety offices are responsible for ensuring compliance with established eligibility and display criteria in conjunction with the conduct of safety and occupation health inspections. The Army Safety Office will also verify compliance with eligibility and display criteria during command safety audits.

g. For more in-depth information regarding the Army Safety Excellence Streamer, eligibility requirements, submission of requests for the streamer, and issue of the streamer, refer to AR 385-10 and DA Pam 385-10 (see awards programs) or contact the Army Safety Office (see contact information in para 7-27 a ).

7-28. Earned honor device

To accentuate regimental honors within the United States Army Regimental System and, at the same time, allow each color-bearing and guidon-bearing element of the regimental family to identify its own contributions to regimental history and tradition, a device is authorized to identify each honor earned by the element. The device is authorized for display on streamers of organizational colors and unit guidons (see AR 840-10 for description and display of the earned honor device).

Section V
Display and Presentation of U.S. Unit Honors

7-29. Display of unit honors

a. A unit authorized a distinguishing flag or organizational color will commemorate each award of a unit decoration, campaign participation credit, or war service credit by display of a streamer and, when applicable, a Fourragere or lanyard on the flagstaff.

b. A TOE unit authorized a guidon will commemorate awards as follows:

(1) Each unit decoration by display of a streamer.

(2) Each campaign participation credit by display of a streamer on the guidon staff.

(3) Each war service credit by display of a streamer on the guidon staff.

c. All TDA units are authorized to display earned streamers.

d. A unit or element that is not authorized a distinguishing flag, color, or guidon will not be awarded a streamer, even though the unit meets all other requirements. (For example, in a rifle platoon of an infantry company, infantry BN, more than 65 percent of the Servicemembers may be holders of the CIB; award of a streamer is not authorized.)

e. See AR 840-10 for instructions on display of unit honors.

7-30. Presentation ceremonies

Military reviews and award ceremonies for purposes of attaching streamers and other recognition to the Army Colors will be accomplished in an appropriate ceremony conducted per TC 3-21.5 .

Section VI
Process Award of Campaign or War Service Streamer

7-31. Rules for processing award of a streamer

a. Unit must have been credited with campaign or war service.

b. Unit must be authorized a distinguishing flag or organizational colors (color-bearing), or a guidon.

c. Unit must be of BN size or a comparable level for a streamer, or company size for a smaller streamer.

d. Units must meet the criteria established in paragraphs 7-19 , 7-20 , 7-21 , 7-22 , and 7-23 .

e. Source documents for issue of streamers are DAGOs that announced troop unit lists that are credited with campaign participation or war service. In the event that DAGOs have not been published, CMH will determine credit on a case-by-case basis.

f. Submission of computer-generated or automation-assisted rosters may be utilized by the SAC when compiling and recommending streamer awards provided each unit's participation and/or service has been verified.

g. Award of streamers or other decorations requires a formal ceremony (see TC 3-21.5 ).

7-32. Time limits

Statutory and regulatory time limits pertaining to award of streamers do not apply. Award of streamers may be accomplished at any time after submission of documented proof that all criteria has been met and that the unit was inadvertently omitted.

Chapter 8
Badges and Tabs

Section I
Overview

8-1. Intent

The purpose of awarding badges and tabs is to provide public recognition by tangible evidence of the attainment of a high degree of skill, proficiency, and excellence in tests and competition, as well as in the performance of duties.

8-2. Types of badges

a. Combat and special skill badges are awarded to denote proficiency in performance of duties under hazardous conditions and circumstances of extraordinary hardship as well as special qualifications and successful completion of prescribed courses of training.

b. Marksmanship badges and tabs are awarded to indicate the degree in which an individual has qualified in prescribed weapons firing courses or events.

c. Identification badges are authorized to be worn as public evidence of deserved honor and distinction to denote service performed in specified assignments.

d. There are four tabs authorized to indicate skill: Ranger, SF, Sapper, and President's Hundred.

8-3. Special guidance

a. Effective 30 September 1986, locally established special skill badges are no longer authorized for wear. Authority for commanders to approve local badges is rescinded.

b. AR 670-1 governs the wear of badges issued by other Services. For issues involving wear of badges, submit written request to Deputy Chief of Staff, G-1, Uniform Policy (DAPE-HR-S), 300 Army Pentagon, Washington DC 20310-0300.

c. Written authority must be obtained from HRC, ADB before wearing badges awarded by other U.S. Services and the CMP on the Army uniform.

8-4. To whom awarded

a. The CIB may be awarded to Servicemembers of U.S. Armed Forces and foreign military personnel (see para 8-6 for requirements).

b. The CMB may be awarded only to Servicemembers of U.S. Armed Forces (see para 8-7 for requirements).

c. The CAB may be awarded to Servicemembers of U.S. Armed Forces and foreign military personnel (see para 8-8 for requirements).

d. Awards of U.S. Army badges to foreign military personnel will be made only with the prior consent of their Government and upon completion of the full requirements established for each badge. Foreign military personnel may also qualify for Army badges while attending U.S. Army Service schools or while participating in combined or joint operations.

e. All other special skill badges may be earned by U.S. military personnel who qualify while performing honorable active duty or Reserve service in an active status or while formally assigned or attached to the U.S. Army.

f. In certain cases, civilian personnel may be awarded special skill badges provided specific criteria are met. Requests or recommendations for award of special skill badges to civilians should be directed to designated approval authorities or Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

g. Table 8-1 lists the U.S. Army combat and special skill badges authorized and who is authorized to be awarded each badge.

8-5. Recommendation and authority to award

a. Recommendations for awards of badges will be submitted by memorandum or DA Form 4187 through command channels to the commander authorized to make the award.

b. Badges may be approved and awarded in the field only by the commanders authorized to award the respective badge as specified in paragraphs below.

c. Issues pertaining to the award of badges to Active Army personnel that cannot be resolved by local commanders will be forwarded through command channels to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

d. The processing of orders for award, rescission, revocation, and reinstatement of Army badges and tabs can be found in paragraphs 1-30 and 1-31 .

Section II
Combat and Special Skill Badges

8-6. Combat Infantryman Badge

a. For award of the CIB a Soldier must meet the following three requirements:

(1) Be an infantryman satisfactorily performing infantry duties.

(2) Assigned to an infantry unit during such time as the unit is engaged in active ground combat.

(3) Actively participate in such ground combat. Campaign or battle credit alone is not sufficient for award of the CIB.

b. The specific eligibility criteria for the CIB require that:

(1) A Soldier must be an Army infantry or SF officer (SSI 11 or 18) in the grade of COL/O-6 or below, or an Army enlisted Soldier or warrant officer with an infantry or SF MOS who, subsequent to 6 December 1941, has satisfactorily performed duty while assigned or attached as a member of an infantry, ranger, or SF unit of either a brigade, regimental, or smaller size during any period such unit was engaged in active ground combat. Eligibility for SF personnel in MOSs 18B, 18C, 18E, 18F, and 18Z (less 18D-SF medical sergeant) accrues from 20 December 1989. Retroactive awards of the CIB to SF personnel are not authorized prior to 20 December 1989.

(2) A recipient must be personally present and under hostile fire while serving in an assigned infantry or SF primary duty, in a unit actively engaged in ground combat with the enemy. The unit in question must be a brigade, regiment, or smaller size. For example, personnel possessing an infantry MOS in a rifle squad of a cavalry platoon in a cavalry troop would be eligible for award of the CIB. Battle or campaign participation credit alone is not sufficient; the unit must have been in active ground combat with the enemy during the period.

(3) Personnel with other than an infantry or SF MOS are not eligible, regardless of the circumstances. The infantry or SF SSI or MOS does not necessarily have to be the Soldier's primary specialty, as long as the Soldier has been properly trained in infantry or SF tactics, possesses the appropriate skill code, and is serving in that specialty when engaged in active ground combat as described above. Commanders are not authorized to make any exceptions to this policy.

(4) Awards will not be made to general officers or to members of headquarters companies of units larger in size than brigade.

(5) On or after 18 September 2001 —

(a) A Soldier must be an Army infantry or SF officer (SSI 11 or 18) in the grade of COL/O-6 or below, or an Army enlisted Soldier or warrant officer with an infantry or SF MOS, who has satisfactorily performed duty while assigned or attached as a member of an infantry, ranger, or SF unit of brigade, regimental, or smaller size during any period such unit was engaged in active ground combat, to close with and destroy the enemy with direct fires.

(b) A Soldier must be personally present and under fire while serving in an assigned infantry or SF primary duty, in a unit engaged in active ground combat to close with and destroy the enemy with direct fires. Improvised explosive devices vehicle-borne improvised explosive devices, and the like are direct fire weapons. While no fixed, qualifying distance from an explosion of these devices can be established, commanders should consider the entirety of the combat situation when considering award of the CIB.

(c) Soldiers possessing MOS of 18D (SF medical sergeant) who satisfactorily perform SF duties while assigned or attached to a SF unit of brigade, regimental, or smaller size during any period such unit was engaged in active ground combat may be awarded the CIB. These Soldiers must have been personally present and engaged in active ground combat, to close with and destroy the enemy with direct fires. Retroactive awards under these criteria are not authorized for service prior to 18 September 2001.

(d) Those Soldiers possessing MOS of 18D who qualify for award of the CMB from 18 September 2001 to 3 June 2005 will remain qualified for the badge. Upon request, any such Soldier may be awarded the CIB instead of the CMB. In such instances, the Soldier must submit a request through the chain of command to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408 for conversion of the CMB to the CIB.

(e) Servicemembers from the other U.S. Armed Forces and foreign military (infantry and SF equivalents) assigned or attached as a member of a U.S. Army infantry or SF unit of brigade, regimental, or smaller size may be considered for award of the CIB. All basic requirements as listed above must be met. Retroactive awards under these criteria are not authorized for service prior to 18 September 2001.

c. The CIB is authorized for award for the following qualifying wars, conflicts, and operations (see para 8-6 g on subsequent award of the CIB):

(1) World War II (7 December 1941 to 3 September 1945).

(2) Korean War (27 June 1950 to 27 July 1953).

(3) Republic of Vietnam Conflict (2 March 1961 to 28 March 1973) combined with qualifying service in Laos (19 April 1961 to 6 October 1962).

(4) Dominican Republic (28 April 1965 to 1 September 1966).

(5) Korea on the demilitarized zone (DMZ) (4 January 1969 to 31 March 1994).

(6) El Salvador (1 January 1981 to 1 February 1992).

(7) Grenada (23 October to 21 November 1983).

(8) Joint Security Area, Panmunjom, Korea (23 November 1984).

(9) Panama (20 December 1989 to 31 January 1990).

(10) SWA Conflict (17 January to 11 April 1991).

(11) Somalia (5 June 1993 to 31 March 1994).

(12) Afghanistan (OEF, 18 September 2001 to 31 December 2014; OFS, 1 January 2015 to a date to be determined).

(13) Iraq (OIF, 19 March 2003 to 31 August 2010; OND, 1 September 2010 to 31 December 2011).

(14) OIR (15 June 2015 to a date to be determined).

d. The special provision authorized for the Global War on Terrorism is listed in this paragraph. The CIB may be awarded to recognize those U.S. Army infantry and SF Soldiers embedded in formed Afghan National Army or Iraqi Infantry and/or SF units, or Iraqi specialized infantry-type units, of brigade, regimental, or smaller size, or assigned as advisors to a foreign infantry and/or SF comparable to the above infantry units, as tactical advisors, trainers, or liaisons, during the time that the supported infantry and/or SF unit engages in active ground combat, to close with and destroy the enemy with direct fires. Qualified Soldiers must have been personally present and participated in the combat operations.

e. The special provisions authorized for the Vietnam Conflict, Laos, and Korea on the DMZ are outlined below.

(1) During the Vietnam Conflict, any officer whose basic branch is other than infantry who, under appropriate orders, commanded a line infantry (other than a headquarters) unit of brigade, regimental, or smaller size for at least 30 consecutive days is deemed to have been detailed in infantry and is eligible for award of the CIB notwithstanding absence of a written directive detailing that Soldier in the infantry, provided all other requirements for the award have been met. Orders directing the officer to assume command will be confirmed, in writing, at the earliest practicable date.

(a) In addition, any officer, warrant officer, or enlisted Soldier whose branch is other than infantry who, under appropriate orders was assigned to advise a unit listed in paragraphs 8-6 e (1)(c) and (d) or was assigned as a member of a White Star Mobile Training Team or a member of Military Advisory and Assistance Group-Laos as indicated in paragraphs 8-6e(2)(a) and (b), will be eligible for award of the CIB provided all other requirements have been met.

(b) After 1 December 1967 for service in the Republic of Vietnam, NCOs serving as command sergeants major of infantry BNs and brigades for periods of at least 30 consecutive days in a combat zone are eligible for award of the CIB provided all other requirements have been met.

(c) Subsequent to 1 March 1961, a Soldier must have been —

(1) Assigned as advisor to an infantry unit, ranger unit, infantry-type unit of the civil guard of regimental or smaller size, and/ or infantry-type unit of the self-defense corps unit of regimental or smaller size of the Vietnamese government during any period such unit was engaged in actual ground combat.

(2) Assigned as advisor of an irregular force comparable to the above infantry units under similar conditions.

(3) Personally present and under fire while serving in an assigned primary duty as a member of a tactical advisory team while the unit participated in ground combat.

(d) Subsequent to 24 May 1965, to qualify for the CIB, personnel serving in U.S. units must meet the requirements of paragraph 8-6 b (1) . Individuals who performed liaison duties with the Royal Thai Army or the Army of the Republic of Korea combat units in Vietnam are eligible for award of the badge provided they meet all other requirements.

(2) In Laos from 19 April 1961 to 6 October 1962, a Soldier must have been —

(a) Assigned as member of a White Star Mobile Training Team while the team was attached to or working with a unit of regimental (groupment mobile) or smaller size of Forces Armee du Royaume, or with irregular-type forces of regimental or smaller size.

(b) A member of the Military Advisory and Assistance Group-Laos assigned as an advisor to a region or zone of Forces Armee du Royaume, or while serving with irregular-type forces of regimental or smaller size.

(c) Personally under hostile fire while assigned as specified in paragraphs 8-6e(2)(a) or (b).

(3) In Korea on the DMZ. The special requirements for award of the CIB for service in the Republic of Korea are rescinded. Army veterans and Servicemembers who served in Korea on or after 28 July 1953 and meet the criteria for award of the CIB outlined in paragraph 8-6 c may submit an application (to include supporting documentation) for award of the CIB to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. Retroactive awards under these criteria are not authorized for service prior to 29 July 1953.

f. Second and third awards of the CIB are indicated by superimposing one and two stars respectively, centered at the top of the badge between the points of the oak wreath. To date, a separate award of the CIB has been authorized for qualified Soldiers in the following qualifying periods:

(1) World War II (7 December 1941 to 3 September 1945).

(2) Korean War (27 June 1950 to 27 July 1953).

(3) Republic of Vietnam Conflict. Service in the Republic of Vietnam Conflict (2 March 1961 to 28 March 1973) combined with qualifying service in Laos; Dominican Republic; Korea on the DMZ; El Salvador; Grenada; Joint Security Area, Panmunjom, Korea; Panama; SWA Conflict; and Somalia; regardless of whether a Soldier has served one or multiple tours in any or all of these areas. The Republic of Vietnam Conflict Era officially terminated on 10 March 1995.

(4) Global War on Terrorism (18 September 2001 to a date to be determined) (Afghanistan, OEF and OFS; Iraq, OIF and OND; OIR).

g. Subsequent awards of the CIB are not authorized for the same qualifying period, as outlined above. The CIB may be awarded as follows:

(1) Current awards. These may be awarded by HRC, ADB and any commander in the rank of COL/O-6 and above when delegated wartime award approval authority by the SECARMY (or his or her designee). When this authority has not been delegated, recommendations will be submitted through command channels to HRC, ADB for processing.

(2) Retroactive award of the Combat Infantryman Badge. Retroactive award of the CIB is authorized for time periods specified above for fully qualified individuals. The awards may be awarded by Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. Applications for retroactive award to active duty Soldiers and RC Soldiers will be forwarded through command channels to the first general officer (for endorsement) to HRC for processing. Retirees and veterans should address their applications to National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002. All ARNG requests, once endorsed, will be submitted to the Director, (ARNG-HRH-A), 111 S. George Mason Drive, Arlington, VA 22204-1373 prior to being submitted to HRC. Such awards will not be made except where evidence of injustice is presented.

h. The CIB was established by the War Department on 27 October 1943. LTG Lesley J. McNair, then the Army Ground Forces CG, was instrumental in its creation. He originally recommended that it be called the "fighter badge." Then Secretary of War Henry Stimson said, "It is high time we recognize in a personal way the skill and heroism of the American infantry." The CIB was designed to enhance morale and the prestige of the "Queen of Battle." The badge was intended as an inducement for individuals to join the infantry while serving as a morale booster for infantrymen serving in every theater.

(1) Originally, the regimental commander was the lowest level at which the CIB could be approved and its award was retroactive to 7 December 1941. There was a separate provision for badge holders to receive a $10 per month pay stipend, which was rescinded in 1948. Several factors led to the creation of the CIB, an award that would provide special recognition of the unique role of the Army infantryman, the only Soldier whose daily mission is to close with and destroy the enemy and to seize and hold terrain. Some of the most prominent factors are as follows:

(a) The need for large numbers of well-trained infantry to bring about a successful conclusion to the war and the already critical shortage of infantrymen.

(b) Of all Soldiers, it was recognized that the infantryman continuously operated under the worst conditions and performed a mission that was not assigned to any other Soldier or unit.

(c) The infantry, a small portion of the total Armed Forces, was suffering the most casualties while receiving the least public recognition.

(d) General Marshall's well known affinity for the ground forces Soldier and, in particular, the infantryman.

(2) In developing the CIB, the War Department did not dismiss out of hand or ignore the contributions of other branches. Their vital contributions to the overall war effort were certainly noted, but it was decided that other awards and decorations were sufficient to recognize their contributions. From the beginning, Army leaders have taken care to retain the badge for the unique purpose for which it was established and to prevent the adoption of any other badge, which would lower its prestige. At the close of World War II, the largest war in which the armor and artillery played key roles in the ground campaigns, a review was conducted of the CIB criteria with consideration being given to creating either additional badges or authorizing the badge to cavalry and armor units. The review noted that any change in policy would detract from the prestige of the badge.

(3) The definition of requirement to be "engaged in active ground combat" has generated much dialogue over the years as to the original intent of the CIB. The 1943 War Department Circular required infantrymen to demonstrate "satisfactory performance of duty in action against the enemy." The operative words "in action" connoted actual combat. A War Department determination in October 1944 specified that "action against the enemy" for purposes of award of the CIB was to be interpreted as "ground combat against enemy ground forces."

(4) In 1948, the regulation governing badges stipulated that "battle participation credit is not sufficient; the unit must have been in contact with the enemy." This clearly indicated that an exchange of hostile fire or equivalent personal exposure was the intent of the Army leadership.

(5) In 1963 and 1965, HQDA messages to the SAC in the Southeast Asia theater of operations authorized award of the CIB to otherwise qualified personnel "provided they are personally present and under fire." U.S. Army Vietnam regulations went so far as to require documentation of the type and intensity of enemy fire encountered by the Soldier. The intended requirement to be "personally present and under fire" has not changed.

8-7. Combat Medical Badge

a. Eligibility requirements for the CMB are as follows:

(1) The CMB may be awarded to members of the Army Medical Department (AMEDD) (COL/O-6 and below), the Naval Medical Department (Captains and below), the USAF Medical Service (COL/O-6 and below), assigned or attached by appropriate orders to an infantry unit of either a brigade, regiment, or smaller size, or to a medical unit of company or smaller size, organic to an infantry unit of brigade or smaller size, during any period the infantry unit is engaged in actual ground combat on or after 6 December 1941. Battle participation credit alone is not sufficient; the infantry unit must have been in contact with the enemy.

(2) Award of the CMB will not be made to general or flag officers.

b. The following individuals are also eligible for the CMB:

(1) Effective 19 December 1989, SF personnel possessing MOS 18D (SF medical sergeant) who satisfactorily perform medical duties while assigned or attached to a SF unit during any period the unit is engaged in active ground combat, provided they are personally present and under fire. Retroactive awards under these criteria are not authorized prior to 19 December 1989.

(2) Effective 16 January 1991, medical personnel outlined in paragraph 8-7 a (1) assigned or attached to armor and ground cavalry units of brigade or smaller size, who satisfactorily perform medical duties while the unit is engaged in actual ground combat, provided they are personally present and under fire. Retroactive awards under these criteria are not authorized prior to 16 January 1991.

(3) Effective 11 September 2001, medical personnel outlined in paragraphs 8-7 a (1) and b (2) assigned or attached to, or under operational control of any ground combat arms and combat aviation units of brigade or smaller size, who satisfactorily perform medical duties while the unit is engaged in actual ground combat, provided they are personally present and under fire. Retroactive awards under these criteria are not authorized prior to 11 September 2001.

(4) On or after 18 September 2001:

(a) Medical personnel assigned or attached to, or under operational control of any ground combat arms or combat aviation units of brigade or smaller size, who satisfactorily perform medical duties while the unit is engaged in active ground combat, provided they are personally present and under fire. Retroactive awards under these criteria are not authorized for service prior to 18 September 2001.

(b) Effective 3 June 2005, Soldiers possessing a MOS of 18D are no longer eligible for award of the CMB (see paras 8-6 b (5)(c) and (d)).

c. The CMB is authorized for award for the following qualifying wars, conflicts, and operations (see para 8-7 e on subsequent award of the CMB):

(1) World War II (7 December 1941 to 3 September 1945).

(2) Korean War (27 June 1950 to 27 July 1953).

(3) Republic of Vietnam Conflict (2 March 1961 to 28 March 1973), combined with qualifying service in Laos (19 April 1961 to 6 October 1962).

(4) Dominican Republic (28 April 1965 to 1 September 1966).

(5) Korea on the DMZ (4 January 1969 to 31 March 1994).

(6) El Salvador (1 January 1981 to 1 February 1992).

(7) Grenada (23 October to 21 November 1983).

(8) Joint Security Area, Panmunjom, Korea (23 November 1984).

(9) Panama (20 December 1989 to 31 January 1990).

(10) SWA Conflict (17 January to 11 April 1991).

(11) Somalia (5 June 1993 to 31 March 1994).

(12) Afghanistan (OEF, 18 September 2001 to 31 December 2014; OFS, 1 January 2015 to a date to be determined).

(13) Iraq (OIF, 19 March 2003 to 31 August 2010; OND,1 September 2010 to 31 December 2011).

(14) OIR, 15 June 2014 to a date to be determined).

d. The special provisions for Vietnam Conflict, Laos and Korea on the DMZ are as follows:

(1) For service in the Republic of Vietnam.

(a) Subsequent to 1 March 1961, a Soldier must have been assigned to a Vietnamese unit engaged in actual ground combat or as a member of a U.S. Army infantry unit of brigade or smaller size, including SF detachments, serving with a Republic of Vietnam unit engaged in actual ground combat. The Republic of Vietnam unit must have been of regimental size or smaller and either an infantry, ranger, infantry-type unit of the civil guard, infantry-type unit of the self-defense corps, or of the irregular forces. The Soldier must have been personally present and under hostile fire while assigned as specified.

(b) Subsequent to 24 May 1965, Soldiers serving in U.S. units must meet the requirements of paragraph 8-7 d (1)(a) . Soldiers who performed liaison duties with the Royal Thai Army or Army of the Republic of Korea combat units in Vietnam are eligible for award of the badge provided they meet all other requirements.

(2) For service in Laos. From 19 April 1961 to 6 October 1962, the Soldier must have been —

(a) Assigned as member of a White Star Mobile Training Team while the team was attached to or working with a unit of regimental (groupment mobile) or smaller size of Forces Armee du Royaume, or with irregular-type forces of regimental or smaller size.

(b) A member of Military Advisory and Assistance Group-Laos assigned as an advisor to a region or zone of Forces Armee du Royaume, or while serving with irregular-type forces of regimental or smaller size.

(c) Personally under hostile fire while assigned as specified in paragraphs 8-7 d (2)(a) or (b).

(3) For service in Korea on the demilitarized zone. The special requirements for award of the CMB for service in the Republic of Korea are rescinded. Army veterans and Servicemembers who served in Korea on or after 28 July 1953 and meet the criteria for award of the CMB (see para 8-7 c ) may submit an application (to include supporting documentation) for award of the CMB to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. All ARNG requests, once endorsed, will be submitted to the Director, ARNG-HRH-A, 111 S. George Mason Drive, Arlington, VA 22204-1373 prior to being submitted to HRC. Retroactive award under these criteria is not authorized for service prior to 29 July 1953.

e. Second and subsequent awards of the CMB are indicated by superimposing one and two stars respectively, centered at the top of the badge between the points of the oak wreath. To date, a separate award of the CMB has been authorized for qualified Soldiers in the following four conflicts:

(1) World War II.

(2) Korean War.

(3) Republic of Vietnam Conflict. Service in the Republic of Vietnam Conflict combined with qualifying service in Laos; Dominican Republic; Korea on the DMZ; El Salvador; Grenada; Joint Security Area, Panmunjom, Korea; Panama; SWA Conflict; and Somalia, regardless of whether a Soldier has served one or multiple tours in any or all of these areas. The Republic of Vietnam Conflict Era officially terminated on 10 March 1995.

(4) Global War on Terrorism (18 September 2001 to a date to be determined) (Afghanistan, OEF and OFS; Iraq, OIR and OND; OIR).

f. Subsequent award of the CMB is not authorized for the same qualifying period, as outlined above. The CMB may be awarded as follows:

(1) Current awards . These may be awarded by HRC, ADB and any commander in the rank of COL/O-6 and above when delegated wartime award approval authority by the SECARMY (or his or her designee). When this authority has not been delegated, recommendations will be submitted through command channels to HRC, ADB for processing.

(2) Retroactive award of the Combat Medical Badge . Retroactive award of the CMB is authorized for time periods specified above for fully qualified individuals. The awards may be awarded by Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. Applications for retroactive award to active duty Soldiers and RC Soldiers will be forwarded through command channels to the first general officer (for endorsement) to HRC for processing. Retirees and veterans should address their applications to National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002. All ARNG requests, once endorsed, will be submitted to the Director, (ARNG-HRH-A), 111 S. George Mason Drive, Arlington, VA 22204-1373 prior to being submitted to HRC. Such awards will not be made except where evidence of injustice is presented.

g. The award approval authority for the CMB (see para 8-7 f ).

h. Originally established as the Medical Badge, the CMB was created by the War Department on 1 March 1945. It could be awarded to officers, warrant officers, and enlisted Soldier of the AMEDD assigned or attached to the medical detachment of infantry regiments, infantry BNs, and elements thereof designated as infantry in tables of organization or TOEs. Its evolution stemmed from a requirement to recognize medical aid-men who shared the same hazards and hardships of ground combat on a daily basis with the infantry Soldier. Though established almost a year and a half after the CIB, it could be awarded retroactive to 7 December 1941to fully qualified personnel.

(1) Similar to the CIB, the regimental commander was the lowest level at which the CMB could be approved, and it also initially carried with it a separate provision for enlisted badge holders to receive a $10 per month pay stipend.

(2) The CMB was created as a "companion" badge to the CIB with criteria for its award intended to parallel that of the CIB. It was designed to provide recognition to the field medic who accompanies the infantryman into battle and shares experiences unique to the infantry in combat. There was never any intention to award the CMB to all medical personnel who serve in a combat zone or imminent danger area, that is, a division-level medical company supporting a maneuver brigade.

(3) As with the CIB, the infantry unit to which the medical personnel are assigned or attached must engage the enemy in active ground combat. Since inception, DA's intent regarding this requirement has been that medical personnel must be personally present and under fire in order to be eligible for the award of the badge. So stringent was this requirement during the Vietnam era that recommending officials were required to document the place (in six digit coordinates), time, type, and intensity of fire to which the proposed recipient was exposed. This fact naturally precludes the awarding of the badge to those medical personnel who accompany infantry units into a potential engagement area but do not come under enemy fire.

(4) Over the years, there has been some confusion concerning the phrase "in direct support of an infantry unit." The CMB is intended for, and awarded to, those medical personnel who accompany the infantryman into combat. The Army has never approved of deviations from this purpose and its restrictive criteria. During the World War II era, medical support for infantry units in combat was provided by the medical detachments and companies of BNs and regiments. These medical personnel and units were termed direct support. This concept lasted until Vietnam.

(5) Today, medical personnel are assigned as organic personnel to infantry, combat arms, and combat aviation companies and are regarded as participants as opposed to being categorized as those providing direct medical support. For example, medical personnel serving in division-level medical companies, ground ambulance and medical clearing companies, mobile Army surgical hospitals, combat support hospitals, field hospitals, and aeromedical evacuation units are not eligible for the CMB.

(6) The sole criterion that qualifies medical personnel for award of the CMB is to be assigned or attached to an infantry, combat arms, or combat aviation unit engaged in active ground combat.

(7) Medical personnel, other than those medics organic to infantry units, may qualify only if they serve as medical personnel accompanying infantry, combat arms, or combat aviation units during combat operations. Conceivably, this could occur if a unit lost all its medics and, as a temporary or permanent measure, medical personnel were attached to an infantry, combat arms, or combat aviation unit but remained assigned to a hospital or other noninfantry unit.

8-8. Combat Action Badge

a. On 2 May 2005, the CSA approved the creation of the CAB to provide special recognition to Soldiers who personally engaged, or are engaged by, the enemy.

b. The requirements for award of the CAB are branch and MOS immaterial. Assignment to a combat arms unit or a unit organized to conduct close or offensive combat operations, or performing offensive combat operations, is not required to qualify for the CAB. However, it is not intended to award the CAB to all Soldiers who serve in a combat zone or imminent danger area.

c. Specific eligibility requirements include:

(1) May be awarded to any Soldier.

(2) Soldier must be performing assigned duties in an area where hostile fire pay or imminent danger pay is authorized.

(3) Soldier must be personally present and actively engaging or being engaged by the enemy, and performing satisfactorily in accordance with the prescribed rules of engagement.

(4) Soldier must not be assigned or attached to a unit that would qualify the Soldier for the CIB and/or CMB. For example, an infantryman (MOS 11B) assigned to Corps staff is eligible for award of the CAB. However, an infantryman assigned to an infantry BN is not eligible for award of the CAB.

d. In addition to Army Soldiers, the CAB may also be awarded to Servicemembers of other U.S. Armed Forces and foreign military personnel assigned to a U.S. Army unit, provided they meet the above criteria (for example, KATUSA in the 2d Infantry Division).

e. Award of the CAB is authorized for the following operations (award for qualifying service in any previous conflict is not authorized):

(1) Afghanistan (OEF, 18 September 2001 to 31 December 2014; OFS, 1 January 2015 to a date to be determined).

(2) Iraq (OIF, 19 March 2003 to 31 August 2010; OND,1 September 2010 to 31 December 2011).

(3) OIR, 15 June 2014 to a date to be determined.

f. Subsequent award of the CAB is not authorized for the same qualifying period, as outlined above. The CMB may be awarded as follows:

(1) Current awards . These may be awarded by HRC, ADB and any commander in the rank of COL/O-6 and above when delegated wartime award approval authority by the SECARMY (or his or her designee). When this authority has not been delegated, recommendations will be submitted through command channels to HRC, ADB for processing.

(2) Retroactive award of the Combat Action Badge . Retroactive award of the CAB is authorized for time periods specified above for fully qualified individuals. The awards may be awarded by Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. Applications for retroactive award to active duty Soldiers and RC Soldiers will be forwarded through command channels to the first general officer (for endorsement) to HRC for processing. Retirees and veterans should address their applications to National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002. All ARNG requests, once endorsed, will be submitted to the Director, (ARNG-HRH-A), 111 S. George Mason Drive, Arlington, VA 22204-1373 prior to being submitted to HRC. Such awards will not be made except where evidence of injustice is presented.

g. Retroactive awards of the CAB are not authorized prior to 18 September 2001. For service on or after 18 September 2001, applications (with supporting documentation) for retroactive awards of the CAB will be forwarded through the first general officer in the chain of command to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

h. The CAB is categorized as a Group 1 badge (see AR 670-1 for specific wear instructions).

i. Soldier may be awarded the CIB, CMB, and CAB for the same qualifying period, provided the criteria for each badge are met. However, subsequent awards of the same badge within the same qualifying period are not authorized.

j. Second and subsequent awards of the CAB are as follows:

(1) Only one CAB may be awarded during a qualifying period.

(2) Second and subsequent award of the CAB will be indicated by superimposing one and two stars respectively, centered at the top of the badge between the points of the oak wreath.

k. Authority to award the CAB is also delegated to regional medical center commanders receiving casualties directly from the wartime theater. The CAB will be announced in POs. Award of the CAB is not automatic and will not be awarded solely based on award of the PH.

8-9. Expert Infantryman Badge

a. The basic eligibility criteria for the EIB is as follows:

(1) Specialty skill identifier and military occupational specialty requirement for the Expert Infantryman Badge . Candidates must be in an Active Army status and must possess a primary MOS in CMF 11 or CMF 18; be warrant officers identified as 180A; or be infantry or special operations branch officers serving in infantry positions.

(2) Duty requirement for the Expert Infantryman Badge . All personnel having a CMF 11 or specialty code 11 code, regardless of their present assignment, are eligible to participate in the EIB program. They must meet the prerequisites and take the test with an infantry unit of at least BN size.

(3) Test requirement . Personnel must meet all prerequisites and proficiency tests prescribed by U.S. Army Infantry Center.

b. The authority to test and award the badge is as follows:

(1) The following commanders are authorized to give EIB tests and award the badge to qualifiedSoldiers in their commands:

(a) Division commanders.

(b) Commanders of separate infantry brigades and regiments.

(c) Commanders of divisional brigades when authority is delegated to them by their division commanders.

(d) Separate infantry BN commanders when authority is delegated to them by the commander exercising general court-martial authority over the BN.

(e) Commanders of U.S. Army training centers.

(f) Commandant, U.S. Army Infantry School.

(g) Commanders of SF groups.

(h) Commanders of separate SF BNs when authority is delegated to them by the commander exercising general court-martial authority over their units.

(2) Commanders of RC combat and training divisions and brigade size units are authorized to administer EIB tests and award the badge to qualified personnel in the command.

8-10. Expert Field Medical Badge

a. The basic eligibility criteria are as follows:

(1) Specialty skill identifier and military occupational specialty requirement.

(a) Officers must be assigned or detailed to an AMEDD corps. This includes Army officers in training at the Uniformed Services University of Health Sciences. It also includes Army officers enrolled in the Health Professions Scholarship Program.

(b) Warrant officers must have an AMEDD primary MOS controlled by The Surgeon General. Warrant officer pilots are also eligible if they have a "D" skill qualification identifier (SQI) (Aero-medical Evacuation Pilot) and are assigned to an air ambulance unit.

(c) Enlisted personnel must have a primary MOS in the medical CMF.

(d) Other U.S. Armed Services and foreign military must either be medical personnel or serving in comparable medical positions. The approval for wear of the badge by other U.S. Armed Services and foreign military is governed according to their respective Services guidance.

(2) Duty requirement . Eligible personnel must be on active duty or assigned to a TPU in a RC unit or an AMEDD mobilization augmentation agency.

b. The authority to test and award the EFMB is as follows: The following commanders in the grade of LTC/O-5 or above are authorized to conduct the test and award the badge. Commanders must have the resources and facilities to conduct the test as prescribed by the U.S. Army Medical Department Center and School.

(1) Active Army TOE and TDA medical units.

(2) Division headquarters medical elements.

(3) Separate regiments and brigades.

(4) Commanders of USAR and ARNG units. Reserve and National Guard units must conduct the test during their annual active duty training.

8-11. Parachutist Badges

a. Three degrees of badges are authorized for award: Parachutist Badge-Basic, Senior Parachutist Badge, and Master Parachutist Badge.

b. An eligibility criterion for each badge is set forth in paragraphs 8-12 , 8-13 , and 8-14 .

c. Special eligibility for awards will be determined from the DA Form 1307 (Individual Jump Record). Each entry on this form will include pay period covered and initials of the personnel officer, and an entry will be made only from a DA Form 1306 (Statement of Jump and Loading Manifest).

(1) The DA Form 1306 is maintained in the current file area and will be completed by an officer or jumpmaster. It will be maintained by the unit for at least 2 years then destroyed.

(2) The DA Form 1307 is a permanent document and the original form will be maintained by the unit's officer or jumpmaster and remain in the current file area. When Soldiers depart from an airborne unit, a copy of the original DA Form 1307 will be made and will be placed into the unit's archived records for 2 years and then destroyed. The original DA Form 1307 will be given to the Soldier to hand carry to the next airborne assignment or transition point for separation.

d. The DA Form 1306 will be completed by an officer or jumpmaster and be maintained by the unit records custodian for at least 2 years then destroyed.

e. Jumps with civilian parachute clubs will not be counted in the number of total jumps required for each badge.

f. Award of the basic Parachutist Badge or advanced Parachutist Badges awarded by other U.S. Services may only be awarded if the Soldier meets the Army criteria for the badge.

g. Award approval authorities for all three badges are as follows:

(1) All CGs of ACOM, ASCC, and CONUS Armies.

(2) Commanders of U.S. Army Corps with organic long-range reconnaissance companies and commanders of airborne corps and airborne divisions.

(3) Commander, 4th Psychological Operations Group (Airborne).

(4) Infantry divisions containing organic airborne elements.

(5) Commandants of the Infantry School and the Quartermaster School.

(6) Commanders of separate airborne regiments, separate airborne BNs, SF group (Airborne), and USAJFKSWCS.

(7) The President, U.S. Army Airborne, Communications and Electronics Board.

(8) Commander, U.S. Army Special Forces Command (Airborne).

(9) Commander, U.S. Army Special Operations Support Command (Airborne).

(10) Commander, U.S. Army Civil Affairs and Psychological Operations Command (Airborne).

h. A bronze service star is authorized to be worn on Parachutist Badges to denote a Soldier's participation in a combat parachute jump. Orders are required to confirm award of these badges. AR 670-1 describes the placement of stars on parachute badges and the wear of these badges. A Soldier's combat parachute jump credit is tied directly to the assault-landing credit decision ( para 7-24 ) for the unit to which the Soldier is attached or assigned at the time of the assault. Should a unit be denied air assault credit, no air assault credit for purpose of this badge will accrue to the individual Soldiers of that unit. Each Soldier must physically exit the aircraft to receive combat parachute jump credit and the Parachutist Badge with bronze service star (see para 6-8 for further information).

i. Any Parachutist Badge with bronze star for a combat jump will be retained regardless of time on airborne status. Any Parachutist Badge will be retained if the Soldier is unable to complete 36 cumulative months of airborne duty through no fault of his or her own (for example, injury or reassignment under favorable conditions).

j. See paragraph 1-32 for revocation of Parachutist Badge.

8-12. Parachutist Badge-basic criteria

To be eligible for award of the basic Parachutist Badge, an individual must have satisfactorily completed the prescribed proficiency tests while assigned or attached to an airborne unit or the Airborne Department of the Infantry School, or have participated in at least one combat parachute jump as follows:

a. A member of an organized force carrying out an assigned tactical mission for which the unit was credited with an airborne assault landing by the theater commander.

b. While engaged in military operations involving conflict with an opposing foreign force.

c. While serving with friendly foreign forces engaged in an armed conflict against an opposing armed force in which the United States is not a belligerent party.

8-13. Senior Parachutist Badge criteria

To be eligible for the Senior Parachutist Badge, an individual must have been rated excellent in character and efficiency and have met the following requirements:

a. Participated in a minimum of 30 jumps to include the following:

(1) Fifteen jumps with combat equipment consisting of normal TOE equipment, including individual weapon carried in combat, whether the jump was in actual or simulated combat. In cases of simulated combat the equipment will include water, rations (actual or dummy), ammunition (actual or dummy), and other essential items necessary to sustain an individual in combat.

(2) Two night jumps made during the hours of darkness (regardless of time of day with respect to sunset), one of which will be as jumpmaster of a stick.

(3) Two mass tactical jumps which culminate in an airborne assault problem with either a unit equivalent to a BN size or larger; a separate company battery; or an organic staff of regimental size or larger. The Soldier must fill a position commensurate with his or her rank or grade during the problem.

(4) For award of the Senior Parachutist Badge, the requirements in paragraphs 8-13a(1) , (2), and (3) must be obtained by static line parachuting.

b. Either graduated from the Jumpmaster Course of the Airborne Department of the Infantry School or the Jumpmaster School of a separate airborne BN size or larger airborne unit, or infantry divisions and separate infantry brigades containing organic airborne elements, to include the U.S. Army Alaska Jumpmaster Course, or served as jumpmaster on one or more combat jumps or as a jumpmaster on 15 noncombat jumps.

c. Have served on jump status with an airborne unit or other organizations authorized parachutists for a total of at least 24 months.

8-14. Master Parachutist Badge criteria

To be eligible for the Master Parachutist Badge, an individual must have been rated excellent in character and efficiency and have met the following requirements:

a. Participated in a minimum of 65 jumps to include —

(1) Twenty-five jumps with combat equipment consisting of normal TOE equipment, including individual weapon carried by the individual in combat, whether the jump was in actual or simulated combat. In cases of simulated combat the equipment will include water rations (actual or dummy), ammunition (actual or dummy), and other essential items necessary to sustain an individual in combat.

(2) Four night jumps made during the hours of darkness (regardless of the time of day with respect to sunset), one of which will be as jumpmaster of a stick.

(3) Five mass tactical jumps, which culminate in an airborne assault problem with a unit equivalent to a BN size or larger; a separate company and/or battery; or an organic staff of regimental size or larger. The individual must fill a position commensurate with his or her rank or grade during the problem.

(4) For award of the Master Parachutist Badge, the requirements in paragraphs 8-14a(1) , (2), and (3), above must be obtained by static line parachuting.

b. Either graduated from the Jumpmaster Course of the Airborne Department of the Infantry School or the Jumpmaster School of a separate airborne BN or larger airborne unit, or infantry divisions and separate infantry brigades containing organic airborne elements, to include the U.S. Army Alaska Jumpmaster Course, or served as jumpmaster on one or more combat jumps or as jumpmaster on 33 noncombat jumps.

c. Have served on jump status with an airborne unit or other organization authorized parachutists for a total of at least 36 months.

8-15. Parachute Rigger Badge

a. The eligibility requirements for the Parachute Rigger Badge are as follows: Any individual who successfully completes the Parachute Rigger course conducted by the U.S. Army Quartermaster School and holds an awarded MOS 92R or 921A may be awarded the Parachute Rigger Badge. Officers qualify upon successful completion of one of the following courses: Aerial Delivery and Materiel Officer Course; Parachute Maintenance and Aerial Supply Officer Course; Parachute Maintenance and Airdrop Course (officer or enlisted); or Parachute Rigger Course (enlisted). Sergeants major and master sergeants who hold, by career progression, a MOS of 00Z or 92Z and formerly held an awarded MOS of 76Z or 43E are qualified for award of the Parachute Rigger Badge.

b. The Parachute Rigger Badge may be awarded retroactively to any individual who graduated from the Parachute Rigger School after May 1951 and holds, or at anytime held, an awarded MOS listed in paragraph 8-15 a . Officers must have successfully completed one of the courses listed in paragraph 8-15 a to qualify for retroactive award of the badge. The badge may also be awarded retroactively to any individual who performed as a rigger prior to May 1951 and did not attend or graduate from the U.S. Army Quartermaster Center and School.

c. The award approval authority is as follows:

(1) Current awards of the Parachute Rigger Badge will be made by the Commandant, U.S. Army Quartermaster Center and School, Fort Lee, VA 23801-5152, and the Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

(2) Retroactive awards of the Parachute Rigger Badge are outlined below:

(a) Requests for award of the badge from individuals having no current Army status (veterans and retirees) who qualified after May 1951 will be forwarded to National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002.

(b) Requests for award of the badge for individuals (active duty, veterans, and retirees) who qualified before May 1951 will be submitted to Commandant, U.S. Army Quartermaster Center and School, (ATSM-Q-MG) (Historian), Fort Lee, VA 23801-1601. Requests must include written justification and will be considered on a case-by-case basis.

8-16. Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge

The Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge identifies Special Operations Forces personnel who have qualified in one of the military's most demanding and hazardous skills, military free-fall parachuting.

a. Two degrees of the Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge are authorized for award, the basic and jumpmaster.

b. The eligibility requirements are as follows:

(1) Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge, basic. To be eligible for the basic badge, an individual must meet one of the following criteria:

(a) Have satisfactorily completed a prescribed program of instruction in military free-fall approved by USAJFKSWCS; or

(b) Have executed a military free-fall combat jump.

(2) Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge, Jumpmaster. To be eligible for the Jumpmaster Badge, an individual must have satisfactorily completed a prescribed Military Free-Fall Jumpmaster Program of instruction approved by USAJFKSWCS.

c. The approval authority for the badge is as follows:

(1) The Commander in Chief, U.S. Special Operations Command is the approval authority for award of these badges.

(2) The CG, USAJFKSWCS is the approval authority for award of the badges to qualifying personnel upon their graduation from USAJFKSWCS Military Free Fall Parachutist Basic and Military Free-Fall Parachutist Jumpmaster Courses.

d. Retroactive award of the badge is outlined below:

(1) Active duty Special Operations Forces personnel who qualified in military free-fall prior to 1 October 1994 must obtain approval prior to wearing the Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge. Requests for award of the badge will be submitted, in writing, to Commander, U.S. Army John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and School (AFJK-GPD-SA), Fort Bragg, NC 28307-5000. Applications will include the following:

(a) Name, rank, social security number, and MOS.

(b) Copy of official jump record, DA Form 1307 , and any other supporting documents (that is, graduation or qualification certificates).

(2) Veterans and retirees may request update of their records to show permanent award of the badge by writing to National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002. Requests should include copy of official jump record, DA Form 1307, and any other supporting documents (that is, graduation or qualification certificates).

e. A bronze service star is authorized to be worn on all degrees of the Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge to denote a Soldier's participation in a combat parachute jump. Orders are required to confirm award of this badge. A Soldier's combat parachute jump credit is tied directly to the assault-landing credit (see para 7-24 ) decision for the unit to which the Soldier is assigned or attached at the time of the assault-landing. Should a unit be denied air assault credit, no air assault credit for purpose of this badge will accrue to the individual Soldiers of that unit. Each Soldier must physically exit the aircraft to receive combat parachute jump credit and the Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge with bronze service star (see para 6-8 for further information on the bronze service star).

f. See paragraph 1-31 for revocation of the Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge.

8-17. Army Aviator Badges

a. The three degrees of the aviator badges authorized for award are:

(1) Basic Army Aviator Badge.

(2) Senior Army Aviator Badge.

(3) Master Army Aviator Badge.

b. The eligibility criteria is as follows:

(1) U.S. officers must have attained an aeronautical rating of Army aviator, Senior Army aviator, or Master Army aviator as outlined in AR 600-105 (see table for eligibility requirements for aeronautical rating).

(2) Although only U.S. officers may be awarded an aeronautical rating, the Army Aviator Badge may be awarded to foreign military officers who are graduates of initial entry U.S. Army Aviation flight-training courses conducted at the U.S. Army Aviation Center of Excellence (USAACE). The Senior and Master Army Aviator Badges may be awarded to foreign military officers rated as pilots who meet or exceed eligibility criteria required of U.S. Army officers for the respective badges, and subject to the regulations of their countries. As a minimum, foreign military officers recommended for award of advanced Army Aviator Badges must —

(a) Be currently qualified for flying duty in their respective military service.

(b) Be medically qualified.

(c) If not a graduate of an initial entry U.S. Army Aviation flight-training course, have attended a formal training or aircraft transition course conducted at USAACE.

(d) Have at least 1000 hours and 84 months of DOD aviator flight time, which must include flight time as a pilot in command for the Senior Aviator Badge; have at least 2000 hours and 180 months of DOD aviator flight time, which must include flight time as a pilot in command for the Master Aviator Badge. Total operational flying duty credit, which may be applied by U.S. officers to qualify for advanced badges, will not be used to justify awards to foreign military officers.

c. Army Aviator Badge approval authority is as follows:

(1) The Commander, USAACE, is the approval authority for award of the Basic Army Aviator Badge to U.S. student aviators upon successful completion of courses leading to an aeronautical rating of Army aviator, and to foreign military officers, upon successful completion of an initial entry U.S. Army Aviation flight-training course.

(2) The CG, HRC (AHRC-PDP-I) is the approval authority for award of the Basic Army Aviator Badge, with a written endorsement from the Organization and Personnel Force Development Directorate (ATZQ-CDF-P), Building 4506, Joker Street, Fort Rucker, AL 36362-0000, to inter-service transfers who previously held an aeronautical rating in another Service

(3) The first officer in the grade of COL/O-6 or above holding an aeronautical rating as an Army aviator in the awardee's chain of command is the approval authority for award of the Senior or Master Army Aviator Badge to active duty and USAR officers. For officers with no Army aviator in the grade of COL/O-6 or above in their chain of command (see para 8-17c(5) ).

(4) Chief, Aviation and Safety Division, ARNG, ARNG Readiness Center (ARNG-AV), is the approval authority for award of the Senior or Master Army Aviator Badge to ARNG officers.

(5) Qualified officers who do not have a COL/O-6 or above holding an aeronautical rating of Army aviator in their chain of command, may be awarded the Senior or Master Army Aviator Badge by the first COL/O-6 or above in their chain of command, but must include a written endorsement from the Organization and Personnel Force Development Directorate (ATZQ-CDF-P), Building 4506, Joker Street, Fort Rucker, AL 36362-0000.

(6) All ARNG and USAR officers upon call-up or during periods of ADT may be awarded the Senior or Master Army Aviator Badge by their Active Army or active duty commander to whom they are assigned, attached, or under operational control if the commander is in the grade of COL/O-6 or above and holds an aeronautical rating as an Army aviator

d. See paragraph 6-12 for information on the Army Astronaut device.

8-18. Flight Surgeon Badges

a. The three levels of Flight Surgeon Badges authorized for award are:

(1) Basic Flight Surgeon Badge.

(2) Senior Flight Surgeon Badge.

(3) Master Flight Surgeon Badge.

b. The eligibility requirement is any Army Medical Corps officer who satisfactorily completes the training and other requirements prescribed by AR 600-105 .

c. The badge approval authority is as follows:

(1) The Basic Flight Surgeon Badge may be awarded by the CG, USAACE. The CG will authorize award of the badge to those U.S. medical officers who have been awarded an aeronautical designation per AR 600-105 and to foreign military personnel who complete the training and the requirements prescribed by AR 600-105 .

(2) Senior and Master Flight Surgeon Badges may be awarded by the following:

(a) The Surgeon General. Forward requests to Commander, Headquarters, Department of the Army, Office of the Surgeon General (DASG-HCZ), 5109 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3258.

(b) The Chief, National Guard Bureau to National Guard personnel not on active duty. Forward requests to National Guard Bureau, Military Personnel Office, 111 South George Mason Drive, Arlington, VA 22204-1382.

d. Effective 13 November 2010, the CG, USAACE approved the retroactive award of the U.S. Army Basic Flight Surgeon Badge to aeromedical physician assistants and aviation medicine nurse practitioners. The retroactive award of the U.S. Army Basic Flight Surgeon Badge is awarded to individuals of the Active Army, USAR, and ARNG who have successfully completed the U.S. Army Flight Surgeon Primary Course. Requirements for the retroactive award of the U.S. Army Basic Flight Surgeon Badge are as follows:

(1) Individual must have served in the U.S. Army as an active duty, USAR, or ARNG Soldier.

(2) Aeromedical physician assistants who successfully completed the U.S. Army Flight Surgeon Primary Course between fiscal year (FY) 1980, Class 81-01 and FY 2000, Class 00-02 may request retroactive award of the U.S. Army Flight Surgeon Badge. Requests will be submitted through the Registrar, U.S. Army School of Aviation Medicine for validation before they are forwarded to the Dean, U.S. Army School of Aviation Medicine for final review. The aviation proponency has retroactively awarded the U.S. Army Flight Surgeon Badge to all aeromedical physician assistants from Class 00-02 to present.

(3) Aviation medicine nurse practitioners who successfully completed the Army Flight Surgeon Primary Course between FY 2001, Class 01-02 and FY 2009, Class 10-01. The aviation proponent has approved the retroactive award of the U.S. Army Basic Flight Surgeon Badge to all aviation medicine nurse practitioners (for which records were available). Those Soldiers who have not been awarded the retroactive badge should forward their requests to the Dean, U.S. Army School of Aviation Medicine, listed in paragraph 8-18 d (4) .

(4) Soldiers, to include veterans and retirees who meet the criteria in paragraphs 8-18 d (1) , (2), or (3) and were not retroactively awarded the U.S. Army Basic Flight Surgeon Badge may request consideration for the badge by submitting the required documentation to the Dean, U.S. Army School of Aviation Medicine.

(5) The required documents for retroactive award of the U.S. Army Basic Flight Surgeon Badge are:

(a) DA Form 4187 , requesting retroactive award.

(b) Orders originally awarding the basic Air Crewmember Badge issued by CG, U.S. Army Aviation Center and Fort Rucker.

(c) Course completion certificate for the flight surgeon course.

(6) Requests may be submitted to Dean, U.S. Army School of Aviation Medicine, 301 Andrews Avenue, Fort Rucker, AL 36362-0000 or emailed to the address provided in paragraph 8-18 d (8) . Commander, USAACE, is the approval authority for award of the retroactive U.S. Army Flight Surgeon Badge to eligible Servicemembers.

(7) An individual may be posthumously awarded the U.S. Army Basic Flight Surgeon Badge provided the primary next of kin submits a formal request to the award approval authority outlined in paragraph d (3) with all required documents.

(8) For clarification, inquiries, and requests for the retroactive award of the U.S. Army Basic Flight Surgeon Badge, email the registrar at the U.S. Army School of Aviation Medicine at: usasam.registrar@amedd.army.mil .

8-19. Diver Badges

a. The five types of diver badges authorized for award are as follows:

(1) Master Diver Badge.

(2) First-Class Diver Badge.

(3) Salvage Diver Badge.

(4) Second-Class Diver Badge.

(5) Special Operations Divers Badge (formerly known as the Scuba Diver Badge (see para 8-20 )).

b. An individual meeting the qualification requirements for diving rating as outlined in AR 611-75 will be awarded the appropriate diver badge.

c. Those individuals authorized to rate divers as prescribed in AR 611-75 will award the badges.

d. The following Navy diving badges may also be worn on the Army uniform after written approval is obtained from HRC, ADB:

(1) Diving Officer Badge.

(2) Diving Medical Officer Badge.

8-20. Special Operations Diver Badge

a. The Scuba Diver Badge has been renamed the Special Operations Diver Badge. An additional skill level, Special Operations Diving Supervisor Badge, has been created.

b. The basic eligibility criteria for award of the Special Operations Diver Badge and the Special Operations Diving Supervisor Badge are as follows:

(1) The Special Operations Diver Badge is awarded to graduates of USAJFKSWCS Combat Diver Qualification Course; SF Underwater Operations, Key West, Florida; or any other U. S. Army Special Operations Command approved Combat Diver Qualification Course.

(2) The Special Operations Diving Supervisor Badge is awarded to graduates of the USAJFKSWCS Combat Diver Qualification Course; SF Underwater Operations, Key West, Florida; or any other U.S. Army Special Operations Command approved combat diving supervisor course. Prerequisite for the Special Operations Diving Supervisor Badge is the Special Operations Diver Badge.

c. The CG, USAJFKSWCS is the approval authority for the Special Operation Diver Badge and the Special Operations Diving Supervisor Badge.

d. The Special Operations Diver Badge and the Special Operations Diving Supervisor Badge may be awarded retroactively to individuals of any Service who successfully completed the USAJFKSWCS Combat Diver Qualification Course and the Combat Diving Supervisor Course on or after 1 October 1964. Retroactive award requests will be submitted to Commander, U.S. Army John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and School (AOJK-GPB) (C/21 SWTG LNO), Fort Bragg, NC 28310-0001. Retroactive requests for veterans must be forwarded to National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), (NRPMA-M), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002.

e. The Special Operations Diver Badge and the Special Operations Diving Supervisor Badge may be revoked by the Commander, USAJFKSWCS or HRC, ADB, based on the recommendation of the field commander (COL/O-6 and above). If the commander believes the individual has exhibited a pattern of behavior or duty performance that is inconsistent with expectations of the Army, or the qualified Servicemember does not continuously demonstrate enhanced degrees of confidence, commitment, competency, and discipline, then the badge may be revoked. Award of the Special Operations Diver Badge and the Special Operations Diving Supervisor Badge may be revoked for any of the following conditions:

(1) Dismissal, dishonorable discharge, or conviction by courts-martial for desertion in time of war.

(2) Failure to maintain prescribed standards of personal fitness and readiness to accomplish missions commensurate with position and rank.

(3) Upon relief or release for cause.

8-21. Explosive Ordnance Disposal Badges

a. The three types of EOD badges authorized for award are the Basic, Senior, and Master.

b. Eligibility requirements for each badge are shown in paragraphs 8-22 , 8-23 , and 8-24 .

c. All CGs of divisions and higher commands; commanders of separate groups or equivalent headquarters exercising operational control of EOD personnel or units; Commandant, U.S. Army Ordnance Missile and Munitions Center and School; and a commander of an EOD control group or unit may approve awards of all levels of badges.

8-22. Explosive Ordnance Disposal Badge-basic criteria

a. Any commissioned officer or enlisted Soldier may be awarded the badge if they meet, or have met, all the following requirements:

(1) Successful completion of conventional render safe qualification as prescribed for the EOD course of instruction (minimum requirement).

(2) Assigned in a TOE or TDA EOD position for which basic EOD course is a prerequisite.

(3) Service in a position in paragraph 8-22 a (2) must be satisfactory for a period of 18 months for the award to be permanent.

(4) Officers must have a SSI of 89E and enlisted personnel must hold the MOS 89D.

b. See paragraph 8-21 c for the award approval authority for the EOD Badge-basic.

8-23. Senior Explosive Ordnance Disposal Badge criteria

a. Any commissioned officer or enlisted Soldier may be awarded the badge if they have:

(1) Been awarded the EOD Badge-basic.

(2) Effective 1 May 1989, served 36 months cumulative service while assigned to a TOE or TDA EOD position following award of the basic badge. Prior to 1 May 1989, must have served 18 months cumulative service assigned to a TOE or TDA EOD position following award of the basic badge.

(3) Been recommended for the award by immediate commander.

(4) Current EOD qualifications at the time of recommendation for the award.

b. See paragraph 8-21 c for the award approval authority for the Senior EOD Badge.

8-24. Master Explosive Ordnance Disposal Badge Criteria

a. Any commissioned officer or enlisted Soldier may be awarded the badge if they meet, or have met, all the following requirements:

(1) Must have been awarded the Senior EOD Badge.

(2) Sixty months cumulative service while assigned to a TOE or TDA EOD position since award of Senior EOD Badge.

(3) Must be recommended for the award by immediate commander.

(4) Explosive ordnance disposal qualifications must be current at the time of recommendation for the award.

b. See paragraph 8-21 c for the award approval authority for the Master EOD Badge.

8-25. Pathfinder Badge

a. The eligibility criteria for the Pathfinder Badge requires:

(1) Successful completion of the Pathfinder Course conducted by the U.S. Army Infantry School.

(2) Any person previously awarded the Pathfinder award for completion of Pathfinder training is authorized award of the Pathfinder Badge.

b. The Pathfinder Badge may be approved by the Commandant, U.S. Army Infantry School.

8-26. Air Assault Badge

a. The basic eligibility criteria consist of satisfactory completion of the following:

(1) An air assault training course according to the TRADOC standardized Air Assault Core Program of Instruction.

(2) The standard Air Assault Course while assigned or attached to 101st Airborne Division (Air Assault) since 1 April 1974.

b. The badge approval authority is as follows:

(1) Commanders of divisions and separate brigades operating Air Assault Courses in accordance with TRADOC standardized Air Assault Core Program of Instruction.

(2) Commander, 101st Airborne Division (Air Assault).

c. See paragraph 1-32 for revocation of the Air Assault Badge.

8-27. Aviation Badges

a. The three degrees of Aviation Badge authorized for award are:

(1) Basic Aviation Badge.

(2) Senior Aviation Badge.

(3) Master Aviation Badge.

b. Army Aviation Badge approval authority is as follows:

(1) Commander, USAACE is the approval authority for award of the Basic Aviation Badge to U.S. personnel upon successful completion of a CMF 15 MOS producing course.

(2) The first officer in the grade of COL/O-6 or above holding an aeronautical rating as an Army aviator in the awardee's chain of command is the approval authority for award of the Basic, Senior, or Master Aviation Badge to active duty and USAR personnel. For personnel with no Army aviator in the grade of COL/O-6 or above in their chain of command, see paragraph 8-27 b (4) .

(3) Chief, Aviation and Safety Division, ARNG, ARNG Readiness Center (ARNG-AV), is the approval authority for award of the Basic, Senior, or Master Aviation Badge to ARNG personnel.

(4) Qualified personnel who do not have a COL/O-6 or above holding an aeronautical rating of Army aviator in their chain of command may be awarded the Basic, Senior, or Master Aviation Badge by the first COL/O-6 or above in their chain of command, but must include a written endorsement from the Organization and Personnel Force Development Directorate (ATZQ-CDF-P), Building 4506, Joker Street, Fort Rucker, AL 36362-0000.

(5) All ARNG and USAR personnel who, upon call-up or during periods of ADT, may be awarded the Basic, Senior, or Master Aviation Badge by their Active Army or active duty commander to whom they are assigned, attached, or under operational control if the commander is in the grade of COL/O-6 or above and holds an aeronautical rating as an Army aviator.

c. The retroactive date for these badges is 1 January 1947.

d. An officer awarded an Aviation Badge while serving in an enlisted status is authorized to wear the badge as a permanent part of the uniform.

e. Eligibility requirements for each badge are set forth in paragraphs 8-28 , 8-29 , and 8-30 .

8-28. Basic Aviation Badge (formerly Aircraft Crew Member Badge)

To be eligible for award of the Basic Aviation Badge, individuals must meet one of the following criteria:

a. Successful completion of formal advanced individual training in one of the following CMFs or MOSs listed below:

(1) CMF 15.

(2) CMF 67 (from 7 April 1983 through 31 August 2005).

(3) MOS 68 (from 31 December 1985 through 30 September 2003).

(4) MOS 93C and 93P (after 31 December 1985); 93B (from 7 April 1983 through 1 January 1998); 93D (from 7 April 1983 through 30 September 1996).

(5) MOS 71P (prior to 30 June 1984).

(6) MOS 96U (from 1 April 1991 through 30 September 2007).

(7) MOS 35K (from 1 April 2007 through 31 October 2008).

b. Be on flying status in accordance with AR 600-106 (see flying status for nonrated personnel) or granted a waiver by Headquarters, HRC (AHRC-PLP-I), and have performed aerial observer, crewmember, nonrated, or noncrewmember flying duties for not less than 12 months (not necessarily consecutive) or by logging not less than 48 flight hours (whichever comes first).

c. Be on flying status in accordance with AR 600-106 (see flying status for nonrated personnel) or granted a waiver by Headquarters, HRC (AHRC-PDP-I), and assigned to a Joint Service Airborne Command Post, serving as a member of an operational team for not less than 12 months (not necessarily consecutive) or by logging not less than 48 flight hours (whichever comes first).

d. Have been incapacitated from further flight duty by reason of being wounded as a result of enemy action, or injured as the result of an aircraft accident for which he or she was not personally responsible, or has participated in at least 15 combat missions, under probable exposure to enemy fire while on flying status in accordance with AR 600-106 (see flying status for nonrated personnel) and while serving in a valid paragraph and line number as coded in the Army Authorization Documents System.

e. Meet the criteria for award of the Army Astronaut device and not otherwise be authorized an Aviator, Flight Surgeon, or Aviation Badge.

8-29. Senior Aviation Badge (formerly Senior Aircraft Crew Member Badge)

To be eligible for award of the Senior Aviation Badge, individuals must meet all the requirements defined in paragraph 8-29 a as well as either paragraphs 8-29 b or c . See paragraphs 8-29 b (1) through b (7) for CMF and/or MOS specific retroactive eligibility criteria and/or periods.

a. All individuals must:

(1) Display complete competence in the principal duty or duties performed leading to this award.

(2) Attain the grade of sergeant/E-5 or higher.

(3) Be recommended by the unit commander of the unit to which presently assigned.

b. Ten years (not necessarily consecutive, see para 8-29 d ) of experience in a principal duty assignment of the following CMF/MOS:

(1) CMF 15.

(2) CMF 67 (from 7 April 1983 through 31 August 2005).

(3) MOS 68 (from 31 December 1985 through 30 September 2003).

(4) MOS 93C and 93P (after 31 December 1985); 93B (from 7 April 1983 through 1 January 1998); 93D (from 7 April 1983 through 30 September 1996).

(5) MOS 71P (prior to 30 June 1984).

(6) MOS 96U (from 1 April 1991 through 30 September 2007).

(7) MOS 35K (from 1 April 2007 through 31 October 2008).

c. Seven years (not necessarily consecutive) on flying status in accordance with AR 600-106 (see flying status for nonrated personnel) while holding a primary MOS in CMF 15 MOS.

d. Time served while performing career progressive assignments such as drill instructor, recruiter, career management NCO, career advisor, instructor, or equal opportunity advisor may be used towards the 10-year requirement listed in paragraph 8-29 b , not to exceed 36 months. Time served after a CMF 15 Soldier reclassifies to MOS 79R will not count towards this requirement.

8-30. Master Aviation Badge (formerly Master Aircraft Crew Member Badge)

To be eligible for award of the Master Aviation Badge, individuals must meet all the requirements defined in paragraph 8-30 a and either paragraphs 8-30 b or c . See paragraphs 8-30 b (1) through b (7) for CMF and/or MOS specific retroactive eligibility criteria and/or periods.

a. All individuals must:

(1) Display complete competence in the principal duty or duties performed leading to this award.

(2) Attain the grade of staff sergeant/E-6 or higher.

(3) Be recommended by the unit commander and endorsed by the next higher commander of the unit to which presently assigned.

b. Have 17 years (not necessarily consecutive, see para 8-30 d ) of experience in a principal duty assignment of the following CMF and/or MOS:

(1) CMF 15.

(2) CMF 67 (from 7 April 1983 through 31 August 2005).

(3) MOS 68 (from 31 December 1985 through 30 September 2003).

(4) MOS 93C and 93P (after 31 December 1985); 93B (from 7 April 1983 through 1 January 1998); 93D (from 7 April 1983 through 30 September 1996).

(5) MOS 71P (prior to 30 June 1984).

(6) MOS 96U (from 1 April 1991 through 30 September 2007).

(7) MOS 35K (from 1 April 2007 through 31 October 2008).

c. Have 15 years (not necessarily consecutive) on flying status in accordance with AR 600-106 (see flying status for nonrated personnel) while holding a primary MOS in CMF 15 MOS.

d. Time served while performing career progressive assignments such as drill instructor, recruiter, career management NCO, career advisor, instructor, or equal opportunity advisor may be used towards the 17-year requirement listed in paragraph 8-30 b , not to exceed 36 months. Time served after a CMF 15 Soldier reclassifies to MOS 79R will not count towards this requirement.

8-31. Space Badge

a. The three degrees of the Space Badge authorized for award are:

(1) Basic Space Badge.

(2) Senior Space Badge.

(3) Master Space Badge.

b. Basic eligibility criteria for award are completion of the appropriate space-related education and/or training and serving the required number of months in an Army space cadre approved and/or coded position.

c. Specific criteria for each level of award and processing procedures are outlined in Army Space Personnel Development Office Procedural Guide #1 located on the Army Space Personnel Development Office AKO Web site at: https://www.us.army.mil/suite/page/343526 .

d. Commander, U.S. Army Space and Missile Defense Command/Army Forces Strategic Command (SMDC-OPZ-F (ASPDO)), 350 Vandenberg Street, Peterson Air Force Base, CO 80914-4900, is the approval authority for all three levels of the Space Badge.

e. The Space Badge may be revoked by the approval authority. Once revoked, the badges will not be reinstated except by the Commander, U.S. Army Space and Missile Defense Command/Army Forces Strategic Command, when fully justified.

8-32. Driver and Mechanic Badge

a. The Driver and Mechanic Badge is awarded to drivers, mechanics, and special equipment operators to denote the attainment of a high degree of skill in the operation and maintenance of motor vehicles.

b. Commanders of brigades, regiments, separate BNs, and any commander in the rank of LTC/O-5 or higher may approve award of the Driver and Mechanic Badge.

c. Component bars are authorized only for the following types of vehicles and/or qualifications:

(1) Driver-W (for wheeled vehicles).

(2) Driver-T (for tracked vehicles).

(3) Driver-M (for motorcycles).

(4) Driver-A (for amphibious vehicles).

(5) Mechanic (for automotive or allied vehicles).

(6) Operator-S (for special mechanical equipment).

d. The eligibility requirements for drivers require that a Soldier must —

(1) Qualify for and possess a current OF 346 (U.S. Government Motor Vehicles Operator's Identification Card), issued as prescribed by AR 600-55 ; and

(2) Be assigned duties and responsibilities as a driver or assistant driver of Government vehicles for a minimum of 12 consecutive months, or during at least 8,000 miles with no Government motor vehicle accidents or traffic violations recorded on his or her DA Form 348-1 (Equipment Operator's Qualification Record (Except Aircraft) continuation sheet); or

(3) Perform satisfactorily for a minimum period of 1 year as an active qualified driver instructor or motor vehicle driver examiner.

e. The eligibility requirements for mechanics require that a Soldier must —

(1) Pass aptitude tests and complete the standard mechanics' course with a "skilled" rating or have demonstrated possession of sufficient previous experience as an automotive or engineer equipment mechanic to justify such a rating.

(2) Be assigned to primary duty as an automotive or engineer mechanic, unit level or higher, or be an active automotive or engineer mechanic instructor.

(3) If required to drive an Army motor vehicle in connection with automotive mechanic or automotive mechanic instructor duties, qualify for motor vehicle operators permit as prescribed above, and perform duty which includes driving motor vehicles for a minimum of 6 consecutive months, and have no Army motor vehicle accidents or traffic violations recorded on his or her DA Form 348 (Equipment Operator's Qualification Record (Except Aircraft)).

f. The eligibility requirements for operators of special mechanical equipment require that a Soldier or civilian whose primary duty involves operation of Army materials handling or other mechanical equipment must have completed 12 consecutive months or 500 hours of operation, whichever comes later, without accident or written reprimand as the result of his or her operation, and his or her operating performance must have been adequate in all respects.

8-33. Glider Badge (rescinded)

Effective 3 May 1961, the Glider Badge is no longer awarded. An individual who was awarded the badge upon satisfying then current eligibility requirements may continue to wear the badge. Further, it may be awarded retroactively upon application to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408, when it can be established by means of sufficient documentation that the proficiency tests then prescribed were satisfactorily completed while assigned or attached to an airborne unit or to the Airborne Department of the Infantry School, or by participation in at least one combat glider landing into enemy-held territory as a member of an organized force carrying out an assigned tactical mission for which the unit was credited with an airborne assault landing by the theater commander.

8-34. Nuclear Reactor Operator Badges (rescinded)

Effective 1 October 1990, the Nuclear Reactor Operator Badges are no longer awarded. The Army has not conducted nuclear reactor operations or nuclear reactor operator training in several years. Accordingly, the Nuclear Reactor Operator Badges will no longer be awarded. Current Army recipients who were permanently awarded any degree of the badge may continue to wear it on the Army uniform.

Section III
Identification Badges

8-35. Intent

a. Eligible Army personnel are authorized to accept and wear identification badges listed below. Identification badges are authorized to be worn as public evidence of deserved honor and distinction to denote service performed in specified assignments in the White House; in the Office of the Secretary of Defense; in the Organization of the Joint Chiefs of Staff; as a member of HQDA; as a member of Guard, Tomb of the Unknown Soldier; as a participant in the Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps Nurse Cadet Program; as a drill sergeant; and as a U.S. Army recruiter, an ARNG recruiter, or a career counselor.

b. It should be noted that some of the identification badges listed above are not DA badges. Criteria and eligibility are subject to change and individuals are advised to contact the badge proponent for additional information and guidance.

c. Manner of wear of all identification badges is contained in AR 670-1 .

8-36. Presidential Service Badge and Certificate

a. The Presidential Service Badge and the Presidential Service Certificate were established by EO 11174 , 1 September 1964 as amended by EO 11407 , 23 April 1968; EO 11520 , 25 March 1970; and EO 12793 , 20 March 1992, as amended by EO 13286 , 28 February 2003. This award replaced the White House Service Badge and Certificate established by EO 10879 , 1 June 1960.

b. The certificate is awarded, in the name of the President, by the SECARMY, to Servicemembers of the Army who have been assigned to the White House Office, to military units and support facilities under the administration of the White House Military Office, or to other direct support positions with the Executive Office of the President. The certificate will not be issued to any Servicemember who is issued a Vice Presidential Certificate or similar Executive Office of the President Certificate, for the same period of service. Such assignment must be for a period of at least 1 year, subsequent to 21 January 1989.

c. The badge is awarded to those Servicemembers of the Armed Forces who have been granted the Presidential Service Certificate and is awarded in the same manner in which the certificate is given. Once the badge is awarded, it may be worn as a permanent part of the uniform.

d. Only one certificate will be awarded to an individual during an administration. Only one badge will be awarded to an individual regardless of the number of certificates received.

e. The Presidential Service Badge and Certificate may be awarded posthumously.

8-37. Vice Presidential Service Badge and Certificate

a. The Vice Presidential Service Badge was established by EO 11926 , 19 July 1976.

b. The badge is awarded upon recommendation of the Military Assistant to the Vice President, by the SECARMY to U.S. Army personnel who have been assigned to duty in the Office of the Vice President for at least 1 year after 19 December 1974.

c. The badge will be accompanied by a certificate, which is awarded in the same manner in which the badge is given. Once the badge is awarded, it may be worn as a permanent part of the uniform.

d. Only one badge will be awarded to an individual during an administration. Only one badge will be awarded to an individual regardless of the number of certificates received.

e. The Vice Presidential Service Badge and Certificate may be awarded posthumously.

8-38. Office of the Secretary of Defense Identification Badge

The Office of the Secretary of Defense Identification Badge is authorized under 10 USC to provide a distinct identification of military staff members while assigned and, after reassignment, to indicate that the Servicemember satisfactorily served on the Secretary of Defense's staff. The prescribing directive for this badge is DODM 1348.33, Volume 1.

8-39. Joint Chiefs of Staff Identification Badge

a. The Joint Chiefs of Staff Identification Badge was established by the Joint Chiefs of Staff Memorandum Policy Number 142, date 3 April 1963, updated by Chairman of the Joint Chief of Staff Instructions ( CJCSI )1301.01D.

b. The criteria for award of the badge is as follows:

(1) Active duty personnel are authorized to wear the Joint Chiefs of Staff Identification Badge during their permanent assignment to one of the organizations listed in CJCSI 1310.01E, Enclosure D. For permanent award of the badge, personnel must have been assigned to a qualifying position for at least 365 consecutive days and have been approved by their respective organization approval authorities. The Manpower and Personnel Directorate, Personnel Services Division (PSD) will compute qualifying service time from the date the individual actually reports to PSD for duty with the Joint Staff to the date the individual out processes.

(2) Upon assumption of duties, the following are eligible for immediate wear and permanent award of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Identification Badge: Joint Chiefs of Staff and Service Vice Chiefs of Staff; Operations Deputies and Deputy Operations Deputies; Service Planners; and the four Servicemembers of the Joint Requirements Oversight Council Review Board.

(3) Members of RCs are eligible to wear the Joint Chiefs of Staff Identification Badge if they are assigned to any of the organizations listed in CJCSI 1310.01D, Enclosure D. Further, recalled reservists are eligible for permanent award of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Identification Badge once they have served for a total of 365 days. Reservists assigned to IMA positions are eligible for permanent award after being assigned for 2 years and performed satisfactorily on active duty in the augmentee position for 24 or more days on or after 1 August 1991. The PSD will compute qualifying service beginning with the date the individual actually reports to PSD for duty with the Joint Staff.

c. As an exception to policy, the Vice Director, Joint Staff, will consider eligibility to wear and receive permanent award of the badge to personnel on an individual, case-by-case basis. Recommendations for award in these cases must be for truly extraordinary circumstances and submitted to Vice Director, Joint Staff, through J-1, by officers BG/O-7 or above.

d. A certificate of eligibility may be issued to military personnel who have been assigned to duty and have served not less than 1 year after 14 January 1961 in a position of responsibility under the direct cognizance of the Joint Chiefs of Staff.

8-40. Army Staff Identification Badge (Army Staff Lapel Pin)

The Army Staff Identification Badge was first proposed by General Douglas MacArthur on 28 December 1931 to recognize outstanding performance of duty while detailed to the Army General Staff. The badge was first authorized and criteria for issue were announced in War Department Circular No. 45. The name of the badge was changed to the Army Staff Identification Badge on 29 May 1985 by General John Wickham, CSA. The badge is awarded by principal officials of HQDA to military personnel serving on their staff and within their subordinate agencies. Eligibility criteria for wear and permanent issue are contained in DA Memo 672-1 . Permanent issue must be authorized by principal officials with the certificate of authorization constituting authority for wearing the badge as a permanent part of the uniform.

8-41. Guard, Tomb of the Unknown Soldier Identification Badge

a. The Guard, Tomb of the Unknown Soldier Identification Badge will be authorized by the Commander, 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard) for wear by each member serving in one of the positions listed in paragraphs 8-41a(1) thru (4) at the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier who has met all specified criteria for earning the badge. Only Soldiers serving in the following positions are authorized to earn the badge:

(1) Commander of the Guard (platoon leader).

(2) Sergeant of the Guard (platoon sergeant).

(3) Commander of the Relief.

(4) Sentinels.

b. Effective 17 December 1963, the Commander, 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard), may authorize the wearing of the Tomb Identification Badge as a permanent part of the uniform for personnel who have —

(1) Served honorably for a minimum of 9 months, which need not be continuous, as a member serving at the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier.

(2) Met all specified criteria for earning the badge.

(3) Been recommended by the Commander, E Company (Honor Guard), 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard).

c. If Soldiers who have served honorably meet all specified criteria for earning the badge prior to serving 9 total months as a member serving at the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier and are recommended by the Commander, E Company (Honor Guard), 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard), temporary wear of the Tomb Identification Badge may be authorized by the Commander, 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard).

d. Soldiers who are moved from authorized positions prior to completion of 9 total months may be considered for permanent award on a case-by-case basis by the Commander, 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard).

e. Authorization is as follows:

(1) Authorization of the Tomb Identification Badge as a uniform item will be made by order of the Commander, 3d U.S. Infantry Regimental citing this paragraph as authority. This order will constitute authority for individuals to wear the badge as a part of their military uniform. Original issue of the badge will be made by the Commander, 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard). Replacements will be purchased from approved commercial sources to ensure the quality of the badge.

(2) This award is retroactive to 1 February 1958 for personnel in the Active Army. This date reflects when the badge was first created and recognized by the Army for official wear. Former Soldiers may apply for award of the badge to Commander, 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard), Fort Myer, VA 22211-5020.

f. Revocation is as follows:

(1) When the Commander, 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard) is made aware of information about a current or former member of the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier who was authorized permanent wear of the Tomb Identification Badge that suggests inappropriate conduct including, but not limited to, acts of commission or omission for a member of that unit, or the intention to engage in inappropriate conduct, he will notify the Commander, E Company (Honor Guard), 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard). The Commander, E Company (Honor Guard) will conduct a Commander's Inquiry to determine if the matter warrants further investigation, or if there is sufficient information to recommend to the Commander, 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard) that the Tomb Identification Badge be revoked or that the Soldier be reassigned, or both.

(2) Nothing stated in this regulation will serve to prevent the Regimental Commander from taking peremptory action as deemed necessary or appropriate to protect the interests of the U.S. Army, the 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard), or the Soldiers under his command. Authority to revoke the badge remains with Commander, 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard). Revocation will be announced in POs.

g. Requests to have the Guard, Tomb of the Unknown Soldier Identification Badge reinstated will be directed to the current Commander, Headquarters, 3d U.S. Infantry Regiment (The Old Guard), Fort Myer, VA 22211-1199. Requests will be reviewed upon receipt of all information and forwarded to the reinstatement authority with a recommendation. Approving authority for reinstatements is Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

8-42. Drill Sergeant Identification Badge

a. Award of the badge is authorized for the successful completion of the Drill Sergeant Course and assignment as a drill sergeant to a training command.

b. The Commandant of the Drill Sergeant School will authorize the permanent wear of the badge to eligible personnel by memorandum. Officers are authorized to wear this badge if it was permanently awarded to them while in an enlisted status.

c. The badge may be revoked if the recipient is removed from the position of drill sergeant for cause, regardless of the amount of time the individual has served in the position in a satisfactory manner. Authority to revoke the badge is delegated to commanders of U.S. Army training centers and commandants of drill sergeant schools. Commanders of U.S. Army training centers may further delegate the revocation authority to commanders in the grade of COL/O-6 or higher who have the authority to remove Soldiers from drill sergeant duties and withdraw SQIs "X."

8-43. U.S. Army Recruiter Identification Badges

a. The U.S. Army Basic Recruiter Badge is authorized for wear by military personnel, Active Army and RC, assigned or attached to the U.S. Army Recruiting Command (USAREC) as designated by the CG, USAREC, in approved supplementation of this regulation.

(1) Authority for the temporary wear of the Basic Recruiter Badge for designated personnel as a uniform item will be announced by CG, USAREC.

(2) Authority for permanent wear of the Basic Recruiter Badge for eligible personnel as a permanent part of the uniform will be announced by memorandums issued by the Commandant, Recruiting and Retention School as authorized by the CG, USAREC. These personnel must meet the criteria established by the CG, USAREC for permanent wear. Requests for exceptions to that policy must be approved by the DCS, G-1.

(3) One, two, or three gold achievement stars may be awarded to eligible personnel meeting the criteria established for each achievement star by the CG, USAREC before 30 September 2010. These stars will be affixed to the basic badge. Effective 30 September 2010, award of one, two, or three gold stars is suspended.

b. The U.S. Army Gold Recruiter Badge is authorized for wear by eligible personnel meeting the criteria established by the CG, USAREC.

(1) One, two, or three sapphire achievement stars may be awarded to eligible personnel meeting the criteria established for each achievement star by the CG, USAREC before 30 September 2010. These stars will be affixed to the gold badge. Effective 30 September 2010, award of the Gold Recruiter Badge with one, two, or three sapphires is suspended.

(2) Authority for permanent wear of the Gold Recruiter Badge, with or without sapphire achievement stars, for eligible personnel as a permanent part of the uniform will be announced by memorandum issued by recruiting BN commanders as authorized by the CG, USAREC.

c. The U.S. Army Master Recruiter Badge is authorized for wear by eligible personnel meeting the criteria established by CG, USAREC.

(1) Authority for permanent wear of the Master Recruiter Badge for eligible personnel as a permanent part of the uniform will be announced by memorandum issued by recruiting brigade commanders as authorized by the CG, USAREC.

(2) Award of the Master Recruiter Badge is effective 2 February 2011 and is not retroactive.

d. The CG, USAREC is delegated authority to revoke award of all recruiter badges.

8-44. Career Counselor Badge

a. The Career Counselor Badge may be authorized for wear by enlisted personnel assigned to authorized duty positions which require primary MOS 79S (career counselor). Officers are authorized to wear the badge if they held an authorized retention primary MOS and met the criteria in paragraph 8-44 d (1) while in an enlisted status.

b. The award is retroactive to 1 January 1972 for Soldiers who currently hold primary MOS 79S or previously held primary MOS 79D or 00R (retention NCO) or primary MOS 00E (In-Service recruiter/transition NCO RC career counselor) and meet the criteria or permanent award outlined below.

c. Authorization of the badge as a uniform item will be announced by commanders of units of BN size and larger. Temporary wear of the badge is authorized for Soldiers who meet one of the following requirements:

(1) Served less than 12 months as primary MOS 79S (career counselor) since graduation from the Army Retention Course.

(2) Served less than 12 months as AGR career counselor (primary MOS 79S).

(3) Served as USAR reenlistment NCO according to paragraph 8-44 f .

d. Permanent wear of the badge is authorized for Soldiers who meet one of the following requirements:

(1) For Active Army, successfully completes 12 months as primary MOS 79S (career counselor) since graduation from the resident Army Retention Course.

(2) For USAR or ARNG, successfully completes formal resident training and 12 months in a primary duty MTOE and/or TDA retention coded position (primary MOS 79S or other previously assigned retention MOS).

(3) Soldiers who have been awarded a secondary MOS of 79S as a result of formal resident training and have performed duties as career counselor in a valid MTOE or TDA 79S position for a period of 12 consecutive months.

e. Commanders in the rank of COL/O-6 or above may authorize the wear of the Career Counselor Badge as a permanent part of the uniform for qualified enlisted personnel (MOS 79S) who honorably complete the probationary period listed above. Cite this paragraph as authority. DA Form 7347 (Career Counselor Badge Certificate) will be presented to qualified recipients. Soldiers relieved from career counselor duties according to AR 601-280 , appendix B, will have their authority to wear the badge withdrawn.

f. The Career Counselor Badge may be authorized by the CGs of Army GOCOMs and the Commander, HRC for wear by enlisted members of the USAR who have successfully completed either the resident or nonresident RC Recruiting Course and have been designated as USAR reenlistment NCO. Authorization of the badge as a uniform item will be announced by the CGs of USAR GOCOMs or the Commander, HRC, upon recommendation by unit commanders. Recommendations will be processed through normal command channels. The badge is authorized for temporary wear only and will be withdrawn when the awardee ceases to be a designated USAR reenlistment NCO.

8-45. Army National Guard Recruiting and Retention Identification Badges

a. The National Guard Bureau is the proponent agency for these badges.

b. There are three degrees of badges that may be awarded-basic, senior, and master ARNG Recruiter Badges.

8-46. United States Army Reserve Recruiter Identification Badge

The USAR Recruiter Badge no longer exists as a separate identification badge. All Active Army and RC recruiters will wear the U.S. Army Recruiter Identification Badges authorized in paragraph 8-43 .

Section IV
Marksmanship Badges and Tabs

8-47. U.S. Army Basic Marksmanship Qualification Badges

a. A basic Marksmanship Qualification Badge is awarded to indicate the degree in which an individual, military, or civilian has qualified in a prescribed record course and an appropriate bar is furnished to denote each weapon with which he or she qualified. Each bar will be attached to the basic badge that indicates the qualification last attained with the respective weapon. Basic qualification badges are of three classes: Expert, Sharpshooter, and Marksman. The only weapons for which component bars are authorized are in table 8-2 . Basic Marksmanship Qualification Badges are awarded to U.S. military and civilian personnel, and to foreign military personnel who qualify as prescribed.

b. See AR 670-1 for instructions concerning the wear of basic Marksmanship Qualification Badges and component bar tabs.

c. Approval authority is as follows:

(1) Any commander in the rank or position of LTC/O-5 or above may award to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States; camp and/or post commanders, Professors of Military Science, and Directors of Army Instruction and/or Senior Army Instructors.

(2) Except for uniformed civilian guards ( AR 670-10 ), awards to civilians will be made by the CMP. The CMP is administered by the Corporation for the Promotion of Rifle Practice and Firearms Safety, Inc., Post Office Box 576, Port Clinton, Ohio 43452-0576. The authorization for civilian guards to wear basic Marksmanship Qualification Badges may be made by installation commanders. Civilian guards will procure badges at their own expense.

8-48. Ranger Tab

a. The Ranger Tab is authorized for award to U.S. military and civilian personnel, and foreign military personnel who qualify as prescribed.

b. The basic eligibility criteria for award of the Ranger Tab is as follows:

(1) Successful completion of a Ranger course conducted by the U.S. Army Infantry School.

(2) Any person who was awarded the CIB while serving during World War II as a member of a Ranger BN (1st through 6th inclusive) or in the 5307th Composite Unit (Provisional) and 475th Infantry Regiment (Merrill's Marauders).

(3) Any person who successfully completed a Ranger course conducted by the Ranger Training Command at Fort Benning, GA.

(a) Award approval authority: The Commandant of the U.S. Army Infantry School and Commander, HRC, ADB may award the Ranger Tab.

(b) See paragraph 1-32 c (13) for revocation requirements.

8-49. Special Forces Tab

a. Any person meeting one of the criteria below may be awarded the SF Tab:

(1) Successful completion of USAJFKSWCS approved Active Army institutional training leading to SF qualification.

(2) Successful completion of a USAJFKSWCS approved RC SF qualification program.

(3) Successful completion of an authorized unit-administered SF qualification program.

b. For active component institutional training, the SF Tab may be awarded to all personnel who meet the following:

(1) For successful completion of the SF Qualification Course or SF Detachment Officer Qualification Course (previously known as the SF Officer Course). These courses are or were conducted by the USAJFKSWCS (previously known as the U.S. Army Institute for Military Assistance).

(2) Prior to 1 January 1988 for successful completion of the then approved program of instruction for SF qualification in a SF group, who were subsequently awarded, by competent authority, SQI "S" in CMF 18 (enlisted), or SQI "3" in functional area 18 (officer).

c. For RC SF qualification programs, the SF Tab may be awarded to all personnel who successfully complete a RC SF qualification program according to TRADOC Regulation 135-5, dated 1 June 1988 or its predecessors and who were subsequently awarded, by competent authority, SQI "S" or "3" in MOS 11B, 11C, 12B, 05B, 91B, or additional skill identifier "5G" or SQI "3". USAJFKSWCS will determine individual entitlement for award of the SF Tab based on historical review of Army, Continental Army Command, and TRADOC regulations prescribing SF qualification requirements in effect at the time the individual began a RC SF qualification program.

d. For unit-administered SF qualification programs, the SF Tab may be awarded to all personnel who successfully completed unit-administered SF qualification programs as authorized by regulation. The USAJFKSWCS will determine individual entitlement to award of the SF Tab based upon historical review of regulations prescribing SF qualification requirements in effect at the time the individual began a unit-administered SF qualification program.

e. The SF Tab may be awarded retroactively to all personnel who performed the following wartime service:

(1) From 1942 through 1973. Served with a SF unit during wartime and were either unable to or not required to attend a formal program of instruction but were awarded SQI "S", "3", or additional skill identifier "5G" by competent authority.

(2) Prior to 1954. The SF Tab may be awarded prior to 1955 for at least 120 consecutive days in one of the following organizations:

(a) 1st Special Service Force, August 1942 to December 1944.

(b) Office of Strategic Services (OSS) Detachment 101, April 1942 to September 1945.

(c) OSS Jedburgh Detachments, May 1944 to May 1945.

(d) OSS Operational Groups, May 1944 to May 1945.

(e) OSS Maritime Unit, April 1942 to September 1945.

(f) 6th Army Special Reconnaissance Unit (Alamo Scouts), February 1944 to September 1945.

(g) 8240th Army Unit, June 1950 to July 1953.

(3) From 1954 through 1975. Any company grade officer or enlisted Servicemember awarded the CIB or CMB while serving for at least 120 consecutive days in one of the following type organizations:

(a) SF operational detachment-A (A-Team).

(b) Mobile strike force.

(c) SF reconnaissance team.

(d) SF special project unit.

f. Award approval authority: Commander, U.S. Army John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center, Fort Bragg, NC 28307-5000 and Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408 may award the SF Tab.

g. The SF Tab for active and RC Soldiers will be reinstated by the Commander, USASOC when fully justified. Veterans, retirees, or primary next of kin should submit a request for reinstatement of the SF Tab to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408, for final review.

8-50. Sapper Tab

The Sapper Tab was established by the CSA on 28 June 2004. It is authorized for award to U.S. military and civilian personnel and foreign military personnel who meet the prescribed eligibility criteria.

a. The basic eligibility criteria for award of the Sapper Tab are as follows:

(1) Successful completion of all graduation requirements and a graduation certificate from a Sapper Leaders Course conducted by the U.S. Army Engineer School.

(2) Any person who successfully graduates from a Sapper Leaders Course conducted by the U.S. Army Engineer School at Fort Leonard Wood, MO.

b. The Sapper Tab may be awarded retroactively to any person who successfully completed all graduation requirements and received a graduation certificate from the Sapper Leaders Course on or after 14 June 1985. Retroactive requests will be submitted to Commandant, U.S. Army Engineer School, U.S. Army Maneuver Support Center of Excellence (Commander, 577th Engineer Battalion), 464 MANSCEN Loop, Suite 1661, Fort Leonard Wood, MO 65473-8927. Retroactive requests for veterans and retirees must be forwarded as follows:

(1) Personnel released from active duty with Reserve obligation; RC personnel; Army personnel separated after October 2002 by discharge, resignation, or death; retired officer and enlisted personnel submit requests to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

(2) Personnel separated after 1912 and prior to October 2002 by discharge, resignation, or death; retired officer and enlisted personnel submit to National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), Military Personnel Records, 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002.

c. The Sapper Tab may be revoked by the Commandant, U.S. Army Engineer School or HRC, ADB based on the recommendation of the field commander (COL/O-6 and above) of the individual in question. This can be based on the opinion, of that commander, that the individual has exhibited a pattern of behavior, expertise, or duty performance that is inconsistent with expectations of the Army, that is, degree of confidence, commitment, competency, and discipline. Award of the Sapper Tab may be revoked for any of the following conditions:

(1) Dismissal, dishonorable discharge, or conviction by courts-martial for desertion in time of war.

(2) Failure to maintain prescribed standards of personal fitness and readiness to accomplish missions commensurate with position and rank.

(3) Upon relief or release for cause.

d. Award approval authority for the Sapper Tab is the Commandant of the U.S. Army Engineer School and HRC, ADB.

8-51. Physical Fitness Badge

a. The Physical Fitness Badge was established by the SECARMY on 25 June 1986. Effective 1 February 1999, Soldiers who obtain a minimum score of 270 or above, with a minimum of 90 points per event, on the Army Physical Fitness Test and meet the body fat standards will be awarded the Physical Fitness Badge for Physical Fitness Excellence. Soldiers are required to meet the above criteria each record test to continue to wear the badge. POs are not required for award of the Physical Fitness Badge.

b. See AR 670-1 for wear of the Physical Fitness Badge.

8-52. U.S. Civilian Marksmanship Program

The CMP promotes firearms safety training and rifle practice for all qualified U.S. citizens with special emphasis on youth. The CMP operates through a network of affiliated shooting clubs and associations that covers every State in the United States. The clubs and associations offer firearms safety training and marksmanship courses as well as the opportunity for continued practice and competition. The CMP is administered by the Corporation for the Promotion of Rifle Practice and Firearms Safety, Inc. The address for the headquarters is Post Office Box 576, Port Clinton, Ohio, 43452-0576.

8-53. President's Hundred Tab

a. A President's Hundred Tab is awarded to Soldiers who qualify among the top 100 scoring competitors in the President's Match held annually at the National Rifle Matches.

b. The National Rifle Association's (NRA) President's Match was instituted at the NRA matches of 1878 as the American Military Rifle Championship Match. It was patterned after an event for British Volunteers called the Queen's Match, which the NRA of Great Britain initiated in 1860. In 1884, the name was changed to the President's Match for the Military Rifle Championship of the United States. The President's Match was discontinued during World Wars I and II and the Korean War. It was reinstated in 1957 at the National Matches as "The President's Hundred." The top- scoring 100 competitors in the President's Match were singled out for special recognition in a retreat ceremony in which the competitors passed in review before the winner and former winners of this historic match.

c. The cloth tab was approved for wear on the Army uniform on 3 March 1958. It is a full-color embroidered tab of yellow 4 1/4 inches in length and 5/8 inch in height, with the words "President's Hundred" centered in 1/4 inch high green letters.

Section V
Process Award of Badges to Army Personnel

8-54. Rules for processing award of Army badges

a. There are no statutory or regulatory time limits pertaining to award of badges.

b. Criteria for the various types of badges are shown in the previous paragraphs.

c. Army badges may be granted posthumously to the primary next of kin, at Government expense, for the initial award only (see para 1-47 for reissue and replacement instructions).

d. POs are not required for award of basic Marksmanship Qualification Badges. Badge approval may be announced via memorandum, letter, roster, or other locally devised form.

e. The publication of orders is not required to announce approval of identification badges. However, the proponent or approving agency may require the announcement to be published in a memorandum, letter, or certificate. Identification badges will be processed per directives issued by the badge proponent.

f. See paragraph 10-11 for information concerning badge certificates.

g. All other U.S. Army combat and special skill badges will be announced in POs.

h. Badge criteria and approval authority are shown with the respective badges in the previous paragraphs.

i. Approval authority for retroactive award of badges for Army retirees, Army veterans, and posthumous awards to the primary next of kin of the above personnel, is National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), Army Reference Branch, 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002.

j. An individual request for a badge from an Active Army Soldier or ARNG and/or USAR unit Soldier should be submitted on a DA Form 4187 through command channels to the servicing personnel officer. The personnel officer will attach and/or verify supporting source documents. Personnel officer will then submit the request to the badge approval authority for decision. The burden of proof rests with the Soldier to provide adequate information to verify his or her badge entitlement.

8-55. Tables

Below are tables that outline who are authorized Army badges and tabs and a list of the component bars authorized for wear on the basic Marksmanship Qualification Badge.

Table 8-1. U.S. Army badges and tabs
May be awarded to: May be awarded to: May be awarded to:
Orders of precedence Servicemembers of other Services DA civilians Foreign military personnel
CIB Yes No Yes
CMB Yes No No
CAB Yes No Yes
EIB No No No
EFMB Yes Yes Yes
Parachutist Badges Yes Yes Yes
Parachute Rigger Badge Yes Yes Yes
Military Free Fall Parachutist Badge No No No
Army Aviator Badges Yes Yes Yes
Army Space Badge No No Yes
Astronaut device Yes Yes Yes
Flight Surgeon Badge Yes Yes Yes
Diver Badges Yes Yes Yes
Special Operations Diver Badge Yes No No
Explosive Ordnance Disposal Badges Yes Yes Yes
Pathfinder Badge Yes Yes Yes
Air Assault Badge Yes Yes Yes
Aviation Badges Yes Yes Yes
Driver and Mechanic Badge Yes Yes Yes
Ranger Tab Yes Yes Yes
SF Tab Yes Yes Yes
Sapper Tab Yes Yes Yes

Notes:
. Award of badges authorized to foreign military personnel will be made only after obtaining prior consent from their government and after completion of full requirements established for each badge. DA civilians must complete full requirements for the respective badge before it is awarded.


Table 8-2. Weapons for which component bars are authorized
Weapons: Rifle
Inscription: Rifle
Weapons: Pistol
Inscription: Pistol
Weapons: Anti-aircraft artillery
Inscription: AA Artillery
Weapons: Automatic rifle
Inscription: Auto Rifle
Weapons: Machine gun
Inscription: Machine gun
Weapons: Field artillery
Inscription: Field Arty
Weapons: Tank weapons
Inscription: Tank Weapons
Weapons: Flamethrower
Inscription: Flamethrower
Weapons: Submachine gun
Inscription: Submachine Gun
Weapons: Rocket launcher
Inscription: Rocket Launcher
Weapons: Grenade
Inscription: Grenade
Weapons: Carbine
Inscription: Carbine
Weapons: Recoilless rifle
Inscription: Recoilless rifle
Weapons: Mortar
Inscription: Mortar
Weapons: Bayonet
Inscription: Bayonet
Weapons: Rifle, small bore
Inscription: Small bore rifle
Weapons: Missile
Inscription: Missile
Weapons: Aero-weapons
Inscription: Aero-weapons

Chapter 9
Foreign and International Decorations and Awards to U.S. Army Personnel

Section I
General Provisions

9-1. Introduction

a. Intent. This chapter outlines the policies pertaining to the eligibility of individuals to accept or wear foreign decorations and badges tendered by foreign governments.

b. Law. 5 USC 7342 provides for employees of the U.S. Government, including Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States, to accept gifts or decorations from a foreign government under certain conditions. No DOD employee may accept, request, or otherwise encourage the offer of a decoration from a foreign government. When possible, employees will refuse to accept such decorations or awards unless refusal would likely cause offense or embarrassment or otherwise adversely affect the foreign relations of the United States. Subject to restriction, an individual may participate in a ceremony and receive the tender of a foreign decoration. The receipt of the decoration will not constitute acceptance of the award by the recipient. The wearing of unauthorized awards, decorations, or other devices is a violation of UCMJ and may subject a Soldier to appropriate disciplinary action.

c. Policy. Conforming to the consent of Congress, it is DOD policy that awards from foreign governments may be accepted only in recognition of active combat service or for outstanding or unusually meritorious performance. Activities normally undertaken by the Armed Forces of the United States in support of an ally during peacetime are not considered sufficient to merit foreign individual or unit decorations.

d. Constitutional restriction. No person holding any office of profit or trust under the United States will, without the consent of the Congress, accept any present, compensation, office, or title of any kind whatsoever from any king, prince, or foreign states (Constitution, Article I, Section 9). This includes decorations and awards tendered by any official of a foreign government.

e. Foreign gifts. The approval and reporting of receipt of foreign gifts, to include travel and travel expenses, will be forwarded to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command (AHRC-PDP), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

9-2. Guidelines

a. Terms. As used in this chapter, the following terms apply:

(1) Decorations. Any order, device, medal, badge, insignia, emblem, or award tendered by or received from a foreign government. Although a foreign government may label or consider an item to be a decoration that designation in itself does not mean the U.S. Government will consider the item a decoration. The key factor is whether the item is similar in nature to individual decorations awarded by the U.S. Government.

(2) Employee. Every Servicemember of the Armed Forces of the United States, or a member of the Family and household of any such person. For that explanation, "member of the Family and household" means a relative by blood, marriage, or adoption that is a resident of the household.

(3) Employing component. The DOD component in which the recipient is appointed, employed, or enlisted. If a recipient is not so serving, but is a spouse or Family member of a serving individual, then the employing DOD component is that in which the serving individual is appointed, employed, or enlisted.

(4) Foreign government. Includes any unit of foreign governmental authority (including any foreign national, State, local, and municipal government) or any international or multinational organization whose membership is composed of the agents or representatives of any of these foreign governments.

(5) Outstanding or unusually meritorious performance. Performance of duty determined by the employing DOD component to have contributed to an unusually significant degree toward the furtherance of good relations between the United States and the foreign government tendering the decoration. That requires that the service be of national significance to the foreign government and that it be performed under exceptionally difficult, extraordinary, or hazardous conditions.

b. Procedures. See DODM 1348.33 , Volume 3, Enclosure 3 for the procedures on accepting foreign awards proffered by a foreign government.

c. Special provisions.

(1) The provisions for receipt and acceptance, or prohibition thereof, of foreign decorations and badges outlined in this chapter apply to the following:

(a) All personnel in the Armed Forces of the United States, whether or not on active duty.

(b) All members of the RCs of the Armed Forces of the United States, whether or not on active duty.

(c) All DA civilian employees, including experts and consultants under contract to DA.

(d) All retired members of the active Armed Forces of the United States who are entitled to pay.

(e) A member of the Family and household of military and civilian personnel designated in paragraphs 9-2 c (1)(a) through (c) and all spouses (unless legally separated) and their dependents, as defined in 26 USC 152.

(2) The provisions for receipt and acceptance, or prohibition thereof, of foreign decorations and badges outlined in this chapter do not apply to the following:

(a) If the recipient of a decoration dies before approval of acceptance can be obtained. Such decorations and accompanying documents will be forwarded to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408, for delivery to the primary next of kin.

(b) A foreign decoration awarded for service while the recipient was a bona fide member of the armed forces of a friendly foreign nation provided the decoration was made prior to employment of the recipient by the U.S. Government.

(c) A decoration for service in the Republic of Vietnam accepted on or after 1 March 1961, but no later than 28 March 1974.

Section II
Types of Foreign Awards

9-3. Foreign decorations

Decorations received which have been tendered in recognition of active field service in connection with combat operations or which have been awarded for outstanding or unusually meritorious performance may be accepted and worn upon receiving the approval of Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. In the absence of such approval, the decoration will become the property of the United States and will be deposited with HRC for use or disposal.

9-4. Foreign unit decorations

a. Eligibility. During the period of military operations against an armed enemy and for 1 year thereafter; or while engaged in military operations involving conflict with an opposing foreign force; or while serving with friendly foreign forces engaged in an armed conflict against an opposing armed force in which the United States is not a belligerent party. All ACOM, ASCC, DRU, corps, and division commanders are authorized to accept foreign unit decorations tendered to brigades, BNs, or smaller units under their command. HRC will take final action on all tenders of foreign unit decorations to headquarters and headquarters companies of divisions and higher or comparable units. This authority will not be further delegated. Acceptance of foreign unit decorations will be reported to HRC, ADB for confirmation in DAGOs.

b. Acceptance. Foreign unit decorations may be accepted only if all the following conditions are met:

(1) The decoration is tendered by a friendly foreign nation for heroism or exceptionally meritorious service in direct support of military operations.

(2) The decoration is one that is conferred by the national government of the foreign country upon units of its own armed forces.

(3) The unit is cited by name in orders of the national government of the foreign country.

c. Approval authority. Foreign unit decorations will be neither recommended by nor sought by DA. Solicitation of foreign unit decorations by individuals or units within the Army is prohibited. Acceptance of foreign unit decorations will be approved by the CG, HRC only when the award is proffered by the foreign government based on services performed and without solicitation.

d. Display.

(1) Awards of foreign unit decorations are evidenced by streamers, fourrageres, or lanyards attached to the pike or lance as a component part of organizational colors, distinguishing flags, or guidons.

(2) The streamer will be of colors corresponding to the ribbon of the unit decoration with the name of the action or the area of operations embroidered thereon. A separate streamer will be furnished for each award. The medal will be attached only on ceremonial occasions.

(3) Additional foreign unit decorations which have been tendered and accepted but for which no streamer is authorized for unit colors and guidons are as follows:

(a) Citation in the Order of the Day of the Belgian Army.

(b) State of Vietnam Ribbon of Friendship.

(c) Netherlands Orange Lanyard.

(d) French Fourragere.

(e) Belgian Fourragere.

e. Foreign unit emblems.

(1) Procurement. Normally, when a unit is cited only the organizational color, distinguishing flag, or guidon is decorated. Unless specifically authorized by orders of the foreign government and approved by the CG, HRC no emblem is issued, but one may be purchased for wear on the uniform. See AR 670-1 for information on wear of foreign unit awards.

(2) Wear. The only emblems currently authorized for wear on the uniform to indicate a foreign decoration received by a unit are the French and Belgian Fourrageres, the Netherlands Orange Lanyard, the Philippine Republic Presidential Unit Citation Badge, the Republic of Korea Presidential Unit Citation Badge, the Vietnam Presidential Unit Citation Badge, the Republic of Vietnam Gallantry Cross Unit Citation Badge, and the Republic of Vietnam Civil Actions Medal Unit Citation Badges. Only the French Fourragere and the Republic of Korea Presidential Unit Citation are authorized for temporary wear; temporary wear of the Republic of Korea Presidential Unit Citation is limited to wear while assigned to units in Korea.

(3) Purchase. The following emblems are not sold by DA, but may be purchased if desired from civilian dealers in military insignia and some Army Exchanges: Philippine Republic, Republic of Korea, and the Vietnam Presidential Unit Citations; the Republic of Vietnam Gallantry Cross; and the Republic of Vietnam Civil Actions Medal.

Section III
Foreign and International Awards

9-5. United Nations Service Medal

The United Nations Service Medal was established by UN General Assembly Resolution 483(V), 12 December 1950. Presidential acceptance for the U.S. Armed Forces was announced by DOD on 27 November 1951.

a. Qualifications. To qualify for award of the United Nations Service Medal, individuals must meet one of the following:

(1) Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States dispatched to Korea or adjacent areas for service on behalf of the UN in the action in Korea.

(2) Other personnel dispatched to Korea or adjacent areas as members of paramilitary and quasi-military units designated by the U.S. Government for service in support of UN action in Korea and certified by the UN Commander in Chief as having directly supported military operations there.

(3) Personnel awarded the KSM are automatically eligible for award of the United Nations Service Medal.

(4) Service with a national contingent designated by the U.S. Government for service in support of the UN action in Korea and certified by the UN Commander in Chief as having directly supported military operations in Korea.

b. Service requirements. Service will be for periods between 27 June 1950 and 27 July 1954, inclusive, under either of the following conditions:

(1) Within the territorial limits of Korea or the waters immediately adjacent thereto or in the air over Korea or over such waters.

(2) The service prescribed must have been performed while serving with any unit as provided in paragraphs 9-5 a (1) and (2) as specified below:

(a) While on an assignment to such unit for any period between the dates specified above.

(b) While attached to such a unit for a period of 30 days, consecutive or nonconsecutive, between the dates specified above.

(c) While in active combat against the enemy under conditions other than those prescribed in paragraphs 9-5 b (a) and (b) if a combat decoration has been awarded or an individual certificate testifying to such combat service has been furnished by the commander of an independent force or a division, ship, or air group, or comparable or higher unit.

c. Exclusions. Personnel of the UN and its specialized agencies, any national government service, other than as prescribed above, and International Red Cross personnel engaged for service under the UN Commander in Chief with any UN relief team in Korea will not be eligible for award of the medal.

d. Order of precedence. The United Nations Service Medal will follow the Philippine Independence Ribbon.

9-6. Inter-American Defense Board Medal

The Inter-American Defense Board Medal was established by the Ninety-first Session of the Inter-American Defense Board on 11 December 1945 and authorized by EO 11446 , 18 January 1969, as amended by EO 13286 , 28 February 2003.

a. U.S. military personnel who have served on the Inter-American Defense Board for at least 1 year as chairman of the board, delegates, advisors, officers of the staff, officers of the secretariat, or officers of the Inter-American Defense College may wear the Inter-American Defense Board ribbon permanently.

b. U.S. military personnel who have been awarded the Inter-American Defense Board Medal and ribbon may wear them when attending meetings, ceremonies, or other functions where Latin American members of the Board are present.

c. For order of precedence the Inter-American Defense Board Medal will follow the Philippine Independence Ribbon.

9-7. Philippine Defense Ribbon

a. The Philippine Defense Ribbon is awarded for service in the defense of the Philippines from 8 December 1941 to 15 June 1942, under either of the following conditions:

(1) Participation in any engagement against the enemy in Philippine territory, in Philippine waters, or in the air over the Philippines or over Philippine waters. An individual will be considered as having participated in an engagement if they meet one of the following: Was a member of the defense garrison of the Bataan Peninsula or of the fortified islands at the entrance to Manila Bay.

(a) Was a member of and present with a unit actually under enemy fire or air attack.

(b) Served on a ship that was under enemy fire or air attack.

(c) Was a crewmember or passenger in an airplane that was under enemy aerial or ground fire.

(2) Assigned or stationed in Philippine territory or in Philippine waters for not less than 30 days during the period.

b. Individuals who meet conditions set forth in paragraphs 9-7 a (1) and (2) are authorized to wear a bronze service star on the ribbon.

c. For order of precedence, the Philippine Defense Ribbon will follow the Expeditionary Medal.

9-8. Philippine Liberation Ribbon

The Philippine Liberation Ribbon is authorized by DA Circular 59, 8 March 1948.

a. Requirements. Awarded for service in the liberation of the Philippines from 17 October 1944 to 3 September 1945, under any of the following conditions:

(1) Participated in the initial landing operations on Leyte or adjoining islands from 17 October 1944 to 20 October 1944. An individual will be considered as having participated in such operations if he landed on Leyte or adjoining islands, was on a ship in Philippine waters, or was a crewmember of an airplane which flew over Philippine territory during the period.

(2) Participated in any engagement against the enemy during the campaign on Leyte and adjoining islands. An individual will be considered as having participated in combat if he or she meets any of the conditions set forth in paragraphs 9-7 a (1) and (2).

(3) Participated in any engagement against the enemy on islands other than those included in paragraph 9-8 a (2) . An individual will be considered as having participated in combat if they meet any of the conditions set forth in paragraph 9-7 a (1)(b) through (d).

(4) Served in the Philippine Islands or on ships in Philippine waters for no less than 30 days during the period.

b. Bronze service stars. An individual who meets more than one of the conditions set forth in paragraph 9-8 a is authorized to wear a bronze service star on the ribbon for each additional condition under which he or she qualifies other than that under which he or she is eligible for the initial award of the ribbon.

c. Order of precedence. The Philippine Liberation Ribbon will follow the Philippine Defense Ribbon.

9-9. Philippine Independence Ribbon

a. The Philippine Independence Ribbon is authorized by DA Circular 59, 1948. Any recipient of both the Philippine Defense and Philippine Liberation ribbons is eligible for award of the Philippine Independence Ribbon. U.S. Army personnel authorized to wear the Philippine Independence Ribbon under the established criteria may continue to wear the ribbon, provided the authority for such wear was recorded before 24 November 1954.

b. For order of precedence, the Philippine Independence Ribbon will follow the Philippine Defense Ribbon.

9-10. United Nations Medal

Established by the Secretary General of the UN and authorized under EO 11139 , 7 January 1964, as amended by EO 13286 , 28 February 2003. U.S. Servicemembers who are or have been in the service of the UN in operations designated by the Secretary of Defense may accept the UNM when awarded by the Chief of the UN mission.

a. Eligibility. The eligibility criteria for award of the UNM requires that an individual serve under the operational or tactical control of the UN and serve a minimum of 90 consecutive days in the service of the UN. Table 9-1 contains an updated list of DOD approved UNMs approved by the Office of the Under Secretary of Defense through 30 September 2011.

Table 9-1. Department of Defense approved United Nation Medals
United Nations mission or action Start date End date
UN Truce Supervisory Organization in Palestine 1 June 1948 To be determined
UN Military Observers Group in India and Pakistan 1 January 1949 To be determined
UN Service Medal (Korea) 27 June 1950 27 July 1954
UN Observation Group in Lebanon 1 June 1958 9 December 1958
UN Security Forces, Hollandia 1 October 1962 30 April 1963
UN Temporary Executive Authority 1 October 1962 30 April 1963
UN Security Force in West New Guinea (West Irian) 1 October 1962 30 April 1963
UN Iraq/Kuwait Observation Group 1 April 1991 31 October 2003
UN Mission for the Referendum in Western Sahara 1 May 1991 To be determined
UN Advance Mission in Cambodia 1 October 1991 31 March 1992
UN Protection Force in Yugoslavia 1 February 1992 31 March 1995
UN Transitional Authority in Cambodia 1 March 1992 30 September 1993
UN Operation Somalia 24 April 1992 31 March 1995
UN Operation in Mozambique 13 October 1992 31 January 1995
UN Observation Mission in Georgia 24 August 1993 30 June 2009
UN Mission in Haiti (includes U.S. Quick Reaction Force) 23 September 1994 31 March 2000
UN Preventive Deployment Force 31 March 1995 28 February 1999
UN Transitional Administrational Administration for Eastern Slavonia, Baranja, and Western Sirium 15 January 1996 31 January 1998
UN Support Mission in Haiti (includes U.S. Quick Reaction Force) 1 July 1996 31 July 1997
UN Verification Mission in Guatemala 3 March 1997 31 May 1997
UN Special Service Medal 6 October 1997 To be determined
UN Interim Administration in Kosovo 10 June 1999 To be determined
UN Assistance Mission in East Timor 11 June 1999 30 Sep 1999
UN Transitional Administration in East Timor 1 October 1999 20 May 2002
UN Organization Mission in the Democratic Republic of the Congo 30 November 1999 30 June 2010
UN Mission in Ethiopia and Eritrea 31 July 2000 31 July 2008
UN Mission of Support in East Timor 20 May 2002 20 May 2005
UN Assistance Mission in Iraq - UN Awards the UN Special Service Medal 14 August 2003 To be determined
UN Mission in Liberia 19 September 2003 To be determined
UN Stabilization Mission in Haiti 1 June 2004 To be determined
African Union/UN Hybrid Operation in Darfur 31 July 2007 To be determined
UN Mission in the Central African Republic and Chad 25 September 2007 31 December 2010
UN Organization Stabilization Mission in the Democratic Republic of the Congo 1 July 2010 To be determined

b. Wear. Each UN mission for which an UNM is awarded is commemorated by a suspension and service ribbon of unique colors and design. The ribbon and medallion combination take on the name of the specific operation for which the combination was created. For example, the operation in the Former Republic of Yugoslavia is UN Protection Force in Yugoslavia, yielding the UN Protection Force in Yugoslavia Medal. Servicemembers who are awarded an UNM may wear the first UNM with unique suspension and service ribbon for which they qualify. Only one UN ribbon is authorized for wear. A bronze service star will denote subsequent awards of the UNM for service in a different UN mission.

c. Presentation. The senior representative of the Secretary General who makes the award normally makes presentation of the UNM in the field. Approval authority to accept and wear the UNM for Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States is the Secretary of Defense. When presentation is not accomplished, any person who believes he or she is eligible for award may submit a request for award with copies of substantiating documents to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. The HRC, ADB will forward each request through the Office of Internal Administration, Office of the Assistant Secretary of State for International Organization Affairs, to the UN for consideration.

d. Order of precedence. The UNM will follow the Inter-American Defense Board Medal.

9-11. NATO Medal

The NATO Medal is awarded by the Secretary General of NATO to military and civilian members of the Armed Forces of the United States who participate in designated NATO operations.

a. Eligibility. The following missions and/or operations have been approved by the Secretary of Defense, for acceptance and wear:

(1) Operations related to the Former Republic of Yugoslavia (1 July 1992 to 12 October 1998).

(2) Operations related to Kosovo (13 October 1998 to 31 December 2002).

(3) Operation EAGLE ASSIST (12 October 2001 to 16 May 2002).

(4) Operation ACTIVE ENDEAVOR (26 October 2001 to a date to be determined).

(5) Operations in the Balkans (1 January 2003 to a date to be determined).

(6) International Security Assistance Force in Afghanistan (1 June 2003 to a date to be determined).

(7) National Training Implementation Mission-Iraq (18 August 2004 to 31 December 2011).

(8) National Training Mission-Iraq (18 August 2004 to 31 December 2011).

(9) Operations and activities in relation to Africa, Operations ALLIED PROVIDER, ALLIED PROTECTOR, AND OCEAN SHIELD (1 January 2008 to a date to be determined).

b. Period of qualifying service.

(1) The normal period of service, which will be required as qualifying service, is 30 days, continuous or accumulated, in any single tour of duty, which is normally 180 days.

(2) A period of qualifying service will not be required for the posthumous award of the medal or for those missing in action and therefore presumed killed or repatriated consequent to wounding or serious injury while on assignment.

(3) Where personnel, by the nature of their duties or location, are eligible for the award of more than one NATO Medal during the same period, such personnel will only be awarded the medal for one campaign or operation. The medal selection will be decided by the NATO chain of command according to the most appropriate qualifying conditions.

(4) Subject to meeting the specific eligibility criteria, military or civilian personnel who have completed a period of qualifying service during the designated campaign and/or operation will be eligible to receive the medal and appropriate ribbon and clasp, provided they have not been convicted of serious misconduct or crimes during the period of their assignment under NATO command or control.

c. Acceptance. Acceptance of the NATO Medal has been approved for U.S. military personnel who serve under NATO command or operational control in direct support of the above NATO operations.

d. Presentation. The NATO Medal will normally be presented by the Allied Command Europe headquarters exercising operational command or control over U.S. military units or individuals prior to their departure from service with NATO.

e. Medal set. The medal set includes a ribbon clasp denoting the specific operation for which the award was made. U.S. Servicemembers are authorized to retain the ribbon clasp presented but may not wear the clasp. Only the basic medal and service ribbon are authorized for wear on the uniform. The basic medal and service ribbon is further defined as the first NATO Medal awarded/presented to a Soldier for that contingency operation.

f. Subsequent awards. For subsequent awards (if approved by the Secretary of Defense) for service in a different NATO operation, U.S. military personnel will affix a bronze service star to the NATO Medal suspension ribbon and service ribbon.

g. Change in North Atlantic Treaty Organization policy. Effective 1 January 2011, NATO revised its policy to state that all NATO Medal requests must be submitted within 2 years of leaving the operational area. Request for medals for operations that ended 2 years or more prior to the date of request will not be processed.

h. Inquiries. All inquiries will be sent via the Service component to Supreme Headquarters Allied Powers Europe Joint Personnel Office and the U.S. National Military Representative by email to js.shape.us-mil-el.mbx.usnmr@mail.mil .

i. Order of precedence. The NATO Medal will have the same precedence as the UNM, but will rank immediately below the UNM when the wearer has been awarded both medals.

9-12. North Atlantic Treaty Organization Meritorious Service Medal

a. The NATO MSM is awarded to military and civilian personnel who have been commended for providing exceptional or remarkable service to NATO.

b. The eligibility criteria for award of the NATO MSM includes: military and civilian personnel must not have been convicted of serious misconduct or crimes during the period of assignment under NATO command and control; must be serving permanently or temporarily within NATO's operational chain of command or in those forces under NATO command or control or in a NATO body; must be commended personally by a commander or a head of a NATO body for one of the following:

(1) Performing acts of courage in difficult or dangerous circumstances.

(2) Showing exceptional leadership or personal example.

(3) Making an outstanding individual contribution in any activity or program.

(4) Enduring particular hardship or deprivation in the interest of NATO.

c. A period of qualifying service is not required. There is no limit to the number of times an individual may be recommended for the NATO MSM.

d. Where individuals by nature of their duties or location qualify for an operational award, such individuals may also be considered for the award of the NATO MSM in accordance with the criteria detailed above.

e. Award of the NATO MSM to personnel killed, presumed killed, or repatriated, as a result of being wounded or seriously injured while on assignment may be considered.

f. Order of precedence. The NATO MSM will be worn in the order of their receipt after all U.S. decorations, the Good Conduct Medal, campaign and service medals, and service and training ribbons.

9-13. Multinational Force and Observers Medal

The Multinational Force and Observers Medal was established by the Director General, Multinational Force and Observers (MFO), 24 March 1982. Presidential acceptance for the U.S. Armed Forces and DOD civilian personnel was announced by DOD on 28 July 1982.

a. Eligibility. To qualify for the award personnel must have served with the MFO at least 90 cumulative days after 3 August 1981. Effective 15 March 1985, personnel must serve 6 months (170 days minimum) with the MFO to qualify for the award. Periods of service on behalf of the MFO outside of Sinai and periods of leave while a Servicemember is serving with the MFO may be counted toward eligibility for the MFO medal. Qualifying time may be lost for disciplinary reasons. This award is not authorized for service in Lebanon.

b. Awards. Awards are made by the Director General, MFO, or in their name by officials to whom they delegate awarding authority.

c. Presentation. Presentations are usually made by personnel designated by the Director General, MFO. When presentation is not accomplished, any person with MFO service who believes he or she is eligible for the award may submit a request for the award to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. This request must include complete details related to MFO duty, including geographical location and inclusive dates of service, and copies of all substantiating documents. Commander, HRC will then forward each request through the Office of Internal Administration, Office of the Assistant Secretary of State for International Organization Affairs, to the MFO for consideration.

d. Subsequent awards. An appropriate numeral starting with numeral 2 will indicate second and subsequent awards for each completed 6-month tour. If an individual has not completed a cumulative 6-month tour, he or she is not eligible for award of the MFO medal unless one of the following conditions exists:

(1) The award is to be made posthumously.

(2) The Servicemember is medically evacuated due to Service-incurred injuries or serious illness.

(3) The Servicemember is withdrawn at the request of the parent Government for national service reasons under honorable conditions.

e. Order of precedence. The MFO Medal will follow the NATO Medal.

9-14. Republic of Vietnam Campaign Medal

The Republic of Vietnam Campaign Medal is awarded by the government of the Republic of Vietnam to Servicemembers of the U.S. Armed Forces and authorized by DODM 1348.33, Volume 3.

a. To qualify for award personnel must meet one of the following requirements:

(1) Have served in the Republic of Vietnam for 6 months during period specified in paragraph 9-14 b .

(2) Have served outside the geographical limits of the Republic of Vietnam and contributed direct combat support to the Republic of Vietnam and Armed Forces for 6 months. Individuals must meet the criteria established for the AFEM (Vietnam) or the VSM, during the period of service required to qualify for the Republic of Vietnam Campaign Medal.

(3) Have served as stated in paragraphs 9-14 a (1) or (2) for less than 6 months and have been one of the following:

(a) Wounded by hostile forces.

(b) Captured by hostile forces, but later escaped, was rescued, or released.

(c) Killed in action or otherwise in line of duty.

(4) Personnel assigned in the Republic of Vietnam on 28 January 1973 must meet one of the following:

(a) Served a minimum of 60 days in the Republic of Vietnam as of that date.

(b) Completed a minimum of 60 days service in the Republic of Vietnam during the period from 28 January 1973 to 28 March 1973, inclusive.

b. Eligibility for award under authority of this paragraph is limited to the period from 1 March 1961 to 28 March 1973, inclusive. Eligibility for acceptance of this award solely by virtue of service performed prior to 1 March 1961 or subsequent to March 1973 is governed by paragraph 9-3 .

c. The Republic of Vietnam Campaign Medal with device (1960) and the miniature medal are items of individual purchase. The Ribbon with device (1960) will be requisitioned per paragraph 1-45 only for initial issue to eligible individuals.

d. For order of precedence, the Republic of Vietnam Campaign Medal will follow the MFO Medal.

9-15. Kuwait Liberation Medal-Saudi Arabia

The KLM-SA is awarded by the Government of Saudi Arabia to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States and authorized by DOD on 3 January 1992.

a. It is awarded to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States who participated in Operation DESERT STORM between 17 January 1991 and 28 February 1991 in one or more of the following areas: Persian Gulf; Red Sea; Gulf of Oman; that portion of the Arabian Sea that lies north of 10 degree north latitude and west of 68 degree east longitude; the Gulf of Aden; or the total land areas of Iraq, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia, Oman, Bahrain, Qatar, and the United Arab Emirates.

b. To be eligible personnel must meet one of the following qualifications:

(1) Be attached to or regularly serving for 1 or more days with an organization participating in ground or shore operations.

(2) Be attached to or regularly serving for 1 or more days aboard a naval vessel directly supporting military operations.

(3) Actually participate as a crewmember in one or more aerial flights supporting military operations in the areas designated above.

(4) Serve on TDY for 30 consecutive days during the period 17 January 1991 to 28 February 1991 under any of the criteria in paragraphs 9-15 b (1) through (3). This time limit may be waived by Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408 for people participating in actual combat operations.

c. The eligibility period and geographic boundaries were specified by the government of Saudi Arabia and may not be waived.

d. Posthumous award to the primary next of kin of any Soldier who lost his or her life, while, or as a direct result of, participating in Operation DESERT STORM between 17 January 1991 and 28 February 1991, without regard to the length of such service, will be made by HRC (AHRC-PDP-A).

e. The KLM-SA, ribbon, and miniature medal are items of individual purchase. The Army accomplished an initial issue to eligible personnel from a one-time stock provided by the government of Saudi Arabia in 1992.

f. For order of precedence, the KLM-SA will follow the Republic of Vietnam Campaign Medal.

9-16. Kuwait Liberation Medal-Government of Kuwait

The KLM-KU is awarded by the government of Kuwait to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States and authorized by DOD on 7 August 1995.

a. It is awarded to Servicemembers of the Armed Forces of the United States who served in support of Operations DESERT SHIELD and DESERT STORM between 2 August 1990 and 31 August 1993 in one or more of the following areas: the Arabian Gulf; the Red Sea; the Gulf of Oman; that portion of the Arabian Sea that lies north of 10 degree north latitude and west of 68 degree east longitude; the Gulf of Aden; or the total land areas of Iraq, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia, Oman, Bahrain, Qatar, and the United Arab Emirates.

b. To be eligible, personnel must meet one of the following qualifications:

(1) Be attached to or regularly serving for 1 or more days with an organization participating in ground and/or shore operations.

(2) Be attached to or regularly serving for 1 or more days aboard a naval vessel directly supporting military operations.

(3) Actually participate as a crewmember in one or more aerial flights directly supporting military operations in the areas designated above.

(4) Serve on TDY for 30 consecutive days or 60 nonconsecutive days during the period 2 August 1990 to 31 August 1993 under any of the criteria in paragraphs 9-16 b (1) through (3). This time limit may be waived by Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408 for Soldiers participating in actual combat operations.

c. The eligibility period and geographic boundaries were specified by the government of Kuwait and may not be waived.

d. Posthumous award to the primary next of kin of any Soldier who lost his or her life while, or as direct result of, participating in Operations DESERT SHIELD or DESERT STORM between 2 August 1990 and 31 August 1993, without regard to the length of such service, will be made by Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408.

e. The government of Kuwait provided a one-time stock of the KLM-KU for initial issue to eligible personnel. The medal may be requisitioned through normal supply channels according to paragraph 1-44 .

f. For order of precedence, the KLM-KU will follow the KLM-SA.

9-17. Korean War Service Medal

The KWSM was originally offered to the Armed Forces of the United States by the Ministry of Defense, Republic of Korea, on 15 November 1951. On 20 August 1999, the Assistant Secretary of Defense (Force Management Policy) approved the acceptance and wear of the medal for veterans of the Korean War.

a. Criteria. It is awarded to Servicemembers of the U.S. Armed Forces who served in Korea and adjacent waters between 25 June 1950 and 27 July 1953. The service prescribed must have been performed as follows:

(1) While on permanent assignment.

(2) While on TDY within the territorial limits of Korea or on waters immediately adjacent thereto for 30 consecutive days or 60 nonconsecutive days.

(3) While as crew members of aircraft, in aerial flight over Korea participating in actual combat operations or in support of combat operations.

b. Supply of the medal. The USAF is the Executive Agency for KWSM. Therefore, requests for award of the medal should be forwarded to the following address: Headquarters, Air Force Personnel Center AFPC/DPSIDR, 550 C Street West, Randolph Air Force Base, TX 78150-4717. The Air Force Personnel Center Web site address is http://www.afpc.randolph.af.mil/awards/ .

c. Order of precedence. Order of precedence for non-U.S. service medals and ribbons is determined by date of approval. Accordingly, the KWSM will be worn after the KLM-KU. For the majority of Korean War veterans, the medal will be worn after the UNM or the Republic of Vietnam Campaign Medal, if they served during the Vietnam Conflict era.

Section IV
Criteria for Approved Foreign Unit Awards

9-18. French Fourragere

The French Fourragere may be awarded by the French government when a unit has been cited twice for the Croix de Guerre. When a unit has been cited four times for the Croix de Guerre, the colors in the Fourragere (green and red) are changed to one in the colors of the Medaille Militaire (yellow and green). The Fourragere in the colors of the Medaille Militaire is the ranking decoration. The award of the Fourragere is not automatic, but requires a specific decree of the French government. Persons who were present in only one action are not authorized to wear the Fourragere.

9-19. Belgian Fourragere

The Belgian Fourragere may be awarded by the Belgian government when a unit has been cited twice in the Order of the Day of the Belgian Army. The award of the Fourragere is not automatic, but must be by specific decree of the Belgian government.

9-20. Netherlands Orange Lanyard

The Orange Lanyard may be awarded by the Netherlands government when a unit has been cited and awarded the Netherlands Military Order of William. It may also be awarded independently. The award of the Orange Lanyard is not automatic, but must be by specific decree of the Netherlands government.

9-21. Philippine Republic Presidential Unit Citation

a. The Philippine Republic Presidential Unit Citation was awarded to certain units of the Armed Forces of the United States in recognition of participation in the war against the Japanese Empire during the periods 7 December 1941 and 10 May 1942, inclusive, and 17 October 1944 to 4 July 1945, inclusive. No more than one Philippine Republic Presidential Unit Citation will be worn by an individual and no oak leaf cluster or other appurtenance is authorized.

b. The Philippine Republic Presidential Unit Citation was awarded to several U.S. military units for outstanding service to the Republic of the Philippines in 1970 and 1972 during disaster relief operations. (See DA Pam 672-3 for cited units.)

c. The Philippine Republic Presidential Unit Citation was awarded to several U.S. military units for outstanding service and support of Exercise BALIKATAN 02-1 during the period of 31 January 2002 to 31 July 2002. (See ALARACT 2008-028 for cited units.)

9-22. Republic of Korea Presidential Unit Citation

The Republic of Korea Presidential Unit Citation is awarded by the Korean government. No more than one Republic of Korea Presidential Unit Citation will be worn by any individual and no oak leaf cluster or other appurtenance is authorized.

9-23. Vietnam Presidential Unit Citation

The Vietnam Presidential Unit Citation was awarded to all personnel assigned to the Military Assistance Advisory Group, Indo-China, during August and September 1954.

9-24. Republic of Vietnam Gallantry Cross Unit Citation

The unit citation of the Gallantry Cross is awarded by the Vietnamese government for valorous combat achievement. It is awarded in four degrees as follows:

a. With Palm-to a unit which is cited before the Armed Forces.

b. With Gold Star-to a unit which is cited before a corps.

c. With Silver Service Star-to a unit which is cited before a division.

d. With Bronze Star-to a unit which is cited before a regiment or brigade.

9-25. Republic of Vietnam Civil Actions Unit Citation

The unit citation of the Civil Actions Unit Citation is awarded by the Vietnamese government for meritorious service. The award of the Civil Actions Unit Citation, First Class, is accompanied with oak leaf clusters. The Palm used in the Republic of Vietnam Gallantry Cross with Palm Unit Citation is the oak leaf device and is worn with the stem to the wearer's right.

Section V
Application for Authority for U.S. Army Personnel to Accept and Wear Foreign Badges and Decorations

9-26. Foreign Badges

a. Eligibility requirements. Qualification and special skill badges may be accepted if awarded in recognition of meeting the criteria, as established by the foreign government concerned, for the specific award. Only those badges that are awarded in recognition of military activities and by the military department of the host country are authorized for acceptance and permanent wear. Badges that do not meet these criteria may be authorized for acceptance but not for wear. Of particular importance are the criteria established by the military department of the host country; for example, if a particular badge is authorized for award only to enlisted personnel of host country then the badge may be accepted and worn by U.S. Army enlisted personnel.

b. Awarding authority. Commanders (overseas and CONUS) serving in the rank of BG/O-7 or above and COL/O-6-level commanders who exercise general court-martial authority are delegated authority to approve the acceptance, retention, and permanent wear of foreign badges listed in appendix D . This authority may be further delegated to commanders charged with custody of military personnel record files. The burden of proof rests on the individual Soldier to produce valid justification, that is, orders, citations, or other original copies of the foreign elements that awarded them the badge. Any foreign badges not listed in appendix D will be forwarded to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408, for approval.

c. Other badges. Badges presented to Army personnel that do not fall under the category of qualification or special skill badges discussed in paragraph 9-26 a (honorary badges, identification devices, insignia) will be reported in accordance with AR 1-100 . Badges in these categories are considered gifts. They will not be authorized for wear nor entered in AMHRR.

d. Wear. AR 670-1 governs the manner of wear of foreign qualification and special skill badges.

e. Official records. Foreign badges listed in appendix D are not annotated in an individual's DA Form 4037 or ERB or entered on the DD Form 214. The approved memorandum for acceptance and wear of foreign badges endorsed by the first general officer in the chain of command or HRC, ADB to include a copy of the certificate and its supporting documents will be entered in the AMHRR of the recipient.

f. Foreign airborne training. Soldiers not currently assigned to airborne duty, but who have completed basic airborne training, are prohibited from attending foreign airborne training courses, participating in foreign airborne operations, or wearing of foreign parachute badges. However, exceptions are permitted under the Army's Permissive Parachuting Program. The first general officer in a Soldier's chain of command can approve permissive jumps. Soldiers who complete an approved permissive jump and are awarded a foreign airborne badge under this status may wear the badge permanently.

9-27. Foreign decorations

a. Eligibility requirements. Individual foreign decorations may be accepted if awarded in recognition of meeting the criteria, as established by the foreign government concerned, for the specific award. Only those decorations that are awarded in recognition of military activities and by the military department of the host country are authorized for acceptance and permanent wear. Individual decorations that do not meet these criteria may be authorized for acceptance but not for wear and will not be entered in the AMHRR of the recipient. Of particular importance are the criteria established by the military department of the host country; for example, if a particular decoration is authorized for award only to enlisted personnel of host country then the decoration may be accepted and worn by U.S. Army enlisted personnel.

b. Awarding authority. Commanders (overseas and CONUS) serving in the rank of BG/O-7 or above and COL/O-6-level commanders who exercise general court-martial authority are delegated authority to approve the acceptance, retention, and permanent wear of foreign decorations listed in appendix E . This authority may be further delegated to commanders charged with custody of AMHRR. The burden of proof rests on the individual Soldier to produce valid justification, that is, orders, citations, or other original copies of the foreign elements that awarded them the decoration. Any individual foreign decoration not listed in appendix E will be forwarded to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408, for approval.

c. Other awards. Individual foreign decorations presented to Army personnel that do not fall under the category discussed in paragraph 9-27 a (for example, honorary) will be reported in accordance with AR 1-100 . Awards in these categories are considered gifts. They will not be authorized for wear nor entered in AMHRR.

d. Wear. AR 670-1 governs the manner of wear of foreign individual decorations.

e. Official records. Foreign decorations listed in appendix E are not annotated in an individual's DA Form 4037 or ERB or entered on the DD Form 214. The approved memorandum for acceptance and wear of foreign decorations endorsed by the first general officer in the chain of command or HRC, ADB to include a copy of the certificate and its supporting documents will be entered in the AMHRR of the recipient.

Chapter 10
Certificates, Memorandums, and Letters

Section I
Overview

10-1. Intent

This chapter outlines the policies and procedures governing eligibility criteria and issuance of various certificates and letters.

10-2. Prohibitions

a. Embossed or engraved certificates other than those specifically authorized by the SECARMY will not be issued.

b. The social security number will not be entered on the certificate due to the provisions of the Privacy Act.

Section II
Certificates for Formal U.S. Army Decorations - Individual and Unit

10-3. Certificates for decorations

a. A certificate will be presented with each award of an authorized military decoration. In no case will a commander issue a certificate, indicating award of a military decoration other than on the standard DA certificate for the awarded decoration. Award certificates will be issued without reference to numbered oak leaf clusters.

b. Certificates for award of the LM, MSM, ARCOM, and AAM will be completed by the awarding commander and will bear his or her personal signature in the lower right side. The PO number and date are typed on the line on the left side of the LM, MSM, ARCOM, and AAM certificates. The grade, name, and branch of service, together with the place and dates of the act, achievement, or service of the recipient, will be inserted on the certificate in the appropriate spaces.

c. Veterans, retirees, active duty Soldiers, and RC Soldiers may obtain replacement award certificates as follows:

(1) Veterans, retirees, and RC Soldiers awarded U.S. military decorations to whom an appropriate certificate has not been issued or lost may apply for such certificate by writing to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408, or National Personnel Records Center (NPRC), 1 Archives Drive, St. Louis, MO 63138-1002.

(2) Active duty Soldiers may request a replacement certificate through command channels to the headquarters currently having authority to award the decoration for which the certificate is required. Each request should include a copy of the orders announcing the award. The replacement certificate will be annotated with the original order number (for example, Per Permanent Orders XX-XX, 1 January 00).

d. The Award Citation Certificate ( DA Form 7550 ) is a required part of the award elements for a number of the individual decorations and unit awards. DA Form 7550 is authorized to be issued along with the award certificate for the DSC, DSM, SS, DFC, and SM. The Unit Award Citation Certificate ( DA Form 7549 ) is authorized to be issued in combination with applicable unit award certificates.

e. Supply of certificates for decorations awarded in the field will be requisitioned electronically from Commander, U.S. Army Publications Distribution Center, 1655 Woodson Road, St. Louis, MO 63114-6181 (see para 1-45 ).

10-4. Form designation

See table 10-1 .

Table 10-1. Department of the Army military awards forms
Form number Title Remarks
DA Form 4980-1 Medal of Honor Certificate See notes 1 and 2.
DA Form 4980-2 Distinguished Service Cross Medal Certificate See notes 1 and 2.
DA Form 4980-3 Distinguished Service Medal Certificate See notes 1 and 2.
DA Form 4980-4 Silver Star Certificate See notes 1 and 2.
DA Form 4980-5 Bronze Star Medal Certificate See notes 1 and 2.
DA Form 4980-6 Soldier's Medal Certificate See notes 1 and 2.
DA Form 4980-7 Distinguished Flying Cross Certificate (Heroism) See notes 1 and 2.
DA Form 4980-8 Distinguished Flying Cross Certificate (Achievement) See notes 1 and 2.
DA Form 4980-9 Air Medal Certificate See notes 1 and 2.
DA Form 4980-10 Purple Heart Medal Certificate See notes 1 and 2.
DA Form 4980-11 Legion of Merit Certificate See note 1.
DA Form 4980-12 Meritorious Service Medal Certificate See note 1.
DA Form 4980-13 Presidential Unit Citation Certificate See notes 1 and 2.
DA Form 4980-14 Army Commendation Medal Certificate See note 3.
DA Form 4980-16 Valorous Unit Award Certificate See notes 1 and 2.
DA Form 4980-17 Meritorious Unit Commendation Certificate See notes 1 and 2.
DA Form 4980-18 Army Achievement Medal Certificate See note 3.
DA Form 4980-19 Army Superior Unit Award Certificate See notes 1 and 2.
DA Form 7549 Unit Award Citation Certificate See notes 1 and 2.
DA Form 7550 Award Citation Certificate See notes 1 and 2.

Notes:
1. Sensitive form (control required)-These forms must be protected because release of the information to unauthorized sources could result in compromise or adverse consequences. Only account holders authorized by HQDA may order these certificates.
2. These forms are issued only by HQDA unless authority to award the decoration is delegated by the SECARMY.
3. Accountable form (controlled required)-These forms could be used or misused for monetary gain or inappropriate or adverse actions. These forms must be distributed and controlled from the publications control officer.

Section III
Miscellaneous Certificates

10-5. Presidential Service Certificate

For information on the Presidential Service Certificate, see paragraph 8-36 .

10-6. Vice Presidential Service Certificate

See paragraph 8-37 for information on the Vice Presidential Service Certificate.

10-7. Certificate of Achievement

Commanders may recognize periods of faithful service, acts, or achievements which do not meet the standards required for decorations by issuing to individual U.S. military personnel a DA Form 2442 (Certificate of Achievement) or a Certificate of Achievement of local design.

a. Certificates of Achievement will be issued under such regulations as the local commander may prescribe.

b. If a locally designed Certificate of Achievement is printed for use according to this regulation, it may bear reproductions of insignia. In the interest of economy, the use of color will be held to a minimum.

c. The citation on such certificates will not be worded so that the act of service performed appears to warrant the award of a decoration.

d. No distinguishing device is authorized for wear to indicate the receipt of a Certificate of Achievement.

e. Copies of Certificates of Achievement or memorandum of record stating that a Certificate of Achievement has been awarded and citing the service recognized will be distributed to the AMHRR per AR 600-8-104 .

10-8. Certificate of Honorable Service (Deceased Military Personnel)

DA Form 1563 (Certificate of Honorable Service) is prescribed in AR 638-8 .

10-9. Certificate of Appreciation for Active Reserve Service

All USAR members who are discharged or transferred to the Retired Reserve after 31 December 1972 and have completed 20 or more years of qualifying service will be awarded a DA Form 3931 (Certificate of Appreciation for Active Reserve Service) signed by the Chief, USAR. This Certificate of Appreciation will be presented along with the Certificate of Transfer to the Retired Reserve or Discharge Certificate, as appropriate, encased in a green vinyl folder.

10-10. Certificate of appreciation to employers

To improve employer acceptance of the concept of military leave for participation in RC training and to encourage employers to adopt liberal military leave policies, certificates of appreciation may be presented to employers who have wholeheartedly and consistently cooperated in granting military leave to employees.

a. The CGs, TRADOC, U.S. Forces Command, State Adjutants General, USAR GOCOMs, corps, and the U.S. Army Military District of Washington are authorized to present these certificates.

b. Certificates will be presented by the commander or by an authorized representative, as appropriate.

c. The above commanders are authorized locally to reproduce a substantial number of certificates as shown in figure 10-1 . In the interest of economy, the use of multiple color inks will be held to a minimum.



Figure 10-1. Sample Certificate of Appreciation to employers


10-11. Certificates for badges

Commanders authorized to award badges may issue, simultaneously, appropriate certificates of achievement to persons under their command who have qualified for the respective badges. The certificate also may bear a citation, which will closely follow the prescribed eligibility requirements for the respective badge.

Section IV
Memorandums, Letters, and Accolades

10-12. Cold War Recognition Certificate

PL 105-85 , Section 1084, established a Cold War Recognition Certificate to recognize all Servicemembers of the U.S. Armed Forces and qualified Federal Government civilian personnel who faithfully and honorably served the United States during the Cold War Era from 2 September 1945 to 26 December 1991. The Cold War Recognition System Web page announces the program and provides instructions for individual requests. See the HRC, ADB Web site at: https://www.hrc.army.mil/TAGD/Awards%20and%20Decorations%20Branch%20Related%20Links%20and%20POCs .

10-13. Memorandums and letters

a. Memorandums and letters which are typed on letterhead stationery and which contain no formalized printing, seals, and other distinctive features which depart from normal letter form may be issued without publishing directorate approval.

b. See AR 600-8-104 for complete filing authority for certificates, memorandums, and letters.

10-14. Accolade (obsolete)

a. As a token of appreciation and in recognition of service rendered by those who died in the service of their country, an accolade signed by the President was issued by The Adjutant General to the primary next of kin of record of all military personnel whose death occurred in line of duty during World War II, 7 December 1941 to 25 July 1947, both dates inclusive, and in Korea during military operations from 27 June 1950 to 27 July 1954, inclusive. The accolade was also issued to the next of kin of civilians who died overseas or as a result of injury or disease contracted while serving in a civilian capacity with the Armed Forces of the United States during the dates and/or in the areas prescribed above in connection with military personnel.

b. The Accolade, issued during World War II and the Korean War, is no longer issued. The primary next of kin may request a Presidential Memorial Certificate from the Veterans Administration at http://www.cem.va.gov/pmc.asp .

10-15. Letters of commendation and appreciation

Acts or services which do not meet the criteria for decorations or the various authorized certificates may be recognized by written or oral expressions of commendation or appreciation. A written expression of commendation or appreciation will be typed on letterhead stationery and will not contain formalized printing, seals, or other distinguishing features which depart from normal letter form. Such letters may be issued to military personnel. Copies of each letter of commendation or appreciation will be distributed to the individual's AMHRR per AR 600-8-104 .

10-16. Certificate of Appreciation for Spouses of Retiring Active Army Personnel ( DA Form 3891 )

The prescribing directive for DA Form 3891 (Army Spouse Certificate of Appreciation) is AR 635-8 .

10-17. Certificate of Appreciation for Army Spouse of Reenlistees ( DA Form 5612 )

The prescribing directive for DA Form 5612 is AR 601-280 .

Chapter 11
Trophies and Similar Devices Awarded in Recognition of Accomplishments

11-1. Intent

a. Trophies and similar devices may be presented to military Servicemembers, units, or DA agencies for excellence in accomplishments or competitions which clearly contribute to the increased effectiveness or efficiency of the military unit, for example, tank gunnery, weapons competition, and military aerial competition.

b. Intramural and athletic competitions may also be recognized. Implementing instructions for these programs are contained in AR 215-1 .

11-2. Award guidelines

a. Contests and events for which trophies are to be presented will be announced officially. They will be conducted within a stated period. All eligible Servicemembers, units, and agencies will be given an equal chance to compete.

b. Contests and events will be of a continuing nature. However, awards may be made on a one-time basis where the achievement is unique and clearly contributes to increased effectiveness.

c. Trophies and similar devices should be properly displayed.

d. Coordination will be accomplished to prevent one Servicemember, unit, or agency from receiving two awards for an achievement when other candidates are equally qualified.

11-3. Items to be awarded

Trophies include, but will not be limited to, loving cups, plaques, badges, buttons, and similar objects that represent the type of achievement or contest. Cash prizes or savings bonds are not authorized. Authorities who approve the purchase of the award will set the monetary limits. However, such awards will not exceed the value of $75 for an individual award or $250 for a team award. The appropriate ACOM, ASCC, and DRU commanders, or principal HQDA official will specifically approve exceptions. Cash prizes awarded under the provisions of AR 672-20 are excluded from the provisions of this regulation.

11-4. Use of appropriated funds

Appropriated funds will be used to purchase the items to be awarded. ACOM, ASCC, and DRU commanders, State Adjutants General, and principal officials of HQDA agencies may authorize their subordinate award authorities to use appropriated funds as required. To avoid waste of Army resources, award items procured in bulk will not include the presenting official's name unless the official is the SECARMY, the CSA, or the Sergeant Major of the Army. Items may be procured in bulk and may contain the official's title and/or the organization's name. This limitation does not prohibit the specific inscribing or engraving of an award individually selected for presentation.

Chapter 12
Distinguished U.S. Army Service School Award

12-1. Eligibility

U.S. Army Service schools that have been organized and made a noteworthy contribution to the education and training of commissioned officers, warrant officers, and enlisted Soldiers of the U.S. Armed Services for a cumulative period of 50 years or more are eligible for this award. The award will be presented to Service schools in recognition of outstanding contributions to national defense.

12-2. Criteria

U.S. Army Service schools eligible for the award will be restricted to those authorized schools that have made an outstanding contribution to the education and training of commissioned officers, warrant officers, and enlisted Soldiers of the U.S. Armed Forces.

12-3. Procedure for selection

The Service school commandant will submit a summary of the outstanding accomplishments made by the school in accordance with the criteria outlined above through the CG, TRADOC to Commander, U.S. Army Human Resources Command, Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A), 1600 Spearhead Division Avenue, Fort Knox, KY 40122-5408. A suggested date for the presentation will be included with the recommendation. Each recommendation will be submitted to the CG, HRC no later than 8 months prior to the proposed date of presentation.

12-4. Approval authority

The CSA is the approval authority for the Distinguished U.S. Army Service School Award.

12-5. Presentation

The award will be presented with appropriate ceremony on the anniversary or another important milestone in the school's history as recommended by the commandant of the respective school. The CG, TRADOC will designate the individual to make the presentation.

12-6. Award elements

The award elements consist of a citation, suitable for framing, and a plaque. The plaque will be provided by the CG, TRADOC.

Appendix A
References

The Official Army Publications Web Sites.

Publication Section I
Required Publications

Army publications are available on the Army Publishing Directorate Web site at http://www.apd.army.mil . United States Codes are available at http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/ . Executive orders are available at http://www.archives.gov/federal-register/executive-orders . Public laws are available at http://thomas.loc.gov/bss .

AR 380-5. Department of the Army Information Security Program   (Cited in para 3-20k .)

AR 380-67. Personnel Security Program   (Cited in para 4-6e .)

AR 600-8-104. Army Military Human Resource Records Management   (Cited in para 2-8q (table 2-1).)

AR 600-8-105. Military Orders   (Cited in para 1-19a .)

AR 600-37. Unfavorable Information   (Cited in para 4-8c .)

AR 600-105. Aviation Service of Rated Army Officers   (Cited in para 8-17b(1) .)

AR 600-106. Flying Status for Nonrated Army Aviation Personnel   (Cited in para 3-16c .)

AR 601-280. Army Retention Program   (Cited in para 4-6e .)

AR 611-75. Management of Army Divers   (Cited in para 8-19b .)

AR 614-30. Overseas Service   (Cited in para 5-4c .)

AR 635-200. Active Duty Enlisted Administrative Separations   (Cited in para 1-31c(9)(e) .)

AR 670-1. Wear and Appearance of Army Uniforms and Insignia   (Cited in para 1-30e .)

AR 672-8. Manufacture, Sale, Wear, and Quality Control of Heraldic Items   (Cited in para 1-34g .)

AR 840-10. Flags, Guidons, Streamers, Tabards, and Automobile and Aircraft Plates   (Cited in para 7-10b .)

AR 870-5. Military History: Responsibilities, Policies and Procedures   (Cited in para 7-5 .)

DA Pam 672-1. Unit Citation and Campaign Participation Credit Register   (Cited in para 5-10d .)

DA Pam 672-3. Unit Citation and Campaign Participation Credit Register   (Cited in para 7-8c .)

TC 3-21.5. Drill and Ceremonies   (Cited in para 1-32b .) (Available at https://armypubs.us.army.mil/doctrine/TC_1.html .)

Publication Section II
Related Publications

A related publication is a source of additional information. The user does not have to read it to understand the publication.

AR 1-100. Gifts and Donations  

AR 11-2. Managers' Internal Control Program  

AR 15-6. Procedures for Investigating Officers and Boards of Officers  

AR 25-30. The Army Publishing Program  

AR 25-400-2. The Army Records Information and Management System (ARIMS)  

AR 56-9. Watercraft  

AR 135-180. Qualifying Service for Retired Pay Nonregular Service  

AR 215-1. Military Morale, Welfare, and Recreation Activities and Nonappropriated Fund Instrumentalities  

AR 350-1. Army Training and Leader Development  

AR 385-10. The Army Safety Program  

AR 600-8-14. Identification Cards for Members of the Uniformed Services, their Eligible Family Members, and other Eligible Personnel  

AR 600-8-24. Officer Transfers and Discharges  

AR 600-9. The Army Body Composition Program  

AR 600-25. Salutes, Honors, and Visits of Courtesy  

AR 600-55. The Army Driver and Operator Standardization Program (Selection, Training, Testing, and Licensing)  

AR 600-88. Sea Duty  

AR 635-8. Separation Processing and Documents  

AR 638-8. Army Casualty Program  

AR 670-10. Furnishing Uniforms or Paying Uniform Allowances to Civilian Employees  

AR 672-20. Incentive Awards  

AR 700-84. Issue and Sale of Personal Clothing  

AR 725-50. Requisition, Receipt, and Issue System  

DAGO 1947-4. Army of Occupation Medal  

DAGO 1960-10. Army Commendation Medal  

DAGO 1971-30. Army Reserve Components Achievement Medal  

DAGO 1974-4. HQDA General Order - (Multiple Titles by Paragraphs)  

DAGO 1979-18. HQDA General Order - (Multiple Titles by Paragraphs)  

DAGO 1984-33. Grenada Campaign Participating Credit and Units Credited with Assault Landings  

DAGO 1990-15. Hqda General Order - (Multiple Titles by Paragraphs)  

DAGO 1992-31. Units Credited with Assault Landings  

DAGO 1992-34. Awards  

DAGO 2006-10. Units Credited with Assault Landings  

DA Memo 600-8-22. Award of the Legion of Merit and Lesser Awards for Service, Achievement, or Retirement During Peacetime  

DA Memo 672-1. Army Staff Identification Badge and Army Staff Lapel Pin  

DA Pam 25-30. Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms  

DA Pam 385-10. Army Safety Program  

DA Pam 670-1. Guide to the Wear and Appearance of Army Uniforms and Insignia  

DODM 1348.33 (Volumes 1, 2, 3). Manual of Military Decorations and Awards   (Available at http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/ .)

DOD 4515.13-R. Air Transportation Eligibility   (Available at http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/ .)

CJCSI 1301.01F. Joint Individual Augmentation Procedures   (Available at http://www.dtic.mil/cjcs_directives/ .)

CJCSI 1310.01E. Joint Chiefs of Staff Identification Badge   (Available at http://www.dtic.mil/cjcs_directives/ .)

Act of Congress 29 June 1906 (34 Stat 621).   (Available in hardcopy from the Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A) via email at usarmy.knox.hrc.mbx.tagd-awards@mail.mil .)

Act of Congress of 9 July 1918 (40 Stat 873).   (Available in hardcopy from the Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A) via email at usarmy.knox.hrc.mbx.tagd-awards@mail.mil .)

Act of Congress 21 November 1941, (55 Stat 781).   (Available in hardcopy from the Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A) via email at usarmy.knox.hrc.mbx.tagd-awards@mail.mil .)

Act of Congress 20 July 1949 (63 Statue (Stat) 477).   (Available in hardcopy from the Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A) via email at usarmy.knox.hrc.mbx.tagd-awards@mail.mil .)

Act of Congress 6 July 1945 (59 Stat 461).   (Available in hardcopy from the Awards and Decorations Branch (AHRC-PDP-A) via email at usarmy.knox.hrc.mbx.tagd-awards@mail.mil .)

Army Space Personnel Development Office Procedural Guide #1.   (Available on the Army Space Personnel Development Office Army Knowledge Online Web site at https://www.us.army.mil/suite/page/343526 .)

EO 8808. American Defense Service Medal